Kr̥ṣṇāyana, or The Voyage of Kr̥ṣṇa by Mpu Triguṇa: Digital Edition — After the edition by Soewito Santoso (1986)
Authors of digital edition: Arlo Griffiths & Eko Bastiawan
Filename: DHARMA_CritEdKakavinKrsnayana.xml
Language: Old Javanese
Repository: Nusantara Philology (tfd-nusantara-philology)
Version: part commented since without access_token with github actions api calls are limited – still working on it
Editorial
- Editorial declaration:
- normalization:
- May 2018: - w converted to v - ṅ converted to ṅ
- normalization:
Witnesses
-
[A]
Jakarta, Perpustakaan Nasional Republik Indonesia, Koleksi Naskah Nusantara, Br. 514
- Physical Description: Paper manuscript, folio format. ‘93 pages with about 25 lines each, except the last page which only has 6 lines. The script is very clear and beautiful.’ Which script?
-
[B]
Leiden, Leiden University Libraries (UB), Special collections, Or. 5040
- Physical Description: Palm-leaf manuscript. 121 leaves in Balinese script. ‘The order of the pages (lontars) is erratic, as mentioned earlier. Every lontar has 4 lines, except lontar 6 which seems to be a copy of lontar 11, and lontar 121, which has only 2 lines. The script is beautiful and clear, and comes out very well in the photographic copy, but the edges are mostly dark. Apart from that some lontars are damaged by age, i.e. lontar 9, 10, 14, 25, 26, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 41, 42, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 63, and 64. Severely damaged are lontar 11, 12, 45, and 46. Almost one third of these lontars is blank. No marginal notes are found, but the erratic order of the lontars gives evidence, that it is interfered with.’
- [EdSS ] Soewito Santoso 1986
Edition
invocation⟨B: 1⟩*avighnam astu.
May there be no disturbances!
Canto 1 Śārdūlavikrīḍita
1.
hyaṅ viṣṇv aṅdadi janma mānuṣa rika dvāpārakālānurun,
tan len parva kavarṇanānira kinārya prākr̥tāniṅ maṅə̄,
aṅkən maṅgalamātra paṅhilaṅa sarvakleśaniṅ aṅrəṅə̄,
ambək iṅ kaviman praśastyakənaniṅ vvaṅ muṅgva riṅ pustaka.
⟨1⟩ There was an extremely beautiful capital city, very well-planned which explained its intense beauty, known as the capital city of Dwārawatī. It was formerly a village located near the ocean, newly built into an excellent city, famous for its affluence and good life, well-established down to its gates. Furthermore, the reigning ruler was called Garuḍadhwaja (the bearer of the garuḍa-banner), known to the world as Lord Krəṣṇa.
2.
ndan hopən palarən lumuṅluṅa laṅə̄n* i maṅdavākən katha,
nāhan topama luṅgah iṅ gaḍuṅ atə̄n yāṅanti sə̄bniṅ javuh,
molih varṣa samantarāṅliliranadan met alətik təkapniṅ gərə̄h**,
vr̥dhyāluṅgaha ron makambaṅ*** amaṅun kuṅ harsaniṅ vvaṅ mulat.
⟨2⟩ However there was one impediment for the kingdom, in the form of the most powerful king of Yawana. The news was around that he had received a boon from God Rudra, that he would never be killed in battle by a member of the Yadu race. Therefore he [the king of Yawana] wanted to attack King Krəṣṇa forcefully, with his amazing host of demons, hundreds of thousands in number, together with vehicles and elephants.
3.
tan gya-gyākna deniṅ aleṅeṅ* ulihniṅ lot alaṅlaṅ laṅə̄,
sākṣāt satpada vibrameṅ asana mor utsāha riṅ keśara,
tan vriṅ tis lagi kāṅinan kalimutan nə̄ lan kaseṅan ravi,
pə̄hniṅ sāri samātra don ika (h)i katātyān paḍa nyāmadhu.
⟨3⟩ Then he [King Krəsṇa] used his mastery of dharma (religious knowledge) and yoga (communion with the Supreme Deity) as defence against the enemy in the form of demons. He did not face the enemy in battle; instead he fled away, not because of fear, but because he had in mind an excellent strategy. He took his refuge with Priest Mucukunda, who was asleep in a cave on the slopes of the Himawān mountain. He hid himself under the couch of the great priest, looking for protection.
4.
apan durggamaniṅ giṇāṅikət-ikət* kathā kadyāhavan parvata,
kəvəhniṅ kakavin rinehan inusī tan solah iṅ lālana,
himpər muṅgah iṅ agra ṅel ṅlih iṅamət** yānuṅsuṅ*** laṅvana,
antukniṅ matəkən-təkən tanah aṅiṅkin tūt juraṅniṅ karas.
⟨4⟩ Not a minute later, the king of Yawana burst into the cave (of the mountain) in pursuit. He saw Priest Mucukunda, but his eyes and intellect were blinded into deceit. "Eey‚ son of Basudewa, you are deceitful, because you remain silent and do not utter a word. It is not allowed for a powerful hero to kill an opponent whilst he is asleep".
5.
maṅka kevəh ikāṅulah kavi lināmpvapan katə̄n iṅ manah,
tovin tvaṅkvi bhaṭāra viṣṇu naya tekirikaṅ panadpadā*,
ni ṅvaṅ amrih aṅikət bhāsa saṅ śri kr̥ṣṇa vivahe rukmiṇī**,
ṅgil aṅga*** nya nihan rasa nya hiniḍəp de saṅ mahāsajjanā.
⟨5⟩ So he said, stepped forward and gave [the sleeping man] a kick. Let us relate the priest who was suddenly awakened. He was startled and looked very angry and fierce, his eyebrows moved creating furrows on his forehead, out of anger. From his eyes fire issued forth which turned into viṣānala (poisonous fire), flaring and flaming amazingly. It was exactly like the eyes of God Iśwara which issued fire to burn the god of love.
Canto 2
1.
vvantən rājyasabhātirāmya racanāparimita marādbhutāhaləp,
sindu grāma hañār sinr̥ṣṭi ginavə pura təlas apagəh magopura,
kyāti ṅ dvāravatĪnī prakāśa nagarottama sipi saphalān pamuktyana,
təkvan saṅ sumivi prasiddha garuḍadhvaja ṅaranira kr̥ṣṇa riṅ sarāt.
⟨1⟩ When King Krəṣṇa came back safe and sound, he planned to beautify his capital city. The region of Dwāravatī was once again purified with mantras, prayers and hymns, bad and auspicious times were taken into consideration by the great astrologers. The star [chosen] was Rohiṇī, signifying good [fortune] and victory. Thus was the verdict concerning the time [found in the scriptures].
2.
ndan mogha hana vighnaniṅ nagara saṅ ratu riṅ yavana vāni śaktimān,
Rudrānugraha rakva tan pəjaha deniṅ samusuh ika yan vatək yadu,
yekān aṅgat kabhimāna tuməkani ri sira nr̥pa kr̥ṣṇa sāhasa,
prodbhuta ṅ* bala səh sahasra śata** koṭi saha ratha gajendra rākṣasa.
⟨2⟩ Thus the purification ceremony of the capital city was performed to perfection, so that the whole kingdom of Dwārawatī became firmly secured. An excellent builder by the name of Wiśwakarmmā, an architect of the gods who was renowned in the art of carving, came.
3.
ndan dāmodara yogadharma patulaknira ripu pinakātmarakṣaka,
tan pāpraṅ malayū nda tan vədi tuhun maṅaṅə*-n-aṅən ūpāya bañcana,
muṅsī śrī mucukunda muṅgu ri gihaniṅ acala himavān sirāturu,
ṅkane sor i palaṅka saṅ rəṣi rikān surupa** niran amet parāśraya.
⟨3⟩ Soon a beautiful palace for the king was built by Wiśwakarmmā, with great five aspects in all kinds of excellent finish. The audience hall, together with the royal square were already built strong and attractive. It was ten times better in style and refinement than before.
4.
yekān śīghrānūt ikaṅ yavani bhupati māsuk i gihānikaṅ gunuṅ,
n ton saṅ śrī mucukunda tandva matta* buddhiniṅ salahiḍəp** kabañcana,
dhik hāh-hāh basudevaputra paracidran i humənəṅ iṅ apan tatan liṅ,
yan tan vənaṅ i pravira sahasāmati*** musuh i səḍəṅ nikāturu.
⟨4⟩ Its only fault was that it [the royal square], was rather narrow and too close to the sea. Also the roaring and thundering sound of the breakers falling unto the rocks was loud beyond comparison. These were the reasons that God Baruṇa was summoned by King Krəṣṇa, to which he obliged very quickly. He did not object to withdraw the flow of the water of the sea [a bit further back].
5.
nāhan liṅnya təkāṅdədəl tucapa saṅ r̥ṣi mavuṅu vavaṅ kataṅgama,
kagyat-gyat mulat aṅdrəṅ-acrəṅ anapātha gələṅ iṅ alis olah akərutan*,
muntab taṅ dilah iṅ matā**-ṅdadi viṣānala malad-alad ujvalādbhuta***,
sākṣat dṛṣṭanira hyaṅ iśvara saha gəni guməsəṅ i bhaṭara manmatha.
⟨5⟩ So the line of the coast was drawn back and the soil perfectly hardened and cleared. It became an appealing spot, because a busy market was founded there under the shades of bodhi, tangtang and banyan trees. A big river flowiṅ dangerously from the hills was perfectly dyked off [on both sides] with stones, increasing the boundaries of the palace compound. The area of the audience hall was nice and enthralling.
6.
krūrāṅdagdha murub rikaṅ Kalayavāna tunu sabalabhrətyavāhana,
tumpur śīrṇa huvus avis niravaśeṣa sahananika* tan anāhurip,
saṅ śrī kr̥ṣṇa mijil sirān pranata** śīghra musapi suku saṅ mahāmuni,
ambək saṅ r̥si nirmaleṅ*** alalā****-la gələṅira kadi rekan riṅ bañu.
⟨6⟩The walls around the city were thick and strong; the inhabitants were harmonious in their propensities and the officials were staunchly judicious, e.g. Kaswa, Uddhawa, Wikaddha, Anadrəsya were always prudent and of excellent behaviour. Also the brahmins were paramount in the knowledge of the holy scriptures (Wedas) and highly dexterous in their expertise.
7.
rāmyāpan paḍa harṣa gorava sirāṅucap-ucap umijil sakiṅ gihā,
byātītan mari kāpva goṣṭinira kālih uvus atəlasan madum pasah,
saṅ siddhārsi maluy sira tapa muvah gumavayakən ikaṅ śivasmr̥ti,
saṅsiptan* umulih mareṅ surapadā salin** avakira marī*** mānuṣa.
⟨7⟩ So the administration buildings were always busy and emissaries from foreign countries were coming and going. The devout ministers as well as the religious clergy in the mountains were well-trained horsemen. There was no horse throughout the region of Dwārakā which was without walls, and all the wagons and horses had their own places.
8.
kintu śrī nr̥pa Kr̥ṣṇa mantuk irikaṅ svanagara parituṣṭa lālana,
strī ratnādi hanerikaṅ yavana rājya pinuluṅ inalap sināhasan,
sakveh-kvehnira saṅ vatək yadu kabeh paḍāsama-sama garva garjita*,
apan prāya ṅ anəmvakən sukha tumūtakən i sukhanikaṅ paṅaśrayan**.
⟨8⟩It was a pity that not all the subjects were contented: some were poor, because there were too many people. They made a representation at the feet of King Krəṣṇa asking for an increase of income, causing anxiety to the king. The Śaiwa and Buddhist priests made also a representation to the king with a report that they did not have enough means to live on, and so urging the king to give them more assistance.
Canto 3
1.
ryyantuk śrī naranatha kr̥ṣṇa mamunarjjivā mahayvaṅ pura,
bhumī dvāravatī muvah pinariśuddhaṅ* mantra puja vidhi,
lagna mvaṅ śubhakala len tithi pinet de saṅ mahājyotiṣa,
nakṣatrāhayu rohiṇī vijaya sajñaniṅ muhurttāṅene.
⟨1⟩ Then there in the middle of the city the audience hall Sudharma was placed. The building was really outstanding and the nice carvings were immensely appealing. Everything there had never been seen before; and because they were brought from heaven, they were fabulous. Indeed [Dwārawatī] was not inferior to the abode of Hari, in the reign of King Krəṣṇa.
2.
pūrṇaṅ kārya samaṅkanenulahakən taṅ rājyāśuddhakrama,
ndah sāmpun maṅke pratiṣṭha nikanaṅ sa-dvāravatyapagəh,
praptā ṅ uṇḍahagi prakaśa maṅaran saṅ viśvakarmmāpənəd,
parṇah sulpi*-ka de vatek hyaṅ iṅucap yan kārya riṅ kokiran.
⟨2⟩ The palace was perfect, its crown was made of black stone and the doorways were large and marvellous. The walls and gates were carved extensively all around with the story of the crowing of the handsome Rāma. The statues of the door-guards were awe-inspiring, placed nicely here and there, as if really alive, (The hearts of) those seeing them would be in fear, because [the guards] seemed to forbid them to enter [the palace] for audience.
3.
honya rājagr̥hārəjā[var]ṇa* saṅ viśvakarmmi maṅun,
raṅkə[p] pañca mahānanakrama (ka) kabeh sapurṇa** śīghrāṅadəg,
pāyat ni vataṅan təkeṅ alun-alun sāmpun subaddhāhaləp,
saśrī kabhinavanya madaśaguṇe rūpanya riṅ pūrvaka.
⟨3⟩ There were big murals of mountains with beautiful sceneries and merus on the walls of houses, that were built in the heart of the palace compound. Beneath it, there was a peacock, relaxing on a roof [of a building], mostly becoming, increasing its refinement. The garden was ringed with a wall shapely topped with cement. On a bench there was a cuckatoo chattering ceaselessly and moving around freely.
4.
heman yārupək ārdha rakva maparə piṅgirnikaṅ sāgara,
tovin tan papaṅadvaniṅ ryyak amagut groṅ ghurṇitāgənturan,
hetu śrī baruṇa pva kondaṅ umarā ri kr̥ṣṇa śīghraṇ ḍatəṅ,
ndātan ləṅghana yan kinon kuməbəra ṅ vveniṅ tasik mundura.
⟨4⟩Likewise was the temple for the god of wealth, Dhanendra [decorated] ‚ built with pillars of hard and shining kostubha stones. The glitter of the blue saphires and padma-rāga–stones at the joints of the shingles and rafters shone everywhere. The roof was in tiers, shining greenish like young teak wood. Worshippers became softhearted, as [the temple] was like burning in the flame of all the precious stones.
5.
siddha ṅ sāgara mula mundur atətəl bhūminya śūddhārəsik,
rāmyāpan mibəkan* pəkən tinanəman bodhyātaṅ-taṅ vandira,
lvah gə̄ṅ dūrgga sakeṅ vukir pinaripurṇākən təlas vinatvan,
membəh lvā valər iṅ kaḍatvan aləṅāśobhāṅ sabhāmaṇḍala.
⟨5⟩ Water issued furiously from wells nearby which were spraying the nāgapuspa-trees. The dykes [of the wells] were made of big stones, nicely arranged like flowers. The water seemed to come out of a hidden spring and the gravel was tossed and thrashed [all the time]. The reflexion of the trees was feebly flashed away by the movement of the water.
6.
pūrṇārikandəl ikaṅ pikandəl atətəl māndəl kinandheṅ kutha,
kesyādhyan kavusa ṅ samātut atahā bhr̥tyāpagəh riṅ naya,
saṅ kāsvoddhava saṅ vikaddha saṅ anadr̥syatatātmottama*,
**mvaṅ saṅ*** brahmaṇa vedapāraga makottuṅgāgra sanipuṇa****.
⟨6⟩It was lonely and shady at the east of the prāsāda (offerings-place) which was cowered by jəring and dewataru-trees. This is the place where the king used to pray, respectfully worshipping the image of God Wiṣṇu. He always came at the beginning of the month and at full moon to pray [here]. This is the behaviour of those who have mercy on the world, namely to be firm in religion without reservation.
7.
ndā ndā sabhyāhibək pənuh midər ikaṅ samānta bhr̥tyātata,
mantrī satyaka len siddhāvukir vidagdha khyāti yan sarathi,
tiṅkahniṅ gr̥ha nora tan palalayan sa-dvāraka pvāpagəh,
mataṅ rakva ratha mvaṅ aśva* paripurṇātuṅgalan vantayan.
⟨7⟩ A bridge with a roof was specially built extending towards a beauteous island, intended as a resort of entertainments. The glow of the jina-maṇi, studded on the eaves was twinkling everywhere in the water below. flowers which bloomed in the night were arranged thickly on its roof, looking like fireflies [swarming into the light], but the leaves of the cāmara-tree swept [the flowers] away, as they moved to and fro blown by the wind.
8.
heman tan sukha kāsyasih sahananiṅ vadvāpan akveh dahat,
kapvāminta* vuvuh dəmak marək i jə̄ṅ śrī kr̥ṣṇa kepvan sira,
lāvan saṅ r̥si śeva sogata paḍānaṅgah kuraṅ tan duvəg,
pinrih-prih marikā para dvija yayan** kədvāmalakvembuha.
⟨8⟩ Then there was an amusement park which should be described in poetry as the wood and valleys were really fabulous, [because] the knowledge of King Krəṣṇa about all kinds of trees and waterplants was renowned to be like that of a bee almost caught [in a trap] by its eagerness towards a flower before blooming. The bee seemed to flutter around, so keen and desirous of all kinds of fragrance.
9.
nahan hetuni saṅ dhanadhipa hinundaṅ de saṅ surendradanuja*,
ndan rakveki vinidhyan aṅhudana ṅ dr̥vyāsuṅa ṅ sādhana,
sumyuk taṅ maniratna śobha kasukhan tekaṅ sarājyāṅaləm,
siṅgih yan dhana de nira** veśravaṇa loma yan maveh mās pirak.
10.
vvantən devasabhā prakāśita pahə̄man saṅ vatək devatā,
yekā rakva katə̄n iraṅ nr̥pati muṅgveṅ dvāravatyalihən,
saṅ hyaṅ bāyu* kinon sirāṅusuṅa maṅgā tan vənaṅ laṅghana,
byak ** -ta svāsana śīghrā madrəs ikin eṅgal sapraharāṇ ḍatəṅ.
Canto 4
1.
ndah ṅkāne* mādhya niṅ** nāgara dinunuṅakən ta sabha ri sudharmma,
nyāsa nyāmanuṣātyanta tuvi pinarikarman rəcəp kokiranya,
sakvehniṅ vastvapūrvābhinava turut ikāpan sakeṅ svarggaloka,
tan sor ta pveka deniṅ haripada ri hana śrī mahārāja kr̥ṣṇa
⟨1⟩ It was as if the trees just woke up [from their slumber], as their branches were winding around each other disorderly. The pretty nagasari and bakung-flowers aroused delight, [because] they seemed to be the blessing for this victorious city. The wungu-flowerplants had aśoka-flowers, whilst the asoka-tree was like crazy as it bore wungu-buds. The jangga-creepers had katirah-leaves hanging downwards; on the other hand the katirah bore gaḍung-flowers.
2.
sampūrṇa ṅ rājya tovin makuṭa vatu hitəm kadbhutālvā lavaṅnya,
bāpra mvaṅ gopura nyenukir-ukir atatā ramabhadrābhiṣeka,
aṅde rəs dvārapālanya sana-sini rəcəp byakta deniṅ mamiṇḍa,
heṅgi tvasniṅ tumiṅhal baṅun aməṅiṅa riṅ vvaṅ manaṅkil mare jro.
⟨2⟩ If the forest where the ascetics did their penance, was beyond description in beauty, the sceneries in the amusement park were like pictures. A manggosteen-tree was laden with fruit, underneath round holders were arranged in circles to be used as seats. Calm and at ease a peacock drank water from a hole in a cinnamon-tree. And there, playful fawns were asleep under a pavilion [on poles].
3.
ṅkaneṅ antahpurā parvata ləṅəṅ iṅ umah meru gambar paḍūgə̄ṅ,
sor iṅ mrāk aprāya muṅgviṅ vuvuṅan ika ləyəp leṅleṅ embəh kalaṅvan,
bhūmyagarātirāmyārəcəp inəduk inapyāyan iṅ bajralepa,
riṅ hambyan pvā ṅ atat kəmbaṅ aṅucap akəcək molah oṅsil tan ṅhel.
⟨3⟩ It would be extremely stupefying if the ornaments inside and outside the palace should be described. What country or what palace could match the excellence and purity of the capital city of King Krəṣṇa, since it was so close to the mountain of Rewata but also lying along the sea? What admirer of panorama would not be enchanted by the sight of the beach and the mountain?
4.
nahan taṅ bvat dhanendrāgr̥ha vaṅun akās kostubhābhrā sakhanya,
lumrā sə̄ṅniṅ pakəhiṅ ru lavan usuk-usuk nīla len padmarāga,
kāka* nda śrī hatəp nyākiris asmu hijo tan ləvas jati rupa,
marmma ṅvaṅ de nikāpan kadi gəsəṅ amurub denikaṅ sarvaratna.
⟨4⟩ Rows and rows of houses could be seen from the beach up to the slopes of the mountain. Furthermore the palace and kingdom of King Ugrasena nearby was like a supplement to the region. Also King Baladewa was always in conformity [with King Krəsṇa] and their kingdoms secured [by their brotherhood] ...
5.
groṅ-groṅ tīrthe samīpanya mijil amulakan riṅ vvit(t)iṅ nāgapuṣpa,
piṇḍa kambaṅ karaṅ sāmaja pariginika reh patiṅkah nika* [śrī] **,
kadyāndhakupa*** lvirnika**** bañunika katon kombak kombul-ombul həninya,
māyāniṅ pādapāṅlih kadi kinəlabakən deni polah nikaṅ vve.
⟨5⟩ Truly, King Krəṣṇa was a young monarch in the bloom of his years. And King Baladewa, it was said, had already in his mind a daughter of an outstanding king, an exquisite jewel of a princess, who was likely to be a match [for his brother. King Krəṣṇa]...
6.
vetan prāsāda śūnyā rəñəb inəmukan iṅ jəriṅ lavan devadārū,
ṅkā sthāna* śrī narendrājapa-japa** tuhaganāṅarccane viṣṇuvimba,
kālāmavasya len pūrṇama niyata ḍatəṅ tan kalalyan mamujā,
tiṅkah saṅ māsih iṅ rāt kəta ṅ apagəha riṅ dharmma tan laməṅ-laməṅan.
7.
paṅlilān lārya-laryan sumaji sinahajāṅanti riṅ nūsa rāmya,
saṅhubniṅ toya lumrā kadi jina mani kaṅkən paranti tətə̄nya,
rarāka pətaṅ səkar Ivir laru-laru* sumavur sə̄h prakīrṇṇe hatəpnya,
ṅhiṅ roniṅ cāmarānapvani maṅubat-abit kaṅinan tan pararyan.
8.
vvantən paṅlālanan pājar-ajarane* gitālas lurah laṅva-laṅvan,
kavruh śrindrānuja kāla kasamaya nanā kayu**-ka***-yvan vinadhyan,
tavvan himpər kəne cūk təkap i pamava i puṣpa tātan pamāsa,
Ivirnye niṅhvan tikaṅ kumbaṅ akəterana ri harṣa riṅ sarvagandha.
Canto 5
1.
lvir utpata patiṅkah i tahən apakrama pavilət* i pāṅ nikāsalit**,
aṅde harṣa səkar na[ga] *** ba[ku] **** -ṅārəja jayapura varṇa śaṅkara,
vuṅvākəmbaṅ aśoka kambaṅiṅ aśoka kadi gila-gilākucup vuṅu,
jaṅgāron katirah mure sili upāśraya katirah ikāsəkar gaḍuṅ.
⟨1⟩ Let us leave [the kingdom of Dwārawatī]. Let us relate a branch of the story. In olden times there was a king, called King Basu without equal [in the world] ‚ known to be the ruler of the kingdom of Cedi.
2.
tan pendah vada rī tapovana laṅə̄niṅ upavana ləṅəṅ kadi tulis,
maṅgiṣṭa vvah atə̄b ri sornya vatu hantiga patiga paliṅgi-liṅgihan,
svecchā riṅ titiki ṅ mayūra maṅinum bañu ri talavahiṅ tahən manis,
ṅkane loṅan ikaṅ mahantən anakiṅ kidaṅ aməṅ-aməṅan paḍāturū.
⟨2⟩ He has children .......... in knowledge, virtues and good looks representing the god of the moon.
3.
atyantādbhuta kopakara nikanaṅpura ri daləm i heṅ vinarṇana,
ndī ṅ rājya ndi tikaṅ kaḍatvan amaḍanana nagaranira Kr̥ṣṇa kottama,
pāvitrān kaparək rikanaṅ gunuṅ i revata kamasavayan lavan tasik,
ndyekin hurəniṅ aləṅə̄ niyata kepvanniṅ umulateṅ pasir vukir.
⟨3⟩ 3. Thus they had founded [their own] kingdoms. Let us describe the eldest first, who had perfectly established himself in the prominent kingdom of Magadha, well-known as King Jarāsandha to the world.
4.
katon tiṅkah ikaṅ u*-mah** rī təpiniṅ jaladhi dudug i salvaṅiṅ gəgər,
tovi pvāparək ugrasenagr̥ha nagaranira pinakembuhiṅ sabha,
lāvan śrī baladeva sakrama pinaṣṭi pura ni .............,
........................................................,
⟨4⟩ .......... a minister (?). There was a younger sister of King Basudewa, called Śrutaśrawā‚ an illustrious princess.
5.
[siṅgi]h yan* nr̥pa kr̥ṣṇa rāja taruṇa nəḍəṅ aməpeg kaṅ kayovanan,
kintu śrī baladeva rakva huvus edəman anakiṅ inuttama prabhū,
lakṣmi ratna viśeṣa yogya savava ni[ra saṅ ari naradhipa kr̥ṣṇa] **,
....................................................................,
⟨5⟩ She had five sons of great supernatural powers, who were also handsome and extremely courageous, nobody else [were born] to the great princess. ...................................................
Canto 6
1.
byatīta pāṅ ni caritān vivākṣan,
haneki bhūpalaka rakva ṅuni*,
sirenaran śrī basu tan hanoli**,
prakāśitāṅanti riṅ cedirāja.
⟨1⟩However, Dewī Prəthukīrtti was in grief and mirthless, oppressed by great sorrow, because she had in mind as son-in-law nobody else than King Krəsna. But the king of Cedi had proposed and [his proposal] accepted. Hov could she not be anxious? She was like a person who wanted to cross a river or an ocean, but no bridge or ferry was in sight.
2.
mānak sira................,
..........................,
........................ra,
somānaniṅ jñāna guṇādirūpa.
⟨2⟩ Her mind was full of plan and scheme, but none was suitable, because she was devoted to her husband. King Bhīṣmaka. She did not dare to oppose his decree. Two, three, five times her mind looked for a solution, since the wise are always cautious [in everything], and for sure this matter could not be rushed.
3.
nāntən paḍāmaṅguhakən kaḍatvan,
vr̥dhātah anuṅ* rumuhun tiniṅkah,
sāmpūrṇa muṅgviṅ magadhādirājyā,
āvās jara**[-sandha ṅaran ireṅ rāt] ***.
⟨3⟩ Only King Kresna, no-one else was fit to become her son-in-law. Also Princess Rukmiṇī seemed to be in love with Indrānuja (Krəṣṇa). This was the reason that the mind of Queen Prəthukīrtti was shilly-shally and unassured. It could be likened to the deliberations in an audience hall which turned into a brawl, because the discord was too great.
4.
..............................,
.......................*dirāja,
mantrīryyāri śrī basudevanātha,
śrutaśravākya vara rājaputrā.
⟨4⟩ So, she had decided to send a messenger to invite King Krəṣṇa to come, because the day of the wedding was drawing near very quickly. She gave the message that Krəṣṇa had to come as soon as possible. There was a lady in waiting who was extremely devoted to her, in whom she had complete trust. She would be a suitable messenger, because she had good manners, was skillful, courageous and discreet.
5.
mānak lima vvaṅ paḍa śaktimānta,
su*-rupa virottama rājaputra,
tan vvaṅ vaneh de ma[hādevī]**,
..............................,
⟨5⟩[The plan would] be executed in the morning, i.e. preparation, departure and the journey. The destination was the city of Dwārawatī to be reached as soon as possible. After a few days of travel, she arrived at the feet of King Krəṣṇa. At a quiet occasion and place she spoke respectfully and calmly:
6.
............................,
tumūt daśagriva mahāprabhāva,
saṅ rebhya* saṅ vīrapaśu praśāta,
makānujeṅ saṅ bali vuṅsu kāsih.
⟨6⟩ "Queen Prəthukīrtti has sent me to my lord, urging my lord to come nov, [because] she is worried, she becomes ill and her heart is oppressed by sorrow. And the reason for her illness is her daughter Princess Rukmiṇī, who at the order of King Bhīṣmaka will be given to marry the king of Cedi, King Sunīti.
7.
saṅ jyeṣṭha putreki sədəṅ nirānvam,
sukānyā* vinevehakən iṅ bapebu,
..............................,
..............................,
⟨7⟩"All the orders of King Bhīṣmaka cannot be opposed, furthermore Prince Rukma supports [the decision]. Without fail they will come, because all the requirements for the wedding have arrived. Also the King of Cedi without fail and truly will come to Kuṇḍina. All the dowry in the form of clothes, gold, jewelry etc have come already.
8.
.........................maveveh,
təmən-təmən garjita saṅ sinuṅan,
tovin mahāyogyanikaṅ paveveh,
ike prasiddhā yamadāna riṅ rat.
⟨8⟩ "That is the reason your slave is sent as soon as possible to request Your Majesty to come, because according to Your Majesty’s aunt, there is no-one else to ask for help [than my lord]. Also Princess Sokasā (Rukmiṇī) hopes very much that my lord may come. Your fame makes everyone love you. Therefore I am sent to hurry you up, my lord.
9.
ya hetuniṅ nāma sunīti ratva,
............................,
............................,
........................rāja.
⟨9⟩ "It is so. The Princess is really desirable, because her beauty is without equal. She is the manifestation of sentiment and love which turn into passion. She is the goddess of beauty manifesting into pangs of love, invoked to incarnate into a princess. As the product of the churning of the ocean of honey, she was born on earth as a human being.
10.
ndan saṅ jarasandha vəlas nirāgə̄ṅ,
manah nirākiṅkiṅāmet(l)a kanyā,
mahyun maveha striyā ri cedirāja,
tovin səḍəṅ rakva duvəg marabya.
⟨10⟩ "All vhat she does, appeals to everyone, who are extremely amazed to see that she is charming when she sits still, when she talks she arouses tender feelings [in everyone]. Even a deity will be bewitched by her, let alone a hunter for love. Sitting she looks lovely, when she is tired she looks sexy, standing up she is statuesque, and when she walks she is ravishing.
11.
vvantən maṇi* [rājaputrī]** ...,
...............................,
...............................,
*** graje saṅ nr̥paputra rukma.
⟨11⟩ "Her eyes, when throwing glances are as sweet as banana from the bush. Her hair, haṅing loose and still wet with water dripping after a hairwash is like being soaked in ardour. The shape of her ears is like being carved [to perfection], her nose and lips are seductive. Her face is so fine and smooth like marble after being polished with glass and washed.
12.
ken rukmiṇī khyāti ṅaran suputrī,
sireki karmānira cedirāja,
tan len jarāsandha manoma-nomah,
astam təlas payvanikaṅ vivāha.
⟨12⟩ "The Princess is really a good friend of the spirit of beauty in the garden. If you see the slender tendrils of the gaḍuṅ, then it is very close to her slim vaist. Her breasts are beautifully in line with the gorgeous ivory coconut. Her neck which looks like a bough seems to beckon the young shoots.
13.
ryyaṅkat Jarāsandha lavan Sunitī,
marerikaṅ kuṇḍina* rājya rāmya,
kaḍatvan uṅgvan prabhu bhiṣmakendra,
tan ora len saṅgama karya dona.
⟨13⟩ "Her hair is so beautiful that it looks like a solid mass of bumblebees. When she makes herself up, it is like drawing a picture in golden colours. When she plays [a game] or displays herself, throwing sideglances or looking up in the dark, iris seems to fly away to join the rumbling of thunder.
Canto 7
1.
ndan devi pr̥thukīrtti duhkhita viraṅrvaṅ sūksək agə̄ṅ* lara,
āpan kr̥ṣṇa sireki mantva karəsəp maṅgəh katən iṅ manah,
śrī cedi pva kasiddha māyu riṅ apan tan kepvane tyasnira,
kadyambəkniṅ uməntas iṅ lvah-udadhi yat riṅ vvat lavan tambaṅan.
⟨1⟩ "It is true that she is the mistress of elegance, her face is the equal to that of the Supreme Goddess. She is the sole guardian of love, regarded as the light of embellishment, the aura of a golden statuette. All kinds of flowers are inferior to her and all of them pay their tribute devotedly by closiṅ their calyxes. The goddess Ratih flees away [to hide herself] ashamed of not being able to compete in beauty with the princess.
2.
onək maṅən-aṅən manahnira tan ekatvā mahurhūrakən,
bhaktyāsvāmi sirāvədī vidhi paniṅkah bhismakendradhipa,
piṅ rvā pin tiga piṅ* limā valuyikaṅ jñānā mulik pālapan,
saṅ prajñeṅ amaṅun viveka niyatekin byakta tan gyāgyana.
⟨2⟩ "When she was young she looked like a young plant and her body was like a delicate doll made from a pandanus flower. When she almost came of age, her waist was always wrapped tightly, so that (as result) it became so slender. If she bent her body [while in the progress of wrapping her waist, she would be punished], held upright and beaten, until her tears poured down for a long time. She wanted to die, and those seeing her [like that] felt as if their hearts were carved with a knife.
3.
ṅhiṅ saṅ kr̥ṣṇa jugeki tan hana vaneh mantvānuṅ ayogyana,
lāvan ken vara rukmiṇī hana iraṅhyun rakva rīndranuja,
hetu śrī pr̥thukīrtti buddhinira tuṅ-taṅ pakṣapāte* hati,
himpər paglaran vicāra katiliṅ giṅgaṅ kagəṅan sivil.
⟨3⟩ "Her grace is like the stars, the more you count them, the more they come. So, her eyebrows are like the Orion, its exquisite curve gives rise to tender feelings. As a young girl, the princess knows very well how to behave when giving offerings in the evening. Then her shining countenance can only be compared with the shining orb of the moon.
4.
yeka potusan aharəp* ḍatəṅa ri kr̥ṣṇendra māṅundaṅa,
meh ni kārya vivāha kāraṇa nirān motus vvaṅ aṅgyakna,
vvantən saṅ katuduh kapārccaya vidagdha strī susatyabrata,
acārārəcəp uttameṅ abhinayā taṅgvan vruh iṅ lokika.
⟨4⟩ "Her body is divided into cuts like the yellov bamboo, not like that of the reed. Her sweetness is exactly like that of the blue lotus, if it is earth, it looks dark grey like the sky. It is as if she joins in the act of decorating a temple with flowers, by wearing a wreat of nagasari-flowers, spreading fragrance like that of gaḍung, campaka and lotuses together, when the aśoka starts to grow young leaves.
5.
eñjiṅ rakva linakva-lakvakən adan maṅkat bhaviṣyā larinikā,
rājye dvaravati* jugekaṅ inusīnya lampa[h] apadgata,
śīghrā prāpta piraṅ kuləm ḍatəṅ i pāda śrī surendrānuja,
ri śūnyān makāladeśa** humatur somyāṅucap sādara.
6.
śrī devī pr̥thukīrtti motus i patik saṅ natha maṅken ḍatəṅa*,
glānāṅga** kataman viyoga kasəkan duhka riṅ adhyatmika,
ndan sa-pəṅundaṅ***nikaṅ larānakira putrī ken rarā rukmiṇī****,
siddhātəmva lavan sunīti kadahut de bhīṣmakāmidhyani.
7.
sojar bhīṣmaka nora laṅghana tuvin saṅ rukma maṅraṅkəpi,
tan vandhyā marikā təkaṅ saji sayogyaniṅ vivāhakrama,
lavān cedi taman vuruṅ ḍatəṅa tan mithyān mareṅ kuṇḍina,
vastra mvaṅ kanakādi ratna rumuhun salvirnikaṅ tumbasan.
8.
nāhan hetu patik narendra humatur maṅundaṅa,
apan Ivirnira reṇa saṅ nr̥pati norāṅhiṅ narāryyāsrayan,
tovin saṅ rara śokāśāṅajap* akiṅkiṅ marmma ḍatəṅa** haji,
vr̥ttāṅde kajanapriyān karaṇaniṅ kotus təkaṅgyakna.
9.
nāntən si rara yogya kahyunana vetniṅ rūpa tan popama,
rəs rāgāṅdadi harṣa māvak aśarīra strī kajanmānira,
śr̥ṅgārāṅavatara kiṅkiṅ inadhiṣṭhanātəmah putrikā,
antukniṅ mamutər* tasik madhu madadyan mānuṣāṅiṇḍarat.
10.
sāsiṅ kāryanirāmaṅun priyaniṅ ambək kveh kapūhan mulat,
sāśrī yan humənəṅ təkāsih aṅucap yan pojarāṅəne hati,
yapvan deva yayān araśmi ṅuniveh yan cumbu-cumbvararas,
somyāliṅgih arājasāṅlih aṅadəg apantəs vagəd yan laku.
11.
pəmpə̄nan haripiṅ pisaṅ halas ikaṅ netrā manis yan liriṅ*,
kəmkə̄man maṅuneṅ galuh gəluṅ irīn vāhvādyus amvās mure,
rehniṅ karṇa kadīnukir halis iruṅ lambe paḍāṅambvakən,
riṅ rahyāmatu caṇḍanīnasah aniṅkamniṅ kace kesuhan.
12.
siṅgih mitra təmən siraṅ nr̥patiputrī deni rūmniṅ taman,
vruh solur tali luṅgahiṅ gaḍuṅ aket lāvan ləməsniṅ təṅah,
rāmyātūt sahatur papak susu*nira mvaṅ raśminiṅ nyuh gaḍiṅ**,
ambəkniṅ luṅayan mapaṅ*** silih ave mvaṅ polahiṅ pāda****-pa.
13.
śrīniṅ kesara sə̄k animpənakən iṅ kumbaṅ kalaṅvān ira,
lakṣmini parikarma pətta pinəpəs riṅ varṇa ratnadrava,
yan lālitya laleda maṅliriṅakən tiṅhal tuməṅheṅ rəmə̄,
lvir mə̄rāhavan indracāpa maluyāmore kətər* iṅ pate*r.
Canto 8
1.
siṅgih yañ cakravarttye rūpa vadana* nirānopamottuṅgadevī,
ekachattreṅ karaśmin pinakasuluhiṅ arəṅga rumniṅ tapəl** mās,
sahityā pun-punan sarvasalaga sahana nyātibhaktyātalaṅkup,
mūr aṅdoh hyaṅ ratih tan pamaḍani rarasiṅ rūpa ken rājaputrī.
⟨1⟩ "In the morning she is more beautiful. After make up, she is really divine. She looks like asana-flower with brilliant calyxes, shining brightly, turning back the rays of the sun. When her calves are exposed, they seem to be ashamed of being caressed by the hems of her cloth. That is vhy they are hurt slightly like a young pandanus-flower scratched by its leaves.
2.
ndug vālānvam savaṅ pādapa paṅavakira reh pahat ketakārjja,
vāhvaṅgatgat dhīh* ānan təṅahira binəbəd marma piṅgət siniṅsət,
lāgyājambət ginəgvan pinalu-palu humis luh nirādrəs saranti**,
maṅgar mātyān tumiṅhal kadi hiniris ikaṅ nāla***niṅ tvas kapīṅrəs.
⟨2⟩ "After powdering [her face], she wears her garments. With ease she puts on her pleated kain (cloth), then happily she will come to her lady-in-waiting who has rajasa-flowers [garland] on her lap. Her belly was revealed and looked so beautiful without any cover. The fire of loneliness can be traced in the impressions of the thread (being pulled).
3.
himper taraṅgaṇembuh rarasira vinilaṅ saṅśayākveh matambəh,
tandhyan ndah varṇa vintaṅ vuluku halis irāraśminiṅ krut maveh kuṅ*,
lvir taṅguṅ an vruh dikṣa** narapatiduhitā kalaniṅ māsasāndhya,
ndan aṅhiṅ se buṅahniṅ mukha sinama-sameṅ kāraniṅ candravimba.
⟨3⟩ "Late in the afternoon when the day has cooled down a little, she is used to sit [alone], her head in her hands, but her eyes looking up. She looks stupified, as if there is something in her mind like love that may come true. The feeling of heavy yearning abates when she feels her ring (rotating). Sweetly she wipes off the tips of her breasts, wet [by perspiration] sticking onto her breastband.
4.
ri ṅrəs-ṅrəsniṅ vuluh danta tuvuhira tan orāṅaras riṅ ka*-vaṅsan,
trus tuñjuṅ riṅ karaśmin manisira saləmah mvaṅ gagana jamus ya,
milvāñandī vuṅusiṅ maśarīra siki śuddhālayon** nāgapuṣpa,
mambə̄*** rumniṅ gaḍuṅ campaka surabhi sapuṇḍuhniṅ aśoka sinvam****
⟨4⟩ "She does not care for amusement, her mind is far away. Then she lies down on a bed of withering young leaves. She lullabies her doll until she falls asleep herself. When she wakes up, she wipes off her shoulders to get rid of the calyxes of fragrant lotuses. Sweat runs down her neck onto her beautiful chest, caressing her marvellous breasts.
Canto 9
1.
eñjiṅ mavəvehan i rūm ri huvus irāhyas makin* arəjāhyaṅ,
sākṣat səkar asanābhrā** salaga sinaṅliṅniṅ aruṇa tuməraṅ***,
kesis vətisira kadyāṅrəsa**** kaharas kosap i təpiniṅ ken,
marmāragət ika matrāsmu puḍak anvam kagarit i ronya*****.
⟨1⟩ "Let me tell you, myy lord. If she is in the mood of love, she looks so sweet as if it is clear nectar of the sugar-palm. It is as if her words issue syrrups which spray the hearts [of those addressed]. Her lips split open, exposing her teeth, are like a broken up manggosteen fruit, and her cheeks withholding a smile can be likened to someone rinsing her mouth with honey.
2.
sampun mavida-vidādan maṅaveśa* icchāmiru-miru** siñjaṅ,
harṣānahaja sumaṇḍiṅ riṅ iña maraṅ rājasa maṅisapvan,
keṅis trivalinirāṅrās arəja lukar mambət ika kinəmban,
səṅsəṅ amirahare kavurini tapak ***niṅ tali-tali korut.
⟨2⟩ "Where is the lady who can match the princess in beauty, who is sweet to be kept in the mind [and awfully exquisite] to be described. It is as if she can disappear in the simmering air when looked upon at the time her hair is loose, and re-appears on an island full of pandanus flowers, in trance enjoying the sceneries, or sittiṅ on a rock looking at her reflection in the water below.
3.
tistis vvay ahaləp aśri masidəhañaṅgī təher aṅuḍoda,
ləṅləṅ kadi hana kaṅə̄n i hati kakasih* pinakapajātyan,
luhyān paṭik**-aṭikan sparśana kuṅ i simsimnira lagi keṅsə̄r,
somyāṅusapi muyuṅniṅ susu lagi korut rakət i limut*** nya****.
⟨3⟩ "In the evening after make up, her beauty arouses passion (rajas) to torture [anyone] mercilessly. A book is never far from her, as she always reads a lot. She is never satiated with [the contents of] the books, which is undoubtedly a sign of wisdom. However she only studies the poems till finished and able to recite quotations from it.
4.
tan ry aməṅan iṅ alupālə̄k* maguliṅan iṅ pādapa śayanālūm,
marme ṅ ana(k)-anakan yan panuru-nurū lā**-gi*** milu katurvan,
vahvāṅlilir aṅusap bāhu karakətan sari sarasijāmrik****,
hīsniṅ hariṅet i***** gulvaṅani jajārjjāñjalajahi****** santən*******
⟨4⟩ "These may suffice. Let us talk about the people who serve her in the palace. Wives of highranking officials and maidservants alike are all devoted to the princess. Female servants, priestess’ and widows [of the nobility] regard the princess as their goddess. Female hunchbacks like in stories, albinoes and dwarves newly obtained as booty are also there.
5.
romāvrat apusi kosək kadi mina hāṅimbihi raras sinvam*,
more makusuta səṅsə̄m**ira halaṅə̄ Ivir suṅutiṅ aśoka,
olur hana karakət muṅgviṅ pipinirāvrā kadi megha,
sākṣat pasəsəhaniṅ cāmpaka manəḍeṅ tañjuṅ i vuhəlanya.
⟨5⟩ "There is one favorite of her, a beautiful widow of noble origin who has just made a vow [to stay unmarried]. She was once taken [as wife] by a prince of the dynasty of the kings of Wallabha, who was like a father to her, promising to give her beautiful clothes and a crown. She gave her approval [to marry], because she wanted name and fame and because of the persuasion of the one she regarded as teacher.
Canto 10
1.
sotan yan aləṅə̄ṅ i manis həniṅiṅ amrəta gula-gulaniṅ vvay iṅ pucaṅ*,
kadyāvətva juruh sirat-sirat i soṅkab (h)i vacana** nirāniram hati,
lvir maṅgistarəmək rəṅat-rəṅat ikaṅ laṭi binibik inuṅkad i vaja***,
maṅgəh tuhva makəmva-kemva madhu piṇḍani pipi niran aṅhəmu guyu.
⟨1⟩ "Now I will tell my lord about her love to you. Day and night she is moaning and whimpering. In bed, complete with mattress and all, she feels like lying on a mat of pandanus flowers. She is angry when her cloth has to be taken off, because there are stains on the back of it. She is bewildered and tired of restraining her emotions, and looks like a flower charmed by a bumblebee.
2.
ndin devi kadi rūpa rājaduhitāləyəp inaṅən-aṅən rinūpakā,
lvir mukṣye ryy akiṅ əṇḍəp-əṇḍəp i hiḍəpniṅ umulat i səḍəṅ nirāṅure,
ṅkāne nūṣa mapaṇḍanāṅjrah* irikā ta sira kadi katəmvaṅləṅləṅa,
pantəs ta kapaṅgiheṅ paraṅ arəs mijil ahavana** saṅhubiṅ bāñu.
⟨2⟩ "That is the reason I come to mylord, because your little sister is suffering, excruciated by loṅiṅ. All kinds of flowers in the garden are gathered and presented to her, hut none is accepted. When she is presented with a bunch of gaḍuṅ-flowers, she turns her face away and when she smells the fragrance of the asana, her heart seems to fall into ardour. Only the tañjuṅ-flower gets her favour, she makes garlands from it and uses it to decorate her ears.
3.
yan sore* kalaṅə̄niran təlasiṅ ahyas ahavu-havu rājas āṅlara,
tan sah riṅ ləpihan prakī**-rṇa*** hinamər vinaca-vaca tinuṅku-tuṅkulan,
tapvan vis ya**** dahat riṅ akṣara tuhun hana riva-rivaniṅ vicakṣaṇa,
ndan aṅhiṅ kakavin paṅajyanira rakva tama pinakasəṅgu-seṅguhan.
⟨3⟩ "The more intense her feelings become, the crazier she behaves, and she is unable to control her tears to flow freely. She is out of her mind, she cries and a moment later she laughs, then she sings songs and lyrics from a kakavin. She carries a pandanus flowerbud with her everywhere, she talks to it and urges it to response. She beckons a bee passing by, begging her to stay, but why on earth should the bee be aware of her and delay [her passage]?.
4.
ndah sampun tucapən ta saṅ marək aneka saṅ akahulunan riṅ jronira,
strīni rəkyan aparicāra kapva paḍa bhakti sahananika riṅ nr̥pātmajā,
ācārī kili len karaṇḍanira yāṅkən anuha-nuhane suputrikā,
vuṅkuk vvalu* kadi riṅ tulis hana bule vujil añar** ulihiṅ manumbuki.
⟨4⟩ "She stops beautifying her face and leaves the pimples on her face untreated, so that she looks like an unswept street. The charm of her lips has almost gone, and sorrow lingers on, because she does not chew betel anymore. Facepowder and cosmetics lie untouched and spill over the floor, because she throws [the powder pot over], and nobody cares to clear it. Her face is not washed, so pale like the moon on the second day. Only dreariness and loneliness stay on her lips.
5.
vvantən kāsihira vvaṅ adyah* araras valu-valu añar aṅgəgə̄ brata,
ndan parṇṇah vinidhin vənaṅ gumaməle** sira vəka-vəka rāja vallabha,
saṅ Ivīr bāpa kaluṅsuran*** ri sira siñjaṅ arəja sinalampurañ jamaṅ,
eñjuh rakva ṅaran**** sakeṅ guru katiṅgal iron aharəp iṅ pasəṅgahan.
6.
lāvan teñanirāhatəp hana paśesani hayunira kapva tan hilaṅ,
lvir nyū danta sumāt* huvus təḍuh** ikaṅ susu gəluṅan irāsəlat huvan,
aron-ron katapaṅ ləvas tuvuhirārəja yayan aṅanī tvas iṅ umulat,
marmāmbəkniṅ anon i raśmini raras-rarasira kadi paṅlvaṅi vulan.
7.
yan bvat rājya ri kuṇḍina vvaṅ arəjān paṅucapa siddhāṅayat halis,
pahyas dvara*-vati jugaṅ tumiru sāmbək ulah-ulah i leka rājasan,
aṅjrah taṅ mahaṅan dudū ṅ** kakuraṅan guyu sinipat ikeṅ*** ujar pisan,
kapva**** hū-huran advitiya paḍa tāsir-asiran avədi n kasorana.
8.
strī ri jro nagari kuṇḍina tan ora vinuvus ika rakva len vaneh,
rājya dvaravatī kalaṅvan ika revataka vukir agə̄ṅ pacaṅkraman,
tovin saṅ sinivi prabhūttama kavi prajurit atiśayāñjanapriya,
nahan liṅ nyan umastutī haji nəhər mucap i hayu ṅ anāma rukmiṇī
9.
apan tan hana kaprakāśa naranatha juga pinuji kastavenaləm,
lumreṅ rāt kajanānurāgani bapaṅku ratu taruṇa vīra vīryavan,
nāhan ta kāraṇa rukmiṇī tvasnira hənti kapulut i lulutnire haji,
kāryāvaknira rāga-rāga lara kuṅ smara pinakatali hyuniṅ hati.
10.
ndah vvantən paricarikānira pinarṇṇah atuha-tuha riṅ pagundikan,
ndātan sah ri sirāmarah-marah i gāta vacana paribhāṣa* saṅskr̥ta,
vvaṅ-vvaṅ rājya tətes titik nagara kavvaṅannika pinakesiniṅ purī,
vruh-vruh ry ambəkaniṅ tuhan rəsəp aśabda saphala tumusə̄n pasaṅjīvan.
11.
yekā cintya panūkṣma*niṅ rasa rahasya** sakinəñəpire daləm hati,
tovin vvaṅ kr̥ta*** satya nityasa tamolah i sira saphalān kaparcaya,
kiṅkiṅ**** rāganire bapaṅku laki nora vihikana muvah pinivruhan,
aṅhiṅ lot amaṅun vilāpa pinucaṅ-pucaṅ***** anulis i gātraniṅnikā.
Canto 11
1.
maṅke ṅvaṅ* mucape lulut ire nr̥pati rahina rātri riṅ-rāṅəsah**,
kadyānurvani ketakāmbəkira yan paguliṅan irikaṅ tilām śinayanan,
tan śobhān paməḍar bəbəd gəgət agātra vuri-vurinikaṅ tapih linukaran,
glānāṅlih mapəpət-pəpət ləṅəṅ avarṇa kusuma pinarantyan iṅ kupu-kupu.
⟨1⟩ "In brief, mylord should see her in the grip of passion, and extend mercy forever. Also you, mylord, should pay attention to the invitation of your aunt.
2.
marmma ṅvaṅ ri sirān kagə̄ṅan ariṅ aranəhi linaran* iṅ smarāmarupuhi,
sakvehniṅ kusumeṅ taman paḍa sumaṅgraha pinarəkakən tan ora karəsəp,
ambvāmbvan mulat iṅ gaḍuṅ miṅay aṅambuṅ asanāsmuniṅ** manah laṅu-laṅun,
ṅhiṅ tañjuṅ hinarasnirenaṅit-aṅit lagi pinakarakət-rakət ri taliṅa.
⟨2⟩ "Mylord should not think, that I rush you into action. [It is only] that Queen Pr̥thukīrtti said with emphasis that she wants Your Majesty to come very much, as soon as possible and without delay.
3.
maṅkin saṅśaya kuṅ nirāṅidani tan kavaśa vətuniṅ luhnirān paṅarape,
tan ryy ameṅan panaṅis-naṅis gumuyu ləṅəṅ aṅiduṅ asameni bhāsa kakavin,
aṅəmban kucupiṅ* puḍak pinakarovaṅiṅ aṅucap-ucap kinon sumahura,
kumbaṅ mə̄r i**-nave pininta kasihan riṅ apa ya vənaṅājar aṅanumana***.
⟨3⟩ "Time is short, do not delay, mylord. In the story of Danārjjana, the expression reads: ’Attainment of an object should be act upon as quick as possible, [especially] in cases of transactions of girls, there should be no delay [at all].’
4.
māryyānambəhi pahyas endah amayu ṅ cəcə*-cəcək i ratan ləbu karahinan*,
seṅsə̄niṅ laṭi meh suməmyak asaraṅ** kasiharəp inatīta tan kininaṅan,
tan pendah turahiṅ limut pupur irārarab i tīniḍa puccha tan karahupan,
matra Ivir vulan ardha*** moləm asamun səmuni kalani śesaniṅ laṭi-laṭi****.
⟨4⟩ "When [mylord] arrives in the city of Kuṇḍina, you should right away ask for the hand of the princess. There will be no objections from Queen Sukharā (Pr̥thukīrtti). Then do not wait to carry away the honey. ↓1
Notes
↑1. ndā tan māntyakna ṅ madhu sinahir (then do not wait to carry away the honey). Zoetmulder on p.2O3, v. 1., explains bandi sahir as a certain medicinal potion, deriving it from a quote from B.K. 59.4: usadha nya jahya tulisanya tuṅgəṅ inumīka bandi sahir. I think sahir has become sahit in Javanese, explained by G & R. I.739 as uithozen; uitscheppen (to boil out; to scoop out). So from the above, I think to carry away the honey has more sense than to drink the honey or to scoop away the honey, as here the sense is figurative.Canto 12
1.
saṅsiptāni lulutnira huniṅan,
gə̄ṅ karuṇya narendra tumulusa,
lāvan teki muvah vavarəṅə̄hən,
pāṅundaṅnira reṇa saṅ ahulun.
⟨1⟩ Thus he said. King Krəṣṇa had spoken (his words), then he turned gloomy, overvhelmed by tender feelings and struck by ave by the thunder of affliction; thrilled by overflowing passion and swept by a flood of sex-lust, [caused by] endless rain of pangs of love, he wanted to take refuge in the warmth of the bossom [of the princess].
2.
nda tan səṅgahən aṅlalari gave,
liṅ devī pr̥thukīrtti parikədə̄,
atyantāmbəkire ḍatəṅa haji,
maṅke rakva təkā tan akaḍata.
⟨2⟩ He had expressed his hope to marry the princess and live in love forever. Passion and desire to caress the waist of the princess in coition with offerings of blood stained on the fragrant smelling cloth, together with a shower of face-powder and the hairknot that came loose like a ’kupat luar’, disturbed the king.
3.
kāla kṣepa taman gavayakna,
yan ri dharma danārjjana carita,
tiṅkahniṅ gati tan kalavasana,
kanyādānaha den kasuvayana.
⟨3⟩ Thus he pondered upon the way to come to Kuṇḍina. He wanted to come quietly and slip into the city furtively, pretending to make a pilgrimage with only two, three or four attendants who carried the betel-box and writing utensils; and live from earnings from [selling] garlands and singing performances. ↓3
Notes
↑3. magiba-gibah avidva-vidvana. Z. 1.523 is doubtful in his rendering of the word gibah as ’a kind of shawl or wrap’, perhaps influenced by J which has kleed? I think, it does not fit in our context. Therefore I regard the word gibah as a possible variety of gubah (to compose garlands) and translate the phrase accordingly.4.
yapvan prāpta ri kuṇḍina nagarī,
ken putrī tumuluy hañāṅakna,
nirvighnaṅ sukarā gari nr̥pati,
ndā tan māntyakna ṅ madhu sinahir.
⟨4⟩ Not much attention would be aroused by a wandering minstrel, who had interest only in the beautiful spots [of the country], find work at parties and shelter at quiet buildings. The interesting part would be, when he be approached by brokers [of parties] and yet could get away again and again, and [be able] to send collyrium, cosmetics and teeth-blacking sets together with betel [to the princess].
5.
apan tiṅkah ikaṅ ulah ahañāṅ,
hayvānut i subhāgama divasa,
rāgāpakrama yekana* gavayən,
ṅkā gandharvavivāha ṅaran ikā.
⟨5⟩ Further to receive in return young leaves of the aśoka with writings and signature attached together with waistband and red loincloth, nicely and tightly wrapped. The letter should be bidden very well, because it contains the proceedings of the escape agreed upon. It should be smuggled out, concealed in the folds of the kain of the messenger.
6.
nāhan pājar-ajarnikaṅ utu*-san,
prajñālūṅ i kalaṅvan inucapan,
rehniṅ nāva kapantəsan iṅ ujar,
tiṅhal sābhinayāmiresəpakən.
⟨6⟩ Because the situation of Princess Rukmiṇī was incredibly precarious. She was in the palace, exceedingly well-guarded as if it were a lion’s den. Further her brother added more guards to that of King Bhiṣmaka, He [King Krəṣṇa] would be burnt to death like Smara (the god of love) if he Came like that. Why should he do that?
7.
ndan śrīndranuja harṣaja ruməṅə̄,
marmma tvasnira tan vavaṅ asahur,
kadyolug səmuniṅ manah akəteg,
himpə*r salah* ulahniraṅavaśa.
⟨7⟩ Certainly the kings of Cedi and Magadha would be the greatest obstacles, because the sons of Wrəhadrətha were his enemies from olden times. That was why he decided to go with guards and armed forces. According to the teachings of religion, there was nothing wrong [for him] to bring presents [for the bride].
8.
somyārum kamənāniraṅucapa,
lambe sāmpun inaṅkas inusapan*,
taṅkupni jarijīnənah i jaja,
śabda Ivir asirat-sirata maṇik.
9.
kṣantabyākna saṅhulun i kita,
hayvājambat ikaṅ vacana pahe,
vyarthākvehnikaṅ amrəta* humilī,
yadyan mātra yayāmuhara sukha.
10.
śabdantārddha kanyəṅkaṅan avanəh,
jambudvīpana deniṅ aṅucapa,
ndi ṅvaṅ tan harəpe ṅ rara rahayu,
jātīkaṅ taruṇāhyune taruṇī.
11.
maṅken prāpta ḍatəṅ kita lumavad*,
lvir varṣādrəs anīsi kayu ragas,
kiṅkin iṅvaṅ aluṅgah aṅalayan,
vahvāron lara kuṅ masəkar unəṅ.
12.
tiṅkahniṅ kumudāṅajap i vulan,
byak teṅ utpala * harṣa riṅ aruṇa**,
rəm-rəm hapti rikaṅ gati ṅ asana,
vuṅvāṅjrah niyatanya kagərəhan.
13.
nda tan sah taṅ bhramarāṅaraṅ i səkar,
kuntul mə̄r layatāṅlaya ri pasir,
mrāk prāyān tumiliṅ-tiliṅ i patər,
kālaṅkyaṅ bhramitāṅusir i rəməṅ.
14.
tādvā*-t maṅkana ta ṅhulun alaṅə̄**,
maṅkvekiṅ*** turidāgya ṅ abayaṅan,
rāgāṅambhara tan papagaməlan,
mukseṅ kuṇḍina tan pa... pāmutan.
15.
sambega pr̥thukīrtti riṅ agati,
sākṣat sītakārār avas i pətəṅ*,
səṅsə̄ṅ** nyeṅ aruṇān vavaṅ umijil,
ṅvaṅ darppa*** narimānaḍah**** asiha.
16.
āmbək rukmiṇī harṣaja riṅ akuṅ,
himpər mas inapīnamər i* hati,
yāṅkən pathyanikaṅ vuvus amanis,
karuṇya pr̥thukīrtti** panəpuha.
Canto 13
1.
Iti maṅkanojar ira kr̥ṣṇa təlas ahuvusan sirāvuvus,
alaṅə̄ kagəntəran unəṅ* sabhaya kagərəhan raras hati,
mapa ṅgəgəs karərəṅan** turida yaya tinampvan iṅ lulut,
mahudan-hudan smara harəp marəka ri haṅətiṅ payodhara.
⟨1⟩ Thus were his considerations. (It was related that) the sun had set, the weather became cooler. Then the ḍaḍali-birds appeared, flying around in the sky. The clouds were the forerunners of the twilight. Its colour was yellowish red hovering thickly above the city-gates. There on top of it, the sun was shining, not so brilliant anymore, just like the flicker of an oil-lamp.
2.
hana sot irān tulus atəmva saha rasa lavan suputrikā,
ragasāṅgaliṅ-galiṅa ros i təṅahiṅ anukər sinaṅhulun,
caru rahni siñjaṅiṅ arūm sumaji saha savur-savur pupur*,
vuhəliṅ gəluṅ mahululan lukarana kaharan kupat ləpas.
⟨2⟩ In the city the evening air vibrated with the noise and tumult of the people. Those who would go along with the king in the morning had been decided. That was the reason that armoury, weapons of all kinds and vehicles were prepared in a hurry. All the people of Dwārawatī received their orders, to be carried out without deliberations.
3.
irika sirāṅaṅən-aṅən ryy ulahaniṅ umarā ri kuṇḍina,
aharəp sirānilib atañjalavur alicināṅgiri hyaṅa,
kavulāṅiriṅ rva təlu pa*-t mamava pamucaṅan lavan karas,
aṅalap ta yolih-ulihan magiba-gibah avidva-vidvana.
⟨3⟩ Likewise the Yadus and Wrəṣṇis who made their audience [to be briefed] were given their instructions. Also King Baladeva, most important amongst the king’s allies, was already informed. Two things should be considered. One should not have fortifications constructed only from pleated palm-leaves, and [the second is] one should consider carefully the predicaments. As long as one had taken account of everything carefully, he would not be overcome by his enemies and be left without friends.
4.
sipi rāmyaniṅ kavi kakuṅ hana ri para-paranya ṅ kaləṅə̄ṅ,
pituvi pvā yāmənaṅi kārya məgi-məgila ri yaśāsənət,
kalaṅə̄nya yan parananiṅ jaruman aləsāvaluy-valuy,
akirim sipat bhuratarūm saha sisig inamər lavan sərəh.
⟨4⟩ Soon the night came. The sun had set entirely and the moon came up shining brilliantly. The cemented walls looked brighter and whiter, imparting gloss around. The shadows of the camara-trees, distinctly cast upon it, sprawled over and covered the city-gates. The fire-flies swarmed up marvellously as if they were the sparks of the rays of the moon.
5.
suvalən ri sinvamiṅ* aśoka tulisan aparab salaṅsaṅən,
rarasiṅ sabuk cavəli raṇḍi pamalun aṭik** arja vuṅkusən,
ləpihan pamuṣṭi pənədən panamayaniṅ anūkṣma miṅgata,
samarən tayeṅ viru-viruni tapihiṅ utusan*** təkākna.
⟨5⟩ When the air turned cold, [at that time] the king was in the grip of longing in a pavillion where he used to entertain himself, part of which was built like a bridal-suit, linked to the bigger main building. Next to it, a pond was built, beautifully dyked with a wall of white crystal stones all around. Fishes of all kinds, sprinkled by water from a waterspout, moved around chasing one another. They shone and glittered reflecting back the lustre of the moon-stones.
6.
vara rukmiṇī pva kahanan rasiki ləvəs atīta durggama,
ri* daləm puri putusiṅ iṅgita bhaya kadi siṅha gahvara,
tuvi saṅ kakāṅəmit inimbuhan** i piṅit irārya bhiṣmakā,
alabuh smarānala juga ḍatəṅa mapa ta deya lampunən.
⟨6⟩ At the side [of the pond] the walls of the golden pavillion gleamed brightly affected by the flame of the lamp. There was a fragrant smell coming from the gaduṅ-flowers, climbing and creeping along the eaves. There the king directed his steps, his heart stirred by hope and anxiety, as if he would meet the object of his yearning, lying there is agony discarding her clothes.
7.
nr̥pa cedi maṅgadha* təmən pratiniyata nikin panambhava,
kalavan vrəhādrəthasutā** pituvi musuhateki pūrvaka,
ya ta hetuniṅ harəp arakṣaka saha bala vīra maṅkata,
yan apāṅ asaṅgraha tan ora halani pavara***-hniṅāgama.
⟨7⟩ The yearning of the king was unfulfilled, arousing grief in his heart. The movements of young leaves touched his heart like the beckoning [of the beloved] ‚ urging to come near. The sound of the house-lizard aroused pangs of love, inciting him to jump onto the nuptial bed. The cries of the bats and the sound of their wiṅs reminded him of the rustling sound of the kain. It kept him awake.
Canto 14
1.
nahan hiṅanirāviveka tucapa ṅ divakara sumirəp samaṅkana,
tis-tis taṅ divasā luṅa tumūta ṅ* ḍaḍali mider alivəran iṅ tavaṅ,
meghar iṅgitaniṅ dukilyan atətəl tumahi vəsi** gumopurāruhur,
ṅkane śr̥ṅganikāsinaṅ kəñariṅ arkka hana kari satejaniṅ damar.
⟨1⟩ When a bright day arrived [at the folloving morning]. King Krəṣṇa had already washed himself there in the pond. Facing eastward (the direction of the sun) he engaged himself in prayers in the remembrance of God Śiwa. From gloom he was brightened by the rays of the morning sun, like the day-lotus opening up in the morning. He enshrined the sound of the syllable Om which rang like the buzzing of the bee, in his heart.
2.
sə̄b-sə̄b ratri humuṅ tikaṅ nagara ghurṇṇita mavurahan iṅ vaṅ iṅ kuṭa,
sāmpun rakva ghinopitān sahananiṅ maṅiriṅa sakatambeñjiṅa,
nāhan hetuniṅ aṅkas-aṅkas asənāha kavaca śara cāpa vāhana,
vvaṅ sa-dvāravatīnatag tinuduhan madadakan apatan hinə̄makən.
⟨2⟩ Teng. The bell of the hour rang. At once the banner was raised [as a sign] of departure. The sound of the drums was booming, and that of the various trumpets was roaring. The horsemen were ordered to move first, quick but orderly. The pages were sweetly calling each other, which culminated into a roaring cheer.
3.
nāntən saṅ yadu-vrəṣṇi saṅ marək arəp vruha juga vinarah rikaṅ naya,
lavan śrī baladeva mukhya sira rovaṅiṅ aṅulih-ulih pinivruhan,
rvekaṅ nīta ṅaranya hayva juga taṅgula* vəlit i hivəhnya tolihən,
yāvāt ṅ vaṅ maviveka tan dadi vijigīṣu** tivas ika*** ya tan parovaṅa.
⟨3⟩ When the armed forces were on the road, they had to stop, because [the road was] too crowded. They had moved at the same time and were competing with each other to reach the city-gates. They shouted at each other, and were very agitated, because they wanted to arrive in Kuṇḍina as soon as possible. Those in front shouted a warning: ’Be careful with your lances and make room’.
4.
ndā prāpta ṅ vəṅi sūrya vāhu sumurup śaśadhara gumavaṅ magantaran,
ton taṅ bapra binajralepa sumənə̄ makin apətak aṅambvakən laṅə̄,
mayāniṅ kayu ca*-marākara-kararəja rumahab aṅəbi gopura,
rāmyālivəran ikaṅ kunaṅ-kunaṅ avarṇa latu-latuni tejaniṅ vulan.
⟨4⟩ Soon the Yadus were far away from the city, which was quietly left behind. Only the people playing on the portable gamelan to accompany the king were still waiting, producing sweet tunes. So after all the preparations were made, the king, already in his journey attire, was ready to leave. He [only] waited for the exact time for an auspicious departure, which was decided upon by the priests.
5.
tis-tis māsa samaṅkanā nr̥pati leṅleṅ aṅaraṅ irikaṅ pasaṅgrahan,
paṅlilān ginave-gave paṅalusan pamiḍuḍukan akaṇṭa kāvakan,
saṇḍiṅ yarəja tīrtha rāmya tinatāṅ sphaṭika vatu putihnya tut sisi,
lyab deni maṇi candrakanta* kumicir mina karana laṅə̄ pinañcuran.
⟨5⟩ The royal vagon was harnessed with two rows of horses, because it was drawn by four horses. So it was said, that they were very strong and were called Sonya, Sugrīwa [which were close] to the wagon. Then Walāha was not inferior to them as a horse. Furthermore Meghapuṣpa was praise-worthy. People said that they were able to pass through dangerous mountains and water, not to mention [fighting] in the battlefield.
6.
ṅkane piṅgir ikaṅ gr̥hātulis mās vraja sinavuṅ i tejaniṅ damar,
mrik māmbə̄ təkap vitiṅ* gaḍuṅ pinakariṅ-riṅ aṅaraman arambatan tətə̄,
yeka rakva pāran iraṅ nr̥pati mār gatinira rumaras harəp-harəp,
kaḍyāvarṇa katəmva saṅ katuridan maṅlih aguliṅan aməḍar tapih.
⟨6⟩ And the powerful charioteer of King Krəṣṇa was called Dāruki, famous in the world in being very skilful in managing large wagons, adept in the knowledge of taming horses and his speciality was the ease with which he performed everything. If the road was dangerous, then he turned around towards the sea.
7.
kiṅkiṅ śrī naranatha tan palipuran sakamatan amaṅun raras hati,
kəlabniṅ sinvam anundul iṅ hati mavarṇa taṅaniṅ aṅave kumon mara,
aṅde kuṅ svaraniṅ cəcək baṅun avaṅsitana mayani muṅgaheṅ jinəm,
ābhāniṅ lalavān krəbətnika sasiñjaṅiṅ anilib* arəs kataṅyana.
⟨7⟩ So, first he loaded the wagon with all kinds of weapons, e.i. bows, all kinds of arrows, creeses, swords, disc and shining lances. The disc Sudarśana, which was so sharp and shone so brightly like the moon, and the unequalled Pāñcajanya were already in position. All armaments were complete.
8.
sarvāṅde turidālaṅə̄ kiris ikaṅ* kusuma surabhi śāri kāṅinan,
himpər mās kinikir hanan kadi burat haṅət i panəpi kosap** iṅ tapih,
tan pendah*** paṅucal**** maṇik titis ikaṅ həbun aṅayati hisnya meh tibā,
lvir kampit maparas-paras vvahiṅ aśoka suməlat i səkarnikāpənəd.
⟨8⟩ The king mounted in the wagon with an attendant carrying the fruit-bowl. Also there was a young priest called Megbadhvaja, who was ordered to come along. He was the highest in rank adviser to the state and proved to be successful in giving advice [to the king], because he was an adept in knowledge, highly qualified and well-liked by the people. Furthermore he was courageous and never negligent.
9.
tovin karttika māsa mātra rarabiṅ garigisan ira maṅlavad-lavad,
tan māməṅa kuduni* vuṅu vahu kumumbu savaṅ asih amarəṅā gərəh,
kadyātis maririṅ kucupniṅ asanāṅgəgəs amupusi ronya kāṅinan,
aṅde harṣa səkarnikaṅ mənur anīs** aṅariṅ-ariṅ i tejaniṅ vulan.
⟨9⟩ With the pretence of evading dangerous omens and procuring praise, he briefly designed the stratagem of the porcupine, namely though the mind was troubled by turmoil and inimicality, outwardly nothing could be noticed. The mind [should always] be prepared to face difficulties in attaining success with the support of knowledge, religion and literature.
10.
luṅhāṅ ratri tatas ləvəs kalusa kayvan ikaṅ upavanākəmul hīma,
tuñjuṅ nyeṅ talagāmrəmāṅləyəp umaṅgut amarəṅi paṅobnikaṅ havan*,
ndān aṅhiṅ kamalantiṅanya kumətər sumilih** atilik antih-antihan,
nirvākvehni pusuhnikaṅ rara kamālvan arah apatikān paḍāturu.
⟨10⟩ .......... The quarrel between the soldiers on wagons, other than those crazy of fighting and the umbrella-carriers were not taken into account [by the king], because the horses were eager and wanted to move speedily, as they were too long out of action. Their neighing was countered by others as if they were indignant and seemed to incite [everyone] to depart.
Canto 15
1.
praptekaṅ* rahināva sāmpun arahup śrīndrānujācāmana**,
ṅkāne sārah-arah bhaṭara śīva sūryāyoga sānismr̥ti,
oləm iṅalirān sunvan*** aruṇa Ivir tuñjuṅ eñjiṅ məkar,
hūṅ-hūṅniṅ pranavastutīnamər-amər**** Ivir śabdaniṅ ṣaṭpada.
⟨1⟩ Swiftly the wagon ran through forests and planes along the coast, also through the northern slopes of mountain Rewata [aloṅ roads] looking down the planes at the foot of the mountain. The king turned back his head again and again to see the beauty of the capital city which the further he went, the more indistinct it became. The trees seemed to glitter [in the sun], so that be had to put his hands above his eyes.
2.
teg kumva* ṅ ghaṭikāpisan manitikaṅ rojeh** akon maṅkata,
osik śabdanikaṅ mr̥dāṅga gumuruh śaṅka svarāsaṅghani,
praptekaṅ pakudan makon rumu***[-hun umaṅkatārampak aglis****],
[mojar sārathi nyār]*****-jja tāruh-aruhan tekaṅ surak ghūrṇita.
⟨2⟩ Wherever he went through, thc sceneries were picturesque, the crop was just brought in and the straw was still left on the field. The dykes were broken at several places, like the line of the eyebrows dotted by power. Thc tall grass in the valleys, blown by the wind, was like loose hair just tussled [by tbe hand]. A thin cloud cowered the hill-side like body-cream spread over the breasts.
3.
ryyaṅkatni bala saṅka riṅ kuṭa matanḍəg səsək riṅ havan,
rāmyārāmpak ahūr-huran vahu suməṅkāryambalaṅ gopura,
śabda nyāsahuran paḍāsraṅ aṅucap magyan vruheṅ kuṇḍina,
[mojar ta yeṅ mukhāvya kəneṅ ga]lah* śabdanya hayvākabət.
⟨3⟩ He went through a village of exceeding beauty with a large population and nearby market. At the south there was a hermitage, just over the ravine near a vaterfall. The tree [closeby] was a banyan-tree, which was always a landmark [for the hermitage] from far away, and the bamboo-groves [were an indicator] from near.
4.
luṅhāṅdoh laku savatək yadu kabeh śūnya ṅ kadatvan ləṅə̄,
ṅhiṅ* karyāṅaraṅin garantuṅ i yavāṅantī vijil saṅ prabhu,
nāntən sāmpun adan təlas mabasahan śrī natha meh maṅkata,
yātra ṅ ve śubhakāla lagna juga lakvāṅhiṅ kinerhernira.
⟨4⟩ There was a man at the ’bhaganjing’ (hermitage) who could read or recite poems aloud, but also always active in writing [poems(?)]. He chose the sharpest writing-knife he could get, still wet from being sharpened. His biceps were all muscles and when he sat in thought, desires [of worldly things] crept in his mind by lack of control of the senses. Indeed he had chosen the wrong occupation, he should play the flute or sing as a professional, because he was not established yet [in renunciation].
5.
sāmpun taṅ sakaṭāpasaṅ rva salayāpan pat kuda nyāmatək,
ndan rakveki ṅarannya sonya kalavan sugrīva sāre ratha,
nda tan sor si valāha kadi turaga mvaṅ meghapuṣpenaləm*,
kocap riṅ giri durgga toya ṅuniveh yan riṅ təgal paparaṅan**.
⟨5⟩ There was a valley of the mountain with a lake, its water tossing and waving. It was greatly scenic and a resort for those who came to bathe while indulging in romantic adventure, enjoying the sceneries from the rocks and the view of the lovely lotuses, or went to the holiday resort island. With delight they could roam around on foot or float on the water or swim.
6.
tovin sarathi sāra pamrəg ira saṅ kr̥ṣṇāṅaran dāruki,
khyātiṅ rāt karəṅə̄ prakaśita vidagdhājar mahavāhana,
sikṣāṅ* śasananiṅ turaṅga kottama nyātyanta riṅ laghava,
yadyan priṅga hənu** pinurva pinurug nyāhyun riṅ utyādakā.
⟨6⟩ The far end of the hermitage was floored with sand brought there by the breakers, its strand was as if dyked around in rows. At the sides the swans were lying low as if asleep. They laid eggs on the lake-island or hid them in the crevices of rocks. Not to mention the chicks which were floating on the water like kələpu-flowers.
7.
ndah yekā rumuhun* haneka sakatamvat** saprakārāyudha,
laṅkap hrū śivapatra*** leñ curiga colī candrahasakīla****,
cakrānāma sudarśanākiris alaṇḍəp Ivir kīla*****niṅ vulan,
śaṅkhānindita pañcajanya humaḍaṅ sāmpun kabeh saṅkəpan.
⟨7⟩ .......... However only roses were found there, rubbing against the wuṅu-tree. There was a stream flowing strongly, emerging from a cave in the holes of the ravine [near] the hermitage. A boulder, partially portrudiṅ [from the cave] looked formidable like an elephant with a root of a tree as trunk.
8.
muṅgah śrī naranātha riṅ ratha lavan saṅ maṅhavin pavvahan,
kintvīkaṅ katuduh marək dvijakulānvam nāma meghadhvaja,
vvaṅ-vvaṅ nagari kādhikara saphalān parṇṇahnikāmvaṅ-mvaṅa,
prajñeṅ jñana janapriya jñananipuṇa nā taṅgvan manah tan mada.
⟨8⟩ Its water was clear, falling from above, but reddish yellow of colour. The sand was clean, red-colored like wax, and a pair of doves were picking something on it. It was a pretty picture, enjoyable for those coming for a pleasure-trip whilst looking for delights, wearing ferns as ear-ornaments and then hunting for birds’ nests, followed by wandering in the bushes of the kajar-plants.
9.
lisyāṅliṅsir i len iṅgita bhiseṅ ākarṣaṇāṅastuti,
taṅkəs-taṅkəs i denikaṅ gəlar upāyā ṅ raṅki-raṅkin kərəpan,
dviṣṭa triṣṭaniṅ* ambək evəh avilət kə̄l an tan aṅgākrasa,
maṅgāṅhela ṅ anārtha kārya matəkən śāstrāgama vruh kavi.
10.
..........paṅlalana,
pataṅkəpnika saṅ haneṅ ratha* dudū ṅ matta raṇa mvaṅ payuṅ,
norenanti tuvin tikaṅ kuda manah nyāgya suve taṅ laku**,
paṅhrik nyāsahuran baṅun gərəgətən kadyaṅatag maṅkata***.
11.
lilālon lari saṅ na*-[rendra riṅ ratha pinik riṅ ratna maṇi**],
maṅən yyan*** kavulāṅiriṅ raras ikaṅ parṇṇah kinonkon ira****,
vvantən maṅsul aṅuṅsag-uṅsag aṅasu nda*****tan vənaṅ laṅghana,
lampah nyāśru paran kunaṅ vinaluya nyād vastra kārīṅ umah******
Canto 16
1.
ləpas larinikaṅ rāthāməgat alas təga-təgal i samīpaniṅ pasir,
gəgə-gəgər i lor ikaṅ gunuṅ ri revataka suku-sukunya koṅkulan,
narendra kamatolihən ri ləṅəṅ iṅ nagara makin adoh samar ləyəp,
takən(n)ya dinələ̄ nirārddha mahulap karaṇaniṅ atavəṅ-tavəṅ taṅan.
⟨1⟩ Leaving behind [the people looking for delights], let us look back at the boulder sheltering [the stream] found before near the hermitage. The water of the stream showered down, looking like water falling from the edge of the roof. In a crevix of the paras-wall a sənə̄-tree was growing vigorously as if being sprinkled. A ḍaḍali-bird flapped its wings and flew accidentally into the shower of water and had to shake [its body] to dry.
2.
sakāmbah amangun laṅə̄ gaga-gagā huvus iṅani daminyaniṅ hvaṅan,
galəṅnika pəgat-pəgat savaləriṅ halis arəja kasiṅgahan pupur,
sarambut inurāraras vahu jumambakāla-alaṅ i lurahnya kaṅinan,
limut sumaput iṅ ruhur* kadi vəḍak sahaja ginuravākən iṅ susu.
⟨2⟩ There was a snake hiding in a pile of slates from fear of being seen. The waterfall spread around rays of vapour, as if the snake spitted out precious diamonds. The rays of vapour descended like smoke on the young leaves of the aśoka which quivered like being sprinkled. A cataka bird flying high up [in the sky] seemed to persuade the drizzle to evaporate to join the rainbow.
3.
pradeśa subhageṅ laṅə̄ havannirāpituvi janapadāparək pəkən,
kidulnika kadevagurvan ahələt juraṅ amarək i tīrtha pañcuran,
tahənya variṅin lanā panavaṅan priṅ ika katulajəg paṅavruhan,
śīlāpasaṅan pəpəd hana ri sornya pira-pira kunəṅ lavasnika**.
⟨3⟩ So King Basudevaputra (Krəṣṇa) got carried away by the enchanting scenes of the sea. The journey became a pleasure-trip to entertain himself, and he forgot entirely about the original purpose. However the priest Meghadhvaja was not negligent; respectfully and calmly he asked permission to give counsel: "It is indeed the truth, that the purpose of being in the service of the king is to be constantly aware of the wellbeing of his master.
4.
*hana vvaṅ irikaṅ bhagānjiṅ asigāmaca-maca milu tan sah iṅ tanah**,
pilih pañarikan bataṅnya purugul-purugul abasahan vasəh radin***,
ləṅənyan makihal**** ya yan masidəhārasa kama luput iṅ jitākṣara,
mapaṅ salah alə̄***** mabaṅsi tāṅiduṅ****** titir apatəh mapan turuṅ tama*******.
5.
katon ləbak ikaṅ vukir tasik anak savaṅ* i ranunikāryak aṅalun,
ləṅə̄ṅ ika pacaṅkramān iṅ umarādyusa madulur ahimya-himyana,
laṅə̄niṅ karaṅ-karaṅ kumuda rāmyaniṅ aṅusīra nūṣa rantunan**,
ləyəp mahas alālanāhavan aramvanan ta (h)avəlah-vəlah taṅan.
6.
ri duṅhus ika kahyaṅan həni-hənīriya pinakaləmahnya kāryakən*,
avarṇa pinarigyakən bāñāk ikājajar i** təpi padāṅrəpāturū,
maṅantiga ri nuṣaniṅ talaga len ikanaṅhət ri*** salvaṅiṅ karaṅ,
dudū taṅ anətəs katon sasəkariṅ kələpu makakurambaṅ**** iṅ bañu.
7.
sirinya* ..........rbis paras,
ndan aṅhiṅ amavar juga ṅ katəmu len aṅasah-asah i vitnikaṅ vuṅū,
siluk-siluk ikaṅ juraṅ kabuyutan hana vulakan agə̄ṅ sakeṅ gihā,
arəs kadi liman muṅup vatu karaṅnya rəcəp atulale vvadiṅ tahən**.
8.
[vvenika mahəniṅ saka ri ruhu]*-r acaracap atis** tahihyaṅən,
pasir-pasir ikārəsik maṅalakā lakibi putər ika anucuk-nucuk,
karamyan ika rāmya paməṅ-aməṅan paduluran iṅ ameta paṅaga,
asumpiṅa pakis viriṅ nəhər amupvasusuh anusupeṅ kajar-kajar.
Canto 17
1.
mintar tiṅhal irerikaṅ vatu* sumoṅ katə*mu-tinəmu ṅūnipājaran,
himpər ve tumibā sakeṅ tərətəpan manirati titisiṅ śilodaka,
ṅkane vəlkah ikaṅ paras kayu sənə̄nya tumuvuh asəvə̄** kadīhənə̄,
tə̄p hərtə̄p ḍaḍalinya mə̄r tumapa riṅ kasiratan akirig-kirig həlar.
⟨1⟩ "Listen to my words, oh mylord. This is not the time, that mylord be carried away by the beauty of nature and forget an extremely important matter. Mylord, please remember your business, do not be negligent. Do not indulge yourself in pleasure-trips, there are too many negative points to it. ↓4
Notes
↑4. I render salah tvan here as ‘to forget an important matter’, based on the view that salah tvan means ’to misjudge something, to calculate wrongly, to see something wrongly etc’. See Z. II.2028.2.
honyaṅ nyāsa tulīs karaṅ bhujaga ləṅ-ləṅ aṅililan arəs maniṅgilis,
kadyānəmburakən maṇik təkapiṅ erttali sumirat asə̄b* sumamburat,
truhniṅ ve kumukus ri sinvamiṅ aśoka kuməlab akətər kadīnənə̄,
və̄rniṅ cātaka miṇḍuhur baṅun agañjurana riris anūt kuvuṅ-kuvuṅ.
⟨2⟩ "Proceed with what you have first in mind, do not delay it. There are a lot of things that can bring a person to regret, if he is not resolute. However if he is persistent, for sure everything will be successful. There is nothing that gives trouble to a man with an iron will.
3.
ndan saṅ śrī basudevaputra lali deni kaləṅəṅan i rāmyaniṅ pasir,
laryyācaṅkrama lalanāmbək* ira tan vavarəṅə̄n irikaṅ prayojana,
saṅ meghadhvaja tan pramāda rasikāpitutur ajar aṅakṣamādara,
siṅgih yan gati sevakeṅ nr̥pati tan palə-paləh i karākṣa saṅ prabhu**.
⟨3⟩ "Furthermore, the country we are heading for is [still] far away. The king of Cedi might already be there, the day of the royal function is approaching quickly. If I [were you I] will be very shameful and unhappy if I came too late.
Canto 18
1.
*hiḍəpən iki vuvusni ṅvaṅ təkap saṅ narendra,
ta divasa yayi medan buddhi lam-lam salah tvan,
iṅət-iṅət i nathekaṅ karyya hayva pramāda,
tan ulahakna ṅ ambək lālanāgə̄ṅ halanya.
⟨1⟩ "Also mylord has to consider the princess, who has been too long waiting for the response from mylord towards her feelings. Mylord can imagine, because she has been suffering for so long from being faithful to love. She is restless like waiting for the groom to take her in his arms.
2.
sagavayakna sādon hayva rakva madeya,
pira-pira bisaniṅ vaṅ yan makəmbā ləkasnya,
tivasa tuvi yan asvī byakta siddhā ṅ sinādhya,
ndya kari pinakevəh de saṅ āmbək sudhīra.
⟨2⟩ "That feelings of love have grown, because she is truly a princess and a virgin. Sorrow is not good for her, like a poem for a child. She has no experience of love, union and loveplay. If she wants it and it happens to be available, why should it be wrong that she takes it? ↓6
Notes
↑6. smara samaya śr̥ṅgararacana (love, union and loveplay). Z. II.1 799 reads smarasamaya and renders it with intercourse in love or the right time for love? He translates śr̥ṅgara into ’1. love, sexual passion or desire or enjoyment; dress suitable for amorous purposes, elegant dress; 2. lovely; pretty; seductive’ (II.1816). On the other hand I regard śr̥ṅgararacana as a compound and render it with ornament (racana) of sexual passion (śr̥ṅgara), which in combination with smara and samaya (love and union) cannot be anything else than love-play.3.
tuvi marika kadohniṅ nāgarekaṅ parāna,
sira narapati cedin sugyan maṅke təkā ṅkā,
kaparəpəkana meh kalānikaṅ rāja kārya,
sipi-sipi viraṅ iṅvaṅ duhkha yadyan kasepa.
⟨3⟩ "Because if you consider the agony of one in love, there are many, e.g. the art of taking a wife by oral persuasion or by force; to have the heart to see the beloved in agony of being deflowered, turning her face away angrily and does not reply [when addressed]; to hear the heartbeat of the girl who is on the verge of loosing her well-guarded kain.
4.
puputiṅ ulah yekan* toliheə de narendra,
ri ḍatəṅa naranatheṅ kuṇḍinākveh bhayanya,
iveh [h]ana kita de śrī bhīṣmake don sabhārya,
ya ta hali-haliniṅ vaṅ lāgi kāṅən kamarmma.
⟨4⟩ "For a change when you prepare for sexual intercourse [with a virgin], it is much better to be without light. Embracing, moulding and pinching the hard bosom makes the girl have gooseflesh. She will writhe and wriggle, she will agree to sit on the lap, but keep you at armslength, with no concern at all that [by her struggle] her kain is pulled away and eventually thrown away.
5.
Ivəhiṅ amuni nītīrin* tayeṅ cāra sūkṣma,
[kadi sumuṅ]kəma** mataṅ nyākon yan prayatna,
aha liṅana vikan vruh mogha mələtik prakāśa***,
pravala juga pahə̄tənekaṅ**** sapolah saṅ natha.
⟨5⟩ "however [if the girl] has overcome her prudency, and does not mind to make love, the embrace of a couple in love is like the petals of a pandanus-flower. It is as if the campaka flower squeezed between the breasts is grounded to dust. The union is close and tight, the heart-beat of both [lovers] in harmony".
6.
vvaṅ* atəṅət akəkes mās kaṣṭa himpər daridra,
ndah apa ta karaṇa nyan kavruhan yan padrəvya,
papaḍanika** ryapāṅgapāṅhātakən*** hyun,
asilurup i həniṅiṅ ve ndi tātan katona.
⟨6⟩ Thus were the words of Priest Meghadhvaja to the king, who seemed to smile, because he [perfectly] understood the hint to go to Kuṇḍina more speedily. It seemed that his heart was also burdened with longing. Signs of passion were visible, he looked like burning coal consuming hay. ↓7
Notes
↑7. kadi baləman mərāṅ mamaṅani (like burning coal consuming hay). According to Z. I.197 baləman is smouldering fire to keep mosquitoes away. The equivalent of the phrase above in Bahasa Indonesia is seperti api dalam sekam (like fire in chaff). The meaning is that it is explosive.7.
nr̥pati maparihārāṅlāvad iṅ vandhuvargga,
kramaniṅ asih asambhegāṅ rivəg riṅ svakārya,
kahaləpan ika yogyā nyāvvata ṅ sopacāra,
arah ahala yadiṇ ḍatəṅ tan hinundaṅ.
8.
ndan i təka haji maṅke tan pakon bhīṣmakendra,
təka kadi təkaniṅ vaṅ tuccha* sə̄manya janma,
mapi hivaṅ api puṅguṅ somyāsomyāpi mūdha,
kadi garuḍa vinikvan deniṅ aṅdani citta,
9.
narapatisuta rukmātyanta kocap vidagdha,
niyata juga tan aṅgəh byakta sarvvābisāṅgəh,
ṅuni-yuni mulat akveh nyaṅ vatək vrəṣṇi saṅgha,
saha gaja ratha vajī tiṅkahiṅ maṅkatāṅdon.
10.
kaliṅan i vuvus iṅvaṅ hayva tan yatna-yatna,
tan alavasa narendrāṅusirekaṅ parāna,
rumuhuna kəta saṅke śrī mahārāja Cedi,
duduga vayaha den āpan turuṅ siddhakārya.
Canto 19
1.
lavan rakyan putrī bapa marika* hānāmbəkanira,
sarantāṅantyākən ri turunani sih sanmata haji,
katon ṅgyaniṅ buddyāpan alavas aṅə̄l rāga kinəñəp,
alal kadyāṅher-her** yu***-galaniṅ anaṅkəp manaḍaha.
⟨1⟩ The king left the mountainous forests, heading for lower grounds in his wagon speedily. He ran along the coast-line and these regions too were already passed. He did not cross over the mountains again, but took the route through the planes, because his heart was filled with love-sickness. There was nothing that hampered his vay, he wanted only to arrive [in Kuṇḍina] as soon as possible, because of the pain in his heart.
2.
iku(r) rāgābəṅkaṅ* pratuhu-tuhu yan rāja taruṇi>
olug tan kram riṅ rāsika kadi rare duryyaśa kavi,
tan āmbək iṅ vruh riṅ smara samaya śr̥ṅgara racana,
asiṅ mahyun yan sambhava mapa hala nyan lavanana*
⟨2⟩ The road along the coast was deserted, its sceneries were awe-inspiring. A big river with turbulent water from the mountains rushed down onto a rock at the estuary and made a hole in it. Inside [the hole] the water sounded ṅek ṅok like the pining of geese taking turns regularly. The water waved and whirled around with astounding roarings, so that the mist turned and twisted along with it.
3.
apan yaṅ vās-vāsən rarasiṅ anavuṅ kuṅ kadi sipī,
laṅə̄niṅ vāhvānyumbana baśa-baśeṅ strī turuṅ anūt,
təgəlniṅ vahvāṅlih rəṅu-reṅu miṅe tan panahuri,
kətəgniṅ twas yan meh aṅuculana siñjaṅ kiniputan.
⟨3⟩ What kind of ivory coconut tree was it that grew all by itself on a rock? Its leaning trunk was covered by mist whilst its leaves were swishing, blown by the strong wind of the waves. Its roots were marvellous, looking like creepers, its fruit was ripe and there were plenty of flowers. A pair of vhite herons sat closely together perching on its petiole.
4.
həli yan vahvāṅrabda turida tuhun tapvan anyuluh,
ni kol kosap kasniṅ susu kakuku mār-māri muririṅ,
misə-miṅsər maṅgā kinisapu sumāmbhyā anidəhani*,
viniṅka-viṅka kennika linukaran tan vavarəṅə̄n.
⟨4⟩ The peaks of rocks and mountains looked statuesque covered by a forest of pine trees. The water from the mountains rushed roaring down and pressed by the wind fell with a blow on the waves. The water-drops spraying upwards formed a drizzle, gray-colored, [but] turned into the colours of the rainbow when the sun-rays fell upon it. The kat-kat came and went, but because of the strong-blowing wind, they had difficulty to find their way.
5.
kunaṅ yan sāmpun mari viraṅiṅ apum* nora kataha,
baṅun kuləpniṅ** ketaka paməkuliṅ vaṅ silihasih,
katon śīrṇa taṅ cāmpaka kahapitāṅanti ri jaja,
rapət siṅsətniṅ saṅgama rəsəp akarvan kətəg-kətəg.
⟨5⟩ A nice-looking building with a roof in tiers was in ruin. What did it look like formerly [nobody knew]. The gates were almost collapsed, overgrown by handul-creepers which were blooming furiously. The walls also collapsed, falling into pieces, because repeatedly the breakers sent showers of sea-water unto them. The images of the deities were broken, because they were covered, penetrated and crushed by roots [of trees].
6.
nahan pājar meghadhvaja ri naranathāsmu* guyu,
vruha nyan paṅgyā-gyā ri ḍatəṅanireṅ kuṇḍinapura,
mapa ṅ məṅgəp** ndah cittanira kapəgan koluran unəṅ***,
katon səṅ-soṅniṅ rāga kadi baləman mərāṅ mamaṅani.
Canto 20
1.
maṅkat śrī nātha saṅkeṅ girivana tumurun taṅ rathādrəs lakunya,
layvāṅuṅsi ryy ajuniṅ pasir ucapnikaṅ deśa sampun kalalvan,
māryyānuṅgaṅ sire rəṅga lumaris aḍarat deniṅ ambək viraṅvaṅ,
lāmpah tan kāvaran mār i duduga vaya paṅde*ni kiṅkiṅ nirāgyaṅ.
⟨1⟩ There was an island, clearly seen, because of a hill topped by trees and vegetation. The sound of peacocks and nightiṅales was audible from the coast. There on the peak stood a rest-house, so picturesque [partly] hidden. The roof, blanketed by white clouds looked so pure, like the buds of mushrooms just opening.
2.
tut piṅgirniṅ tasik śūnya havan irātəṅə̄ durgamārəs laṅə̄nya,
lvah gə̄ṅ saṅkeṅ vukir vvenya kumutug amagut duṅhusiṅ sāgarāgroṅ,
ṅek-ṅok śabdanya ri jro bañu baṅun uniniṅ haṅsa līlā maganti,
māryak-ryyak matri gañcākalaṅan akətəran kelu kedər limutnya*.
⟨2⟩ The sides of the rock [walls] looked fabulous when the water-line retreated back further. The rocks looked so nice as if intentionally carved in the form of a drummer and another one that of a puppetteer. There below, on the water, kalaka and səkartaji flowers were floating together with a handle of an old umbrella. Withering and dry lotuses were mixed up with aśoka-flowers, whilst kapipir-flowers blended [nicely] with betel-leaves.
3.
nyu dantāpeki mulānya katəmu tumuvuh riṅ karaṅ tuṅga-tuṅgal,
sunde vitnyān kasūban hima kinusuk-kusuk ronya de nyāṅiniṅ ryyak,
kahyun-hyun vvad nikāvarṇa salisur aṅəḍəg vvahni maṅgar nyāməṇḍuh,
kuntul moruk laki-stryaṅiḍupuh* arərəban lāgi muṅgvī papahnya.
⟨3⟩ On the banks of the sea, at the [end] of a road up the hill, there was a hermitage, old, lonely and neglected. The roof was totally destroyed by [rain]-water and smashed into five parts by storms. The hearts of those to see the ruins of the building would be emotionally affected, because it was leaning to one side and almost overturned. Only roots that came down from a tree and wound themselves around the pillars kept it upright.
4.
duṅhus-duṅhus karaṅparvata ləyəp hur cāmarākveh kayunya,
vve saṅke agra maṅlandəṅ inavər iṅ aṅin sek svaranyāniram ryyak,
səb-sə̄b nyāvrāmaṅun truh* riris ahavuk avor vaṅkavān katraṅan ṅ ve,
kat-kat luṅhā təkāṅanti tinub iṅ anilāṅhel umuṅsī paranya.
⟨4⟩ There was a rock which was so pleasing to the eyes. It was as if [someone] bad swept it tidily and the sand was so smooth. The pandanus’ were creeping along everywhere, sprayed and soaked by the water up to their branches, moving slowly up and sideways shaken by the waves. Their flowers were destroyed and thrown into the water, their pollen fell showering around as if being shaken.
5.
nyāsārəsəp pañcaraṅkaṅ kalasan* aparan ikaṅgā nya ṅūnīṅ uśana,
caṇḍi nyātita meh-meh rubuha katuvuhan handul ajrah makəmbaṅ,
runtuh bapranya rag-rag lagi-lagi** katəkan vve dinuṅkapniṅ umbak,
arcca hyaṅ-hyaṅ nya rhṅkā kin&mulan inavbr de ni paṅraṅkid***-iṅ vvad.
⟨5⟩ The sea with its fragrant smelling sandalwood-tree was like a pundit with a clear and spotless [mind]. Shells and tripod stands were there everywhere and the kijings served as the books. After bathing the reverend guru [would] calmly go to the rock to pray to the Sun-god. The snails washed themselves while taking the water by handfulls, pronounced their prayers solemnly.
Canto 21
1.
honyaṅ nūṣa gəgər-gəgər gunuṅ anak pavulatan i tahənya vaspada,
mrāk nyāsraṅ maṅuhuh lavan tuhu-tuhu svaranika karəṅə̄ sakiṅ pasir,
ṅkāneṅ puñcak ikāṅ jəlag patani ləṅləṅ aṅililana* avarṇa riṅ tulis,
śuddhi Ivir kuduniṅ jamūr vahu məkar suhunan ika karambatan limut.
⟨1⟩ After the journey along the coast, he followed a road leading to a dam. Without difficulty the wagon rolled along, kept in control by way of holding the harness of the horses [firmly]. Well, the speed of the wagon, the day turning cold and the sun setting were not related. The flowers of the varu-tree fell in heaps everywhere along the road.
2.
tuṅhaniṅ paraṅ an ləṅə̄ ri surudiṅ vvay avuri-vuri tīraniṅ bañu,
rəcəp* Ivir minahenukir vatu karaṅnya kadi tiḍu** hanan baṅun ḍalaṅ,
ṅkane sor kalakā səkar taji kasaṅəla saha gagaraniṅ payuṅ rusāk,
layvan tuñjuṅ alūm avor vahəl aśoka kapipir apulaṅ lavan sərəh.
⟨2⟩ From a village at the top of a hill came the lovely sound of people pounding rice. However only a vaduri (expert) would know from what wood the rice mortar was made, whether it was vaṅvan or iñculuk-wood. Leisurely a water-buffalo with a boy on its back was walking in the valley, which was an interesting sight to see. Thc contrast of the sceneries [of the hill and the valley] came to rest there in the depth of the ravine.
3.
piṅgirni jaladhī trəbis hana bhāgāñjiṅ* anəpi-nəpi śunya sāk ləvas,
runtuh śirṇa katimpal** iṅ bañu hatepnya kadi pinarapañca*** kaṅinan,
marmma tvasniṅ anon rusākni vaṅunanyālayah akih umeh katumpəka,
odvad hetu nikāpagəh kavilət iṅ saka lumuṅ aṅayuh sakeṅ tahən.
⟨3⟩ There was a brave man who [still worked] in the middle of a dry rice-field feared by the villagers. [He just] started to burn the hay and the smoke was only very little at first. Slowly it spread around. The wooden kulkul (signalblock) in the watch-tower rang rather soft, announcing the hour. [On hearing this] the cattle returned to their stables from the paddocks one after the other.
4.
duṅhus Ivir minaharadin kadi sinapvan* arəsik arata həni riya,
paṇḍanyājrah arambatan kacacapan** təka ri paṅ ika vāhu karvaban***,
miṅgut-miṅgut ariṅguṅan baṅun ariṅgəkan inugah-ugah iṅ ampuhan,
sə̄h rurvāṅalakeṅ puḍaknya tumibāṅ**** hrəbuk ika kasavur kadīnigū.
⟨4⟩ His journey went further and further, pleasantly and without being aware that the region of Dvāravatī was left behind and he arrived in the land of Kuṇḍina. He came to a beautiful village with many great mansions of the ruling elite. It was known by the name of Dharmmasabhā, extremely famous of its set-up, because there were so many great buildings.
5.
himper paṇḍita nirmmalālilaṅ ikaṅ tasik atahən arūm acaṇdana,
śaṅka mvaṅ trīpadāglar paḍa hane riya sumaji kijiṅnya pustaka,
sāmpunyādyus ikaṅ gurundaya mareṅ karaṅ ahariṅ asūrya* sevana,
līlāgostikaṅ** kuyaṅ-kuyaṅ acamana parəṅ*** añavuk-ñavuk bañu.
⟨5⟩ Directly north of the groups [of these mansions] was the market, very close to a great river. There the king stopped to stay overnight and all the army etc took their stay in big tents. The quarters of the king was distinguished by ropes all around. There the attendants came to make audience, when the king was sitting, fascinated by a picture.
6.
lvīr aṅgə̄ṅ guṇa doṣa kuntul ika mə̄r* midər iṅ acala met saṅ aśrayan,
kayvan vvadnya paḍāvilət sumləpit macili-cili susuhnikārusit,
tan sor** pakṣanikaṅ maniṅtiṅ arəbut makara silih-ukih lavan tilil,
buntək moha bisāṅalaṅ-halaṅi iṅ sakaraṇani vətəṅ***nya bəntəkan.
⟨6⟩ It was really an enthralling picture of a girl overvhelmed by pangs of love. The king was afflicted by grief, as if his heart were in pain. The picture was so lifelike, so that the king seemed to be spell-bound. He looked like being possessed, just by looking at it, perplexed and dazzled.
7.
Arddha lon* lari saṅ narendra mulat iṅ saka**-matan amaṅun raras hati,
kəlab-kəlab***niṅ ryak avarṇa siñjaṅiṅ akuṅ manututi vilajāṅilayvana,
mālad matra kilat nikārja kadi raṇḍi maṅavay**** iṅ akon arāryana,
prāptānis lariniṅ layar salakuniṅ vaṅ aləsu marākuḍuṅ-kuḍuṅ.
⟨7⟩ When dark was near, dinner was served on golden dining tables. All kinds of food, carefully selected were dished out in perfect order before the king. Then food for the religious teacher was brought in, in the form of an offering. Clearly the kind of food for a priest was known to the attendants, and in fact borne in mind all the time.
8.
cət moghātutur iṅ vvaṅ adyah araras ṅ vaṅ umulat i kalaṅvaniṅ pasir,
kuntul mə̄r aniraṅ-niraṅ sajajar iṅ paradarākət i bāhu kesisan,
paṇḍanyāsiḍəhālaṅə̄ sagigiriṅ karaṅ atapi-tapih limut mələk,
aṅde kuṅ rva puḍak məkar sakapasāṅ* kadi vətisiṅ anuṅgaṅ iṅ kuda.
⟨8⟩ All the Yadu-soldiers were facing their own tables, arranged in rows. There the left-overs from the king’s table came and served them. The men were eating greedily without talking, only their lips were smacking in rapid tempo. Some had the hiccup and were beckoning the waiters asking for water.
Canto 22
1.
məntas lampah irāhavan pasir animpaṅ tūt damarggeṅ ayun,
tan kevran lariniṅ rathālaris ininte deniṅ amrəg kuda,
ndā tan hop gəlis ikā tuvin divasa tis-tis* ṅ ve təḍuhniṅ ravi,
kəmbaṅiṅ varu kirṇa vāhu tumibāṅjrah iṅ sukətniṅ hənu.
⟨1⟩ There were others who were chattig under the fenced banyan-tree. Cheerfully they offered each other drinks and snacks, very amiably. Then one said to his friend while drinking with ease. Holding his cup and keeping himself in the shadows, he spoke:
2.
duṅhusniṅ gəgər* iṅ pradəśa karəṅə̄ ləṅ-ləṅ ləsuṅ nyālaṅə̄,
ndān aṅhiṅ vaduri vruh iṅ tahən ikā vaṅhvan lavan ṅ iñculuk,
tonton konəṅ-unəṅ**nikaṅ raray anuṅgaṅ riṅ kəbo tūt lurah,
pasraṅniṅ rarase ləṅə̄ṅ masahuran*** ṅkāne luvukniṅ juraṅ.
⟨2⟩ "What do you have in mind concerning things to do for the preparation of moksa (liberation) in the framework of your devotion to His Majesty, who is an expert in the knowledge of heavenly Bliss. At the moment, you have to stop thinking about [any-body you] love; stop thinking about trade (business) as it will hamper you to remember [God]. Detach yourself from the desire for courage which leads you to power or position.
3.
honyaṅ vā*-ni ri madhyaniṅ savah agaryyāṅ trāsa porāḍusun,
vāhvamvit** i kukus-kukusnya tan avās lumrākukusniṅ dami,
mandrālon kukula***nya riṅ parubuṅan līlān monī tok taḍah,
kahyun-hyun pva sapinya mantuk adulur saṅkeṅ təgal paṅhvanan.
⟨3⟩ "Just remember how long your life-span would be. Silver, gold and jewels are fleeting things (perishable things). Establish your knowledge on ’the Truth’. Control tamah (sensuality), do service [to God and others] while you are alive.
4.
maṅkin-maṅkin adoh ulihnira lumampah lolya tan karasa*,
bhūmī dvāravatī təlas kaləpasan prāpteṅ ləmah kuṇḍina,
vvantən deśa ləṅə pinaṅgih ira śobhāsabya bhupālaka,
khyatī dharmmasabhā prakaśitani rukti nyāpan akveh yaśa.
⟨4⟩ "Because even when you are still young, you have already to start performing dharmma (religious observance). Afterwards artha, that is gathering wealth has to be carried out. After you are wealthy, then you can marry (saṅgama or kāma) [establishing a household]. When you reach old age, you have to strive for heavenly Bliss (mokṣa).
5.
kodāsīnan apaṇṭa* lor ika pəkən lvah gə̄ṅ samīpāparək,
ṅkāraryyan sira maṅhinəp sahananiṅ vadvā paḍa yoməgil,
ri bvat mantən agə̄ṅ təlas vinavaran ṅgvan śrī narendrārarəm,
ṅkā taṅ bhrətya ri sor ḍatəṅ sama marək mə̄r ṅ hamulat riṅ tulis.
⟨5⟩ "Thus it is very good, if you start early to prepare for the end [of life]. Talk to your Self, be detached from name and fame. Even towards your child or wife, do not be too attached. Although your wife is always ready to serve you, do not indulge in sex-lust.
6.
siṅgih citrakarottamāhyaṅ ahaləp denyāgave stryaṅaraṅ,
saṅ śrī nātha kəna prihati* ri gati nyāvarṇa śokāṅlare**,
maṅka piṇḍanikaṅ tulis kapahiriṅ Ivir nyān katone haji,
kadyakūṅ*** karāga denika mulat marmmāṅamə tan kəḍap.
⟨6⟩ Let us leave the lively conversation of the soldiers. There were [others] who talked about fightings, dramatising them fiercely, giving demonstrations of how to parry swords or lances. His drinking companions were amazed and absorbed. Repeatedly they stood up, but never come to leave.
7.
mehniṅ ratri təka ṅ taḍah saha lavan haryyan suvarṇāpənəd,
boghā-neka tiniṅkah akram ahəlas muṅgvi [harəp saṅ]** prabhu,
pa... athāca*** carāmaṅuñ cāru**** tumūt ryy acāra saṅ paṇḍita,
[bya]ktā***** bhogya kinavruhan saṅ ahulun tatvanya keṅətnira.
⟨7⟩ After finishing his drink, the king went to bed. Those in the camp looked also for a place to sleep in a fuss. Those who did not want to sleep yet, looked for shelter under the trees and shaded areas. [Public] buildings and guest-bouses were full of people talking boisterously, confused and drunk.
8.
sakveh saṅ Yadu bhrətya mārəp atatā muṅgvīrikaṅ tumpyatap*,
prāpteka carikan dinumakən i sāmpun śrī narendrānaḍah,
ton tekaṅ mamaṅan paḍāsraṅ akəcap norāṅucap māṅracəp,
len tekaṅ macəkuk-cəkuk nəhər aminta ṅ vve taṅanyāṅave.
⟨8⟩ Time passed. After a while the loudmouths even stopped [blubbering]. Everybody was asleep soundly. For sure at 4 o’clock a.m., the world was quiet as if spellbound. It was as if the spell of ’silence’ took effect, the people asleep were so quiet like dead.
9.
vvantən duhkha karo hulun rinuhuran luṅguhnya tan pobhayan,
hetu nyāñcala suk-səkāṅumək-umək śabdanya tan vaspada,
hevāsaṅga vəhaṅ tumuṅkul umiṅe ndā tan panaṅgap larih,
rovaṅ nyākalihan* ri sor aṅuṭapit śabda nyavor avərə̄.
⟨9⟩ Then it turned colder and nothing seemed to stir. Only the kapok-tree was shriekiṅ and screaming, giving rise to fear, as it was blown by the wind. The branches, rubbing against each other shrilled and screeched. The gecko, hiding (there) at the gate, squealed in certain numbers.
10.
havyālə̄k* ika hayva duhkha tamaṅan tambul təvas kavratan**,
sāsiṅ soṅgvananiṅ maṇik juga minulyan nora*** moreṅ əyəh,
yadyan muṅgva riṅ antarikṣa maruhur vyartheka yan tan ləvih,
tiṅkah**** ko garuḍā ya ta***** nahan ujar saṅ vruh vidagdheṅ haji.
⟨10⟩ Wind carrying dew.......................................... The bees eager to acquire honey were buzzing busily, proceeding from one flower to the other.
11.
lāvan yogya* rəṅə̄nta paṅrəṅə̄-rəṅə̄ni ṅvaṅ ri saṅ paṇḍita,
tiṅkah brāhmaṇa rakva vr̥ddha saṅ ataṅgva**-n jñana śāstrāgama,
yan bvat kṣatriyajanma vīryya linəvih yan vaiśya yāvāt sugih,
tāvāt saṅ rumuhun*** vilaṅnya matuhālvat śudra norenucap.
⟨11⟩ The moon, growing pale, was like a person who has lost a high position, and looked pitiful. Its lustre disappeared totally. The bard sang ................................................................
12.
saṅkṣepanya guṇanta* vīryya kavanin dr̥vyanta yan kṣatriya,
śrī kr̥ṣṇa pva guṇajña yogya palarən deniṅ vaṅ ahyun sukha,
pamrihteṅ samarāpraṅādadaha jivāṅadvakən i** ləṅə̄ṅ,
apan riṅ maguṇan piniguṇan vyartheka riṅ nirguṇa.
⟨12⟩ It was day. The bard did not sing anymore. The darkness caused by the trees disappeared as if cut away. It was all fine and bright. The morning rays shone red and the host of army prepared themselves [to leave] ........................................
Canto 23
1.
hana ta muvah agoṣṭhīsorniṅ bodhi pinarigi,
paḍa sukha paḍa hilyan tvak tambul sama duvəga,
ndan apitutur i rovaṅ nyākarvan rəsəp aṅinum,
tahapanika ginəgvanyān aməṅī nəhər aṅucap.
⟨1⟩ The mind of the head-men in the neighbouring regions were .......................................................... Also King Krəṣṇa went on with his journey firstly in the morning, because he wanted to see so eagerly the well-built dam.
2.
mapa kari kamanahtān maṅdānan ālicina,
pituvi kahulunānte saṅ nathārddha kaləpasən,
divasa mari kuṅ āmbək dāgāṅhela ṅ iṅət-iṅət,
apalikət aharəp riṅ viryyāṅiṇḍiṅi vibhava.
⟨2⟩ .............................................................................................................at the religious domains. The helpsters of the female hermits were charmed by all the nice things they saw, and all of them were overvhelmed at the sight of the king. They talked sweetly discussing the king invested with superhuman powers.
3.
pira karika lavasniṅ janmāyuṣya t-iṅətakən,
rajata kanaka ratnānekānitya hananikā,
pagəhakna ta kavruhteṅ tatvāmatəha tamah,
agavaya yaśa pamrih pə̄ṅ-pə̄ṅ kālaniṅ ahurip.
⟨3⟩ ..................................................................................................................................flowers which looked like betel-[flowers] smelled fragrantly and the sundarī screamed so loudly. The wells were shady and cool with only a few thorny plants. The weather was still cool, yet the katimaṅ-trees were [already] aggressive and destroyed everything that stood in their vay.
4.
Apan i səḍəṅiṅ a*-nvam dharmmekaṅ ləkasakna,
ri təlas ika tumūtāṅ arthāṅimpənakna mās,
ri huvusiṅ apirak nāhan taṅ saṅgama gavayən,
ri ləvasiṅ ula[h] aṅhiṅ yābhyāsanta kaləpasən.
⟨4⟩ .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Suddenly her husband came, without looking right nor left walked quickly by. It seemed that they both had sold their merchandise and now were looking for other things to do.
5.
nihan ahayu təmən pamaṅlo-lon i kaviratin,
umajar-ajara ṅ āmbək nistrəṣṇeṅ sukha-vibhava,
yadin anak amarabhya ndā hayveki karakətan,
saji-saji hananiṅ strī tan yogyān kalulutana.
6.
avicarita vuvusniṅ vadvā saṅ vijah aṅucap,
hana mavara-varah praṅ sahyābhava kamasiga,
aṅavak-avak i tiṅkahnī pinraṅakna ginalah,
palarih ika kapūhan tan mintar pijər aṅadəg.
7.
mahuvusan aṅinum ndah saṅ śrī nātha matəlasan,
mavurahan arəbut ṅgvan sakvehniṅ makuvu-kuvu,
vijah agurah aṅə̄b riṅ kayvan ri pətəṅ arəñəb,
yaśa patani hibək vvaṅ śabdāḍəm jəmur avərə̄.
8.
lalu divasa kamantyan māntən tekaṅ avurahan,
sahana-hananikaṅ vvaṅ nora taṅhi paḍa tiḍəm,
niyata ḍumavuhaṅ pāt śūnya ṅ rāt kadi sinirap,
savaṅ aji muna māmpəh dhyam sakvehnikaṅ aturu.
9.
ndan asəmu-səmu tis-tis maṅkin tan hana kumilip,
kunaṅ ikaṅ amaṅun rəs raṅrə ghur*~ṇṇita gumuruh,
tinūb iṅ anila gumrit pāṅniṅ vandhira maharas,
təkik akətək anəkyak ṅkaneṅ gopura karəṅə̄.
10.
haṅin adulur əbun* meh a............,
....................................,
............................luṅāṅaji,
10.
agələm amupu kəmbaṅ kumbaṅ nyāṅhrəṅ amirurut.
11.
vulan aluru baṅun vvaṅ mārya vīryya kasiharəp*,
hilaṅ** aradin ikaṅ [sə̄ṅ vetālika nya maṅiduṅ]***,
.................................................,
.........................................ra tumūt.
12.
rahina mahuvusan tekaṅ vetālika maṅiduṅ,
12.
kadi tinatasan avra saṅhubniṅ tahən alilaṅ,
12.
aruna mijil asəṅ-sə̄ṅ bāṅ vahvā[dan balakośa]*,
12.
.............................................
Canto 24
1.
.................................tya sāmanta mantri,
kintu śrīndrānuja rumuhun iṅ eñjiṅ lumampah viśata,
hyun-hyun ndan iṅ havan inasaban* bvat dhamarggeniṣṭāpənəd**,
māmba. ......................................................
⟨1⟩ ........................................................................................................................................An offering-place was found there, lonely, covered by heaps of ashes. There were a lot of flowers [used as offerings]‚ spread throughout the yard and a dead tortoise was hung on a tree.
2.
.................................* ri sīma-sīma * *,
sahyā rovaṅ kili haləp i sapolahnika tiṅkah akryan,
sakveh nyārəg-reg aṅadəg aniniṅhal manta narārya,
śabdanya rūm magu[nəmakna ri saṅ narendra śaktimanta]***.
⟨2⟩ ........................................................................................................................................................at the graveyard. A kapok-tree which just had grown sprouts and leaves was surrounded by suraga-plants and had an offering-pad on which a betel-box was found. On the crossroad betel for offerings was laid on a stone.
3.
........................................................
[səkar avarṇ]ṇa* sərəh (h)ana rūm sundarī nyāṅhrik asraṅ,
sumbər-sumbər marənəb atis añəb mātra māmbək (k) uriñjəm,
tīs-tīs aṅhiṅ katimaṅ [maṅ]ukih urūk saṅ** umuṅgvī hənunya.
⟨3⟩ [The place] was quiet and forgotten. There was not a single person in the yard. Even more it was hot. The paṅgaṅ and kasine trees had [their branches] felled and stood there bare. A stretcher was green with moss and another was rotting. Gak-gok-gak were the cries of the vultures in the bamboo-groves, resounding so sweetly. The boughs of the kəpuh tree inspired fear, as blown by the wind, they seemed to threaten [anyone coming] by roaring furiously.
4.
.........................................
...................................məṇḍəṅ,
kāñcit vvaṅ nyan təkāmaṅuñul-uñul śīghra lāmpah nikāgyā,
pantəs yan kārvapayu ṅ papayu ndān amet pañcagavya*.
⟨4⟩ This was the description of the old road, full of grass, and the lamura grass grew thick and hairy. The pandakakis were everywhere, the fruits of the jaha were in plenty and were collected in baskets by wrinkled elderly people. The branches of the turi-trees grew twigs and sprigs, withered like thorns, the galigas trees were almost cut off. An old broom was leaning on a kəmuniṅ tree in front of a small temple.
Canto 25
1.
magəlar*.......................................
...........................kaparantiniṅ kilap,
honyeki pasəpan** kapaṅgih asamun kalamukan curiṅ-curiṅ havū***,
kirṇṇaṅ kambaṅ urāṅ uriñjəm i natarnya kura-kura gumantuṅ iṅ ta****-hən.
⟨1⟩ When he passed by, the one looking like the moon was shining brightly. The ladies in the look-out were all enthralled at the sight of the king. Others were not aware that their cloth got loose or their kain was in disorder, because their minds were so fascinated when standing in the front row watching [the king come by] so clearly. ↓8
Notes
↑8. asmu sumə̄ṅ saṅ Ivir prabhāni śaśī (the one looking like the moon was shining brightly). The literal translation should be ’like shining was the one looking like the rays of the moon’.2.
..................................
............* rika pabajaṅan paməṇḍəman,
raṅrə vāhu maron siluṅluṅa samīpa suraga paluṅan sinaṅgaran,
ṅkāne simpaṅ ikaṅ** hənu hana sərəh caru katəmu tumumpaṅ iṅ*** vatu.
⟨2⟩ There was a lady who heard about the fame of King Krəṣṇa throughout the world. Now she could see him in person, exactly like the manifestation of Kāma (the god of love) on earth. That was the reason that she remained quietly in thoughts, whilst her eyes followed him all the way. "Ah‚" she said. She bowed her head in amazement, uttering the syllable "uh-uh” to express her admiration.
3.
tis-tis vismrəti tan hana vvaṅ i təgal nyatuṅga-tuṅgal tuvin səḍəṅ panas,
paṅgaṅ mvaṅ kasine pukah katulajəg taṅ usuṅan ahijo vaneh avūk,
gak-gok-gak svaraniṅ gagak mrədu lalitya ləṅəṅ** umuni ri varuṅ-varuṅ,
aṅde rəs kuvuṅiṅ kəpuh kapavanan Ivir amədi-mədi ghora maṅrəgūṅ.
⟨3⟩ More womenfolk of the capital city of Kuṇḍina came like an avalanche of mountains. They seemed to fight against the Yadus, parrying each other with the sharpness of their eyes. They stood upright with the calf of legs straight like the bow of God Smara. Their curving eyebrows were exactly like arrows drawn to destroy love-sickness.
4.
yeki vyaktinikanaṅ havan matuha sə̄h dukut ika lamurākrəp aṅravut*,
jrah taṅ pandakaki ḍukud vvah i jahanya vinakulan akiṅ** paḍākisut,
pāṅniṅ thuryyaṅacaṅga-caṅgah*** alum aṅəri galigas ika meh aṅaṅgasa,
ri vvitniṅ kamuniṅ tikaṅ sapu ləvas hana ri harəpaniṅ buyut-buyut.
⟨4⟩ There on the walls, which were like hollow rocks, there were numerous onlookers resembling bees sucking honey from flowers and not being quite satisfied disappeared into them. Also the fragrant smell was so mystifying as if mixed with their drunkenness which showed up in the glitter of their eyes. The [infatuation of the] onlookers was capable of destroying its sweetness if there were attempts to hide [the drunkenness].
5.
meh-meh prāpta sirerikaṅ parana yan pira-pira ta kadohnya ṅ usirən,
vaṅ mātra svaraniṅ mrədaṅga muni riṅ nagara rumimaṅīṅ vaṅ aṅrəṅə̄,
sə̄k mārgganya pənuh təkā ṅ vaṅ adulur paḍa tinañan i dohnikāvarah,
liṅnyāhyun mulateṅ vivāha pukulun kavaraṅan ira cedi rukmiṇī.
⟨5⟩ All of them were affected by love-sickness, not even one was not looking for fulfilment. The flame of desire was hidden in a friendly appearance, like the detachment of a sātvika (vise man). They pretended to be hermits, but they were caught [in the ajct] of throwing glances. Passion and desire were deeply buried in their hearts, but they escaped forcefully, reflected in the movements of their eyebrows.
6.
prapte*-ṅ kuṇḍinarājya saṅ nr̥pati kr̥ṣṇa saha bala samūha vāhana,
⟨6⟩ A man ran to the stables to hide, because there was a woman stealthily waiting for him. They performed the ’act’ of love under the cover of a heap of gadung leaves. Their passion was clearly seen in the expression on their faces which were so close together, kissing each other on the cheeks ornamented with fragrant jaṅga flowers.
6.
maṅkin sə̄h sadavanikaṅ ləbuh agə̄ṅ saṅ aṅiriṅ asusun turuṅ** pəgat,
⟨7⟩ Then there was a couple who purposely rubbing their bodies against each other in the look-out, harmoniously, savely and with great delight. Both were wearing red clothes and drawing them up to cover [the act]. They were enjoying betel, but [one of them] was wearing a rod of withering young coconut leaves. The woman bent her body forward slightly to remove the difficulty of penetration. When one looked at them, they pretended to be just standing together.
6.
Ivir herttambaṅ atūt juraṅ svaranikākətər aniru gərəhniṅ ampuhan,
6.
jrah kadyāsana rəṅganiṅ ratha rəcəp kinaraṅ inuparəṅga riṅ tatur.
7.
sāśrī* denira lakva-lakvan atitah sajuru-sajuru sahya makrama,
lyab mībək təkapiṅ lumāmpah adədə̄ laku salaku paḍāṅopi** manis,
hemanyāsaru śabdaniṅ paḍahi deni pasahuran i ghaṇṭaniṅ liman,
lāvan tekaṅ akatya-katyana təkājəmur ajaruh i paṅhrikiṅ kuda.
8.
atyādbhuta haləpnikaṅ murava śaṅkakala pinakarājamaṅgala,
miṅgut* [t]aṅ sakaḍatvan osik i karəṅvan ira nr̥pati kr̥ṣṇa yan ḍatəṅ,
asraṅ taṅ vaṅ aṅuṇḍuk-uṇḍuk alayu paḍāvijah aṅucap harəp vruha,
vvaṅ məñcul malayūmulat riṅ alayū pati-pati malayu baraṅ-baraṅ.
9.
strī riṅ rājya paḍosyan asraṅ aruhun-ruhunan avədi sepa yan mulat*,
saṅ mahyas masalah ri pahyasan ikāṅ vaṅ alaṭi-laṭi mogha tan tulus**,
nāthan taṅ suməlaṅ patahnika turuṅ huvus agaravalan girahyasən,
raśmi nyan paṅure*** gəluṅ lakunikāgya manəhər amirū-mirū tapih.
10.
vvantən ratna rarātuvuh nana turuṅ panḍaṅan i lulutnya kanvaman,
ndan kākarṣaṇa deni vrəttanira rakva karaṇanika yan harəp vruha,
ṅkāsəṅsə̄ni manahnya tan turida hetu tinaha-taha tan kavastvana,
lāgyāniṅgalakən ri pādukanikāsyaṅ amalaku hinəmban iṅ kaka.
11.
len taṅ riṅ-raṅ akuṅ viraṅrvaṅ adadak turīda raga-ragan kataṅgama,
ləs luṅha lagi tan paṅanti kavulāṅiriṅ* anututi tan hinerakən,
ken-kenyāmrik aniṅkab-iṅkab umiṅis pravala kadipamiṅkisan puḍak,
sāmpur-sampur ikārja varṇa ləpihan hinapitan aharas lavan susu.
12.
ndan sāmpunyan umuṅgah iṅ paṅuṅaṅan humaḍaṅ i sira saṅ hañar ḍatəṅ,
solah sāmbək ikāraras ləməs ikaṅ ləṅən inayat* alaṇḍəsan pupū,
aṅlih-ṅlih mapupuk-pupuk sirah** de siniku-siku sumiṅgahī halis***,
marmme raśminikaṅ hiḍəp mata dinəṅ-dinəṅ aṅaḍəhi pamrihiṅ sipat****
13.
hendah varṇanikaṅ vaneh talaga sə̄h sarasija pamadanya riṅ laṅə̄,
Ivir suṅsuṅ guyu yan mulat matanikāniru-niru śatapatra kesari,
paṅro*-n tuñjuṅ** ikaṅ tapih lagi kasiṅkap i siririṅ panūb***nikaṅ aṅin,
bhavanyādyan umiṅgək-iṅgək aṅucap laləh ika kadi haṅsa kāryakan****.
Canto 26
1.
tatkale halivat*nirāsmu sumə̄ṅ saṅ Ivir prabhāni śaśi,
kerut miṅgut** ikaṅ vvaṅ iṅ paṅuṅaṅan harṣān tumon saṅ prabhu,
len vvaṅ tan huniṅe bəbədnika lukar siñjaṅnya tan kombarah,
vetniṅ buddhi girahyasən lagi madəg muṅggvī harəp vaspada.
⟨1⟩ The king had gone by without paying attention to those people affected by physical affliction. He remained well-disposed like an asana flower in bloom well away from decay and putrefaction. Sweet like the moon on the fifth day [of the dark fortnight] he removed the darkness of the mind of the lovelorn. The sun set in gloom, because the king seemed not to pay heed to him at all.
2.
vvantən strī ruməṅə̄-rəṅə̄* saṅ aharan Kr̥ṣṇa prakāśeṅ sarāt,
maṅke byakta katon svarupanira sākṣat kāmamurttyāṇḍarat,
hetu nyān humənəṅ maṅən-(m)aṅənakən** tiṅhalnikānūtakən,
hāh liṅ nyān kavəṅan humaṅgut umiṅəl ṅkāścaryya(n) marmmākətək.
⟨2⟩ He looked divine, that was why the people having seen him began to talk [about him]. In a short time his good looks were praised all over the city and reached the ears of the princess. From the first [time that she heard of him] she enshrined love for him and when he came, she welcomed him in her heart with desolation. She installed him in the bud of a pandanus flower and regarded him as a companion in delights.
3.
strī riṅ kuṇḍinarājya maṅkin asusun sār-sə̄k təkāmah gunuṅ,
kadyāpraṅ malavan vatək yadu silih taṅkis luṅidiṅ mata,
kapvādan maṅadəg vətisnya malaris himpər laras hyaṅ smara,
sākṣat hru ḍinavut lanāməkasi kuṅ ri tvas halis nyān tikəl.
⟨3⟩ [All the people in] the whole city seemed to agree whole-heartedly [in their praise] and adored [the king] passionately. The king was like the moon since he prepared the march [through the city] on arrival. Viewed from the palace he appeared amazingly handsome, leading the procession, resembling a lotus in the middle of a lake swarmed by [thousands of] bumblebees.
4.
ṅkāneṅ bapra savaṅ karaṅ-karaṅ aroṅ kirṇṇaṅ aniñjo pənuh,
tavvan jrah maṅisəp raras nyan agəlaṅ* lvir mūra mukṣeṅ səkar,
tovin rūmnya duveg havag mora madanyā**-lad(d)i muṅgvi mata,
maṅgāroha manisnikaṅ*** vaṅ umulat maṅlampva yan kompəta****.
⟨4⟩ What should be the reason that he would give for his visit? Queen Prəthukīrti was his aunt, a younger sister of his father. In fact he was the first generation cousin of the princess [Rukmiṇī]. And that should be the reason that he came for the wedding, to convey his congratulations, because of family relationship.
5.
sakveh nyāsanika kəneṅ turida tan tuṅgal paḍāpet raras,
sə̄ṅniṅ harsa ginūḍa somya humənəṅ kadyāmbəkiṅ satvika,
meṅgəp-meṅgəp amāviku*nya katəṅə māmbək kəḍap nyāṅliriṅ,
rāgāhyun sinumūr haneṅ hati sinūkṣmāsraṅ masiṅgot halis.
⟨5⟩ As for the danger of his visit to express his congratulations should be realized. At the time that he entered the living quarters of the princess to pay his respect and be entertained by her, the beautiful one (Rukmiṇī) would be so close to the handsome one (Krəṣṇa), and that might inspire desire. One should be extremely alert, when black sugar-palm fiber was placed too near to fire. Why should there be no trouble?
6.
riṅ vantāyan alaryya-laryyan asənət kāvit hana striyāṅənes,
rəs-rəs nyān paṅulah i jro* mahaliṅan ṅkāne rahabniṅ gaḍuṅ,
rūm nyavarṇanikā katon muka-mukārapatan vaspada,
mambvāmbək humiras-hiras** ri səkariṅ jaṅgenuṅas riṅ pipi.
⟨6⟩ Moreover, there was a vague rumour, that a certain lady had told in secret, namely that the queen had preferred King Krəṣṇa as son-in-law, no one else. Also that the princess’ love was nurtured and supported by her mother, with the result that the curcuma plant grew like the calyxes of a flower, starting to open at the rumbling of thunder. ↓9
Notes
↑9. kunir lintəṅan. The meaning of linteṅan is not known to me, and it is not listed in any of the dictionaries I use. I think it is a kind of turmeric. G & R. II.86 has lintiṅan (rolled s.t.) which in my view is not fitting in this case.7.
nāhan teki mahāmasah paṅuṅaṅan līlā visātālaṅə̄,
pantəs kārva bəbədnya raṇḍi salisih kumrām sinoṅsoṅakən,
raśmi nyān paṅagəm sərəh vəvər alum baṅgin masumpiṅ sipat,
məṇḍək yan haliṅan kikis vinulatan solahnya kadyāṅadəg.
⟨7⟩ Thus was the rumour. However King Bhīṣmaka was the father and should be respected. His decree was [that Princess Rukmiṇī] should marry the king of Cedi, a young monarch who was very appropriate [as husband]. [On the other hand] the passion of the son of Basudeva (Krəṣṇa) was as big as a mountain, how should be not be restless. It was like being on a journey without knowing the route, and did not know where to turn at the junction.
Canto 27
1.
təlas kahalivat larīs nr̥pati tan vavarəṅə̄ kiṅ akuṅ kamānuṣan,
lanāṅhəla-həlā savaṅ panəḍəṅiṅ səkar asana ruru parəṅ ləvas*,
ləyəp kadi vulan kapiṅ lima sirāməkasi pətəṅ i cittaniṅ ma**-ṅə̄,
ləṅə̄ surupiṅ ārka saṅka ri katonanira pisaniṅun panoliha.
⟨1⟩ This was the talk of the people, sayiṅ that King Krəṣṇa had been driven into a corner. This entire host of Yadus and their powerful leader King Baladeva, were never separated from him. Soon he was allocated a place to camp outside the palace compound, because the royal square up to the audience hall had been totally occupied by the forces of the king of Cedi.
2.
Amānuṣa kadarśaniyanira karaṇanikaṅ umulat paḍāṅucap,
vavaṅ prakaśitenaləm raras i rūpanira katəka riṅ nr̥pātmajā,
apūrvva tinamuy-tamuy ri təka riṅ hrədaya pinapag ərəsiṅ hati,
umuṅgviṅ kucupiṅ puḍak sira sinaṅgraheṅ* sahaja linavva-lavvakən.
⟨2⟩ Night came. First the king of Cedi and King Jarāsandha who was never separated from him, were regaled in their quarters, because they were the guests of honour. Food and drinks and so on together with betel, clothes and cosmetics were brought in. The womenfolk of the palace also made their audience to pay attention to the groom to be.
3.
sanāgara baṅun hinə̄makən ujarnya vijah uni manūk paḍāṅləm,
nda saṅ prabhu śaśāṅka saṅkādan irāṅiriṅ* baris** ira saṅ hañar ḍatəṅ,
katonan ira riṅ sabhādbhuta haləpniran aṅiriṅ i tiṅkahiṅ krama,
avarṇa śatapatra muṅgviṅ təṅahiṅ talaga rinubuṅ iṅ madhubrata.
⟨3⟩ Likewise King Krəṣṇa was presented with all kinds of services, but his position was that of a guest, and he was treated as such in food and drinks, fit for a king, fully and lacking nothing, down to the Vrəṣṇis and Yadus and the heroes from neighbouring countries. [In fact] King Bhīṣmaka was sincerely fond of the son of Devaki (Krəṣṇa).
4.
paran kari tinūtnirāpara-paran ta karaṇaniran aṅlavad-lavad,
saṅ ārya pr̥thukīrtī r̥ṇanira tiṅkah ira sira tikāri niṅ bapa,
nda sānak amisan gati nr̥pati kr̥ṣṇa kalavan ika saṅ suputrikā,
nimittanira milva riṅ varaṅanāṅarivuvu təka so talahiṅ kadaṅ.
⟨4⟩ Then King Krəṣṇa sent a mediatrix to enter the palace insidiously. [She was a] lady, skillful, mindful and extremely capable in concealing the mission. She went quickly, betraying no fear of death, because of her devotion [towards King Krəṣṇa]. Her journey passed smoothly without hindrances and soon came to fruition.
5.
kunəṅ bhayanikāṅ ulah səḍəṅ irān maṅimur-imura vadva-vadvana*,
umañjiṅa mare daləm hanahəle səgə-səgəhana de nr̥pātmajā,
ikaṅ raras sumaṇḍiṅe vərə-və*-rə lituhayu** tuvi yogya kahyuna,
həduk maparəkeṅ apuy riṅa-riṅan riṅ apa gatinikān tan evəha.
⟨5⟩ The reason was that Princess Rukmiṇī was all alone in the garden, entertaining herself; to while away the disturbances of her heart which for a moment made her lovelorn, [and in need] for solace. When it was almost twilight, the reddish colour of the young shoots became more apparent. The peacock cooed ... A couple, man and vife went home to pursue their love in bed.
6.
pitovi hana vr̥tta mātra kareṅə̄ dyah anu mavarah arahasyani,
ri buddhi parameśvari harəp amantva karəsəp ira* kr̥ṣṇa tan vaneh,
kunaṅ nr̥patiputrikā kasəpuhan** hyun ira sinahakāryan i bibi,
sumavvana tikaṅ kunir lintəṅan kadi salaga məkar kagəntəran.
⟨6⟩ The day-lotus which was in bloom a while ago in the middle of the pool closed its calyxes in disgust, trembling and shaking, because a bee was too ardent and intoxicated by its pollen. The light turned darker and darker, and the shadows covered more and more the young shoots of the aśoka plant which crept to every direction. The red lotuses were completely covered by the asana flowers resembling a golden image, colour fully decorated.
7.
nihan vuvusiṅ ogha saṅ nr̥pati bhiṣmaka sira bapa yukti katvaṅa,
pakon ira majantəne nr̥pati cedi ratu taruṇa yogya kahyuna,
lulut ri basudevaputra sagunuṅ kapana ta sira tan viraṅrvana,
baṅun lumaku tan vruh iṅ havan aṅepvan apan* anəmu simpaṅiṅ hənū.
⟨7⟩ The tendrils of the jaṅga plants reached for a branch and wound themselves around and around leisurely like armlets. The flower of the pandanus was matching straight calf of legs just being washed. Its fragrant-smelling pollen, brightly coloured like burning ash, showered down like ash, giving joy to the kuraṇṭa flowers, because they prepared the pollen to become the face-powder of the jīva-jīva birds.
8.
kunəṅ nr̥pati cedi cittanira varṇa kayu ragas aṅantyakən javuh,
ndikin luputa sinvam i jəriṅ i taṅan hiḍəp ira niyatān kasumpiṅa,
lanābhimata yan* papaṅgiha lavan sira saṅ ahayu ratnaniṅ puri,
manahnira harəp-harəp kadi manahniṅ api bañu maṅantya dāsina.
⟨28⟩ At the beginning the princess was sitting alone and in grief on the retaining wall around a nāgapuṣpa tree. Then the king of cedi [a messenger of King Krəṣṇa in disguise] came and made his (her) audience nicely, sitting beneath her and paid respects with folded hands. Quickly he (she) handed over a letter to her, while saying that he (she) was sent by King Krəṣṇa. Unlimited was the skill [of the letter] in conveying his sweet words, which were cut short by the lovelorn one.
Canto 28
1.
nāhan pājarnikaṅ vvaṅ maguñəpan aṅucap kr̥ṣṇa sāmpun pralabda,
tan sa*-h sakvehnikā saṅ yadubala baladevādi maṅgalya śakti,
śīghrā tiṅkah pinarṇṇah sira dinunuṅakən ṅkā ri heṅniṅ kaḍatvan,
āpan sār sə̄k təkeṅ bvat vataṅan alun-alun de vatək cedi rāja.
⟨1⟩ (The heart of) Princess Rukmiṇī was exceedingly happy, her melancholy disappeared [entirely]. Full of delight she returned to her quarters, as if she was never in grief before. She looked more closely and lovingly at the beautiful letter and read it [again and again] to enshrine the contents firmly in her heart. It was as if her countenance was casting off jewels, as she bent over the lines of the epistle.
2.
ratrī sāmpun ḍatəṅ cedi rumuhun adulur mvaṅ jarasandha tan sah,
ṅgvan saṅ nātha hinastryan vəgilan iran ināptyakən apan ginə̄ṅ iṅ tvas,
prāptā ṅ annādi len modaka sərəh asabuk mvaṅ burat mrik vaṅinya,
vvaṅ ri jro strī təkāsih marək amamarəṅə̄n solahiṅ kāku mantu.
⟨2⟩ "If you were to incarnate into asana flowers and be composed into a beautiful [flower]-image, I will kiss you and regard you as a child [whilst I will be the] nurse entertaining you in the garden. And if the weather is overcast and thundery, certainly I will be annoyed [too]. Then I will not be separated from you, I will take you in my arms, lull you and nurse you.
3.
maṅkātah kr̥ṣṇa sāmpun ta sira hinaturan sopacaropakāra,
ndan tiṅkahniṅ tamuy tiṅkah iran inuniṅan riṅ taḍah rāja yogya,
sə̄h noraṅsal təkeṅ vr̥ṣṇi yadukula kabeh śūra sāmantarāja,
āmbək śrī bhiṣmakāramba duga-duga ri saṅ devakiputra masih.
⟨3⟩ "Mylady, look at me, weary of lovesickness, sleepiṅ together with a letter. I do not feel well, intentionally using the letter as pillow and covering myself with an eyecover. Sorrowful and sad, I sob myself to sleep. Please come quickly and bring [me] chewed up betel. [You] do not see [my] tears flowing down to [my] ears, until I drowse off to slumber.
4.
ndan saṅ śrī Krəṣṇa motus majaruman anilib* mañjiṅe jro kaḍatvan,
strī prajñā kaṇṭi** riṅ buddhi tama ri pakəkəs rīṅgitāniṅ kinoṅkon,
maṅkat lampus lari nyān laku tan avədi yan mātya deniṅ kabhaktin,
lila nirvighna*** riṅ margga**** [səḍə]ṅ arañca[k ta yeka]na***** siddhi kārya.
⟨4⟩ "I know that you respect your father and mother. There is no way that you could disobey the king. Your friend [the king of Cedi] is accepted [by your father] to be your husband. It is unlikely that it will fail, it is like face-powder in the hand. Yet I wish that you might have a little bit of tender feelings towards me, because there are many people who leave the fragrant smelling gadung for the sake of harbouring the vuṅu [in their heart].
5.
kintu śrī rukmiṇī rakva səḍəṅ (ṅ)amər-amər ī taman tuṅga-tuṅgal,
maṅlilākən huyaṅ*niṅ hati sakamatan aṅde laṅə̄ paṅlipur kuṅ,
meh-meh sandhyā** marekaṅ divasa səninikaṅ kayvan abhrā mirahnya,
mrak nyāṅokok ana vvaṅ laki-bini muli[h] ṅāmər*** ta yāmet paturvan.
⟨5⟩ "It is a pity, my sweet, that you will be given away to someone else, notwithstanding my sincerest hope [to the contrary]. Formerly I brooded to see the beauty of your bosom and caressing them slowly in the form of the ivory-coconut. [I get the vision of you as] a sweet-smelling campaka, my love, being unrufflled by the wings of the honeybee. Then it changes form, I see you secretly leave to join me.
6.
padmāṅanti təṅahniṅ talaga vahu məkar heva miṅkus lavə̄nya,
miṅgut molah təkapniṅ bhramara kajənəkan darpa deniṅ rəbuk*nya,
saṅhubni vve mələk maṅkin aṅaraman i sinvamniṅ aśoka rāmbay,
tuñjūṅ bāṅ sə̄h karurvan asana caraṇa mābhra rinəṅga tulis mās.
7.
luṅniṅ jaṅgāṅayuh pāṅ mavilət apuliran Ivir kale ləsva-ləsvan,
paṇḍan keṅis puḍaknyāniru vətis alaris vāhu sāmpun dinamvan,
abhrā lvir bhāsma sāśrī kadi havu rumarab rūmni sarinya kegū,
maṅde harṣa ṅ kuraṇṭārja səkar ika baṅun vr̥tiniṅ jīva-jīva.
8.
kāvit ken rājaputryaṅaraṅ i pariginiṅ nāgapūṣpāṅudodha,
ṅkā prāpta ṅ rāja cedi rəsəp umarək i sor kapvanambah* maluṅguh,
śīghrān pamvat karas mājar iki yan inutus śrī mahārāja kr̥ṣṇa**,
norā puṅkas vagəd rūmni vuvus ika sinaṅkṣepa de saṅ kəneṅ kuṅ.
Canto 29
1.
āmbək śrīvara rukmiṇī paramagarjita [hilaṅ pi]naka pratāpita*,
mantuk riṅ gr̥ha harṣa cittanira lāgi vinuni kadi tan girahyasən,
rūmniṅ reka vināspadākə̄n inamər vinaca cinarite daləm hati,
sākṣat lvīr aṅure maṇik vulat irān paṅiliṅi** bhāṣa riṅ ṭika.
⟨1⟩ "My little sister, my love, who is like the mistress of the asana flower, waiting at a dangerous and inaccesible island so far away. Ah, it is useless for me to have the desire to touch you and to ravish your beauty. It is my mind which is the handicap; it seems to be without strength and imbued with weakness”
2.
yat maṅjanma dlāha kambaṅ asanāpusən araras arupa mānuṣa,
rāmya ṅvaṅ harasən pakānak-anakan lagi asərəhan avoṅən i taman,
yapvan māsa sirəm-sirəm niyatākun aviṅita ya kāreṅə̄ gərəh,
ṅkā tan sāha ri həmbanan turu-turun həmuk-həmukan asusva-susvana.
⟨2⟩ Thus were the words of the king, expressiṅ his pangs of love eloquently, giving rise to sorrow ih the heart of the princess, increasing her yearning. The flame of desire became apparent as if her heart was quivering. It is nice [at first], but as the desire grows, the heat (fire) will consume the lungs.
3.
rakryan tiṅhali tonən iṅ lələh akuṅ maguliṅan apulaṅ lavan ṭikā,
tan śobhā sahajākaraṅhulu karasnya makukuba saput-saput mata,
śoka glana taṅiskvinduṅ yan aharip* anatun atərāṅhəmu səpah,
ndā tan vruh ri hilini luhnika kuməmbeṅ i taliṅa tumūs tinurvakən.
⟨3⟩ Sorrow makes a girl more lovely, anxiety more attractive. Tears of yearning and passion give more artistry to the hair sticking on the cheeks. The languor of the eyes gives more colour to the tears that feel hot in the hand (wiping it off). The collyrium just vaguely left on the eyes is the only thing visible when the face is washed.
4.
vruhkun tvaṅta marāma-reṇa riṅ apan ta kita vənaṅa rājalaṅghana,
saṅ rovaṅta pināyvakən tuhan adoh* vuruṅa kadi pupur haneṅ taṅan,
ndān iṣṭanya ya**-yañ juga ṅvaṅ amalar tiliṅan i turidanta ri ṅhulun,
apan kveh vvaṅ atiṅgal iṅ*** gaḍuṅ arūm kapahiriṅ i pañaṇḍiniṅ vuṅu.
⟨4⟩ She arose and went out to the yard where a banyan tree grew. She had changed her clothes, a fine kain, red-colored like fresh blood. [She had to dress up again and reduce the tightness of her kain. Her behind looked like the lover part of a yellow ivory coconut tree, so round and full.
5.
heman dyahku mareṅ vaneh* pituvin antukiṅ amana-manāmalar-malar,
riṅ nyūdanta raras ta ṅuni hiniras-hiras** inusap-usap tiniṅhalan,
rūmte cāmpaka māsku lagi hinəlar-həlaran i həlariṅ madhubrata,
vāhvāgātra katon ulihniṅ amiñik-miñik i mora tuvuhta ri ṅhulun.
⟨5⟩ There the favourite maid-servant came to visit the princess with the pretence of giving her instructions in etiquette and flower-arrangement. The calyxes of the pandanus-flower were composed into an image of a child (a doll). When it was ready, then the princess took a look at it and discussed the artistry of it.
Canto 30
1.
hariṅkvīnduṅ saṅ lvīraṅ inaṅ iri* kəmbaṅniṅ asana,
maṅanti nūsārəs apituvin adoh nora havana,
arah nirvvāhyunkvāṅarasa ri tuvuhtebu rabhasan,
manahkvāṅhrət ndātan vənaṅ asmu kuməmbəṅ kaləmahan.
⟨1⟩ "Milady, I will give you a truthful advice. Do not stay in this beautiful garden all the time. Inhaling the fragrance of the flowers is dangerous, because of the schemes of the bumblebee. In short milady, do not let the signs of infatuation be too obvious, conceal your pangs of love, in case that camels come to cuckatoos and talk about it.
2.
ndan nāhan rūmniṅ rājavacana vilasenamər-amər,
ya tānde kiṅkiṅ riṅ nr̥patiduhita kembəhan unaṅ,
katon səṅ-sə̄ṅniṅ rāga ri hati baṅun vr̥tti kumitir,
rəsəp maṅkin marmmāmaṅan i pamanasnye pusu-pusuh.
⟨2⟩ "Milady, now you must wear a necklace of gaḍung-flowers and your hairknot may not be decorated with flowers anymore. That is why I come here quietly to give instruction in kakavins and to introduce you to their art. It is like this, milady. Your infatuation towards King Krəṣṇa is known and rumoured by the people at large. People say, you wear ’two sumpiṅs’ (two lovers), [or] you hide a pandanus-flower in the knot of your waistband.
3.
ikīṅ āmbək glānāmuvuhi hayu mār maṅkin araras,
maṅə̄ ləṅləṅ luh ya mahayu rakət iṅ roma riṅ pipi,
sumidūniṅ śocāmirahi panasiṅ luh hinusapan,
sipat mātra gātranya ri mata paśesān rinahupan.
⟨3⟩ Princess Rukmiṇī was really moved by the expression of concern of the maid servant and tried to follow her advice, because it came from someone who really knew the prescript to the letter. She felt slightly annoyed, but concealed it in her heart. Outwardly she revealed a smile. Both the bitterness of her heart and the curving of her eyebrows were dissolved in [a smile sweet as] honey.
4.
madəg mintar ṅkāne natar amariṅin* sāmpun asalin,
asiñjaṅ raṇḍyalīt kadi rudhira sāmpun hinirisan,
madandan siṅsətni tapih inuvahan** rakva vinəḍar,
baṅun buṅkahniṅ danta panəpinirān keṅis abuṅah.
⟨4⟩ The ladies in waiting came to see that [the princess] was kept there and could not go away. Almost like guarding a jewel, [the princess] was watched, bearing in mind the love of the princess [towards King Krəṣṇa]. Every notion and thought could be noticed in bad and good actions. And that was why the princess pretended to be good, any token of love [towards King Krəṣṇa] was hidden and not revealed.
5.
hanekiṅ ceṭi vallabha* marək i jə̄ṅ śrī nr̥patisutā,
mapet lisyan denyāpitutur** amaṅun bhāṣa racana,
ginuptāmor iṅ ketaka salaga vimbānak-anakan,
katon pvekā tandvān*** vinulatan i raśminya rinasan.
⟨5⟩ Thus Princess Rukmiṇī whiled avay her pangs of love, though repeatedly feeling to fail. Happily she looked at the well-cared for garden, bathing in the moonlight, shining brightly like by day. The sweet smell of the kəmuniṅ flowers was brought by the wind which also stirred the leaves in motion with soft rustling. The (calyxes of the) kəmuniṅ flowers were like small pieces of ivory spread everywhere all over the level surface of stones.
Canto 31
1.
rakryan hayva jənək dahat ri ləṅəṅiṅ taman apitutura ṅhulun təmən,
mambə̄ rūmni səkar katon vavarəṅo bhaya ri paṅupətiṅ madhubrata,
saṅsiptānya tuhanku hayva kavəḍar səmuniṅ turida kūṅta sukṣmanən,
ṅhiṅ-ṅhiṅ unta* marā ṅ atat syuṅ apitovi yayan** asahuran paḍāṅucap.
⟨1⟩ It was seven o’clock. The moon had long since gone. The (sound of ) people waking up in the east and west-side (everywhere) was clamorous. Those going to work asked for their breakfast, and the sound of well-sweeps were slightly audible contrapuntally.
2.
dyah maṅken pasavit gaḍuṅ rari gəluṅta linaraṅan avuntəlan səkar,
marmma ṅvaṅ riki tān karəṅvan amagantakna kakavin eñjuh iṅ laṅə̄,
nāntən māsku sumə̄ṅ-sumə̄ṅte ratu* kr̥ṣṇa pinaguñəpakən pinivruhan,
vr̥ttantenucap aṅrva sumpiṅ amukut-mukuti puḍak i siṅhəliṅ sabuk.
⟨2⟩ When it was broad daylight, the sky was clear and bright. The stars disappeared like the śrīgaḍiṅ flowers thoroughly swept away. The clouds were wonderful like clothes of all kinds of colours, red, green and others. The orb of God Aruṇa (sun) came up, shining like a red pot.
3.
ken putri varā, rukmiṇī sipi kəna priya rikaṅ upadhāra sukṣmanən,
ndan rakveki laris pisan təkani deniṅ umula*-t i valə̄riṅ** ākṣara,
səṅ-sə̄ṅ heva tuhun ri heṅ*** juga pinəm guyunira**** kikəkəs hane hati,
arvāmbək***** rəṅuniṅ halisnira sahampru sinahaja vinor****** lavan madhu.
⟨3⟩ The city became busier and busier and the garantuṅ (music) became louder and louder [mixed] with the neighing of horses tied up to the big banyan trees. The sight of elephants, one after another [heading for the river] to be bathed was magnificent. Their bells rang in double counterpoint, responding to each other, and also to the deep sounds of the gongs.
4.
praptekaṅ paricārika sama marək vruhan iki katahān tan āgata*,
ndā sākṣāt makəkəs maṇik sira rinākṣa kuməñəpi lulut suputrikā,
akareṅgita len gatīrika pañihna hala-hayunikaṅ ulah kabeh,
nāhan hetu nirāpisādhu səmuniṅ turida vinuni tan vināhyakən.
⟨4⟩Those in charge of taking out famous regalia, made their preparations. The lampuran tower in the royal square was a feast to the eyes. The offerings were placed there outside the palace. And the tents, erected in the royal square had roofs of all colours.
5.
nāntən śrī vara rukmiṇī kasalimūr turidanira pijər girahyasən,
harṣānon ləṅə̄niṅ natar kasuluhan vulan apaḍaṅ avā magantaran,
ambə̄niṅ kamuniṅ sugandha kasirir saha kirisik i ronya kāṅinan,
lumrā lvir tataliṅ gaḍiṅ lavə̄-lavə̄nya kasavur irikaṅ śitā tala.
⟨5⟩The buildings for the performance of the royal function were perfectly well-built and well-arranged in a cluster. In the middle was a building in the form of a meru, tall like a mountain of gold. The draperies resembling the clouds were flying in the wind, giving rise to tender feelings. The creepers [made of chains of] pearls bore the resemblance of the water of the fountain.
6.
lavan* tiṅkah ikaṅ paṅarccanan arūm rinacana leṅə̄ṅiṅ karaṅ liman,
maṅkā taṅ kukusiṅ samiddha tarikəlnya mələk asmu raśminiṅ lulut**,
sinvamniṅ kayu tejamantən akiris mələs i rəsəp i sātnikaṅ həbun,
kumram komala koneṅ-oneṅ akilā kadi vinulih i tejaniṅ vulan.
⟨6⟩ Let us describe the multitude of common people who came to see [the festivities]. There were people who came in extraordinary vehicles [not usually] for transporting human beings, because they wanted to arrive quickly. Others were walking accompanied by their wives striding ahead. Carefully they took the hands of their children and when [the women] were too far ahead, they called out to wait for them.
7.
strīṅ antahpura rāmya sə̄h maməṅ-aməṅ paḍa mavija*-h arumpukan səkar,
asrat tekaṅ agoṣṭhi tiṅkahanikaṅ avarah ulaha ken suputrikā,
ajrih ta r matur i turi[da] kadi kapeṅin ataña-taña karmma riṅ tapī,
lāvan tekaṅ asaṅghani** rva sadulur saha kusuma paḍāṅagem havu.
⟨7⟩ They wore extraordinary bright and colorful dodots, which they stored away very carefully, the reason why the motives stayed in tact. Only [on special occasion like] cockfightings, they wore thc dodot. [That was why] when they wanted to stand up, they came to a miserable surprise, their dodot was torn in the middle.
8.
akveh nyāsanika hanāṅulah-ulah* pinakajuru yan iṅ paləmburan,
len tekaṅ para vāla ken mavurahan paḍa rara-rara** solahiṅ rare,
aṅde harṣa mirəṅ*** sabhāva****ni kapantəs agaga-gagakan magənturan,
byaktāron asulur laṅə̄ turidaniṅ mulata riṅ asuhun-suhun***** huvi.
⟨8⟩ There were a multitude of stalls [exhibiting merchandise or amusements]. One of them attracted a [large] group of people. They went to see a mask-dance, then moved further to the vocalists stalls. It is the nature of people from the rural areas that they got easily stupefied at what they saw. They pointed enthusiastically at everything they saw, they were even delighted to see a banner.
9.
varṇṇan tekaṅ ajoṅ ikaṅ ri təṅah arja vinuni masaput-saput mirir,
reh-rehniṅ mukha ta* katon kadi vulan makalaṅan atavə̄ṅ himānipis,
aśrī rāmya ṅ aməñji-məñji rəjaniṅ jariji tumiru paṅjrahiṅ bakuṅ,
sə̄h taṅ striyakilusū ruyuṅ vətis ikābuṅah amaḍa puḍak hinuvakən**.
⟨9⟩ Others stopped by the place of offerings for the demons etc and gathered into a big crowd, but they did not [care] to listen to the maidens singing lovely hymns. The priest cut the ceremony short, because he was afraid of the big crowd. He rang the bell frantically while pronouncing the formulae of redemption.
10.
tiṅkah-tiṅkah ikāṅ ataṇḍak alaṅə̄ kadi ratih adulur matuntunan,
aṅde harṣa taṅ agra marmma panapaknya kadi panapakiṅ calānukər,
anyā taṅ mavisik rarasni vacananya tuna-tuna parəknya riṅ kapə̄*,
rāmyaniṅ dadi tuṅgak aṅhirasi rū**-m nyan umarək amarantyakən pipi.
⟨10⟩ It was already late when the princess wearing her woollen attire departed hurriedly, accompanied by the wives of high-ranking officials and those‚ wantiṅ to make their audience in the palace. The van-guard with drums in front was already arranged outside, and ready to march. The Śivaite, Viṣṇuite and Buddhist priests began to depart.
11.
vvantən ləṅləṅ aturva-turvan amiśata maguliṅ irikaṅ śilātala,
jrah śrīdanta rurū ryavaknya lagi nir vavarəṅə̄ hi rarabnikaṅ həbun,
aṅde harṣa kusut-kusutni gəluṅanya muray inaras iṅ haṅin mirir,
baṅgiṅ rakva susup-susupnika kunaṅ-kunaṅ araras inaṅsəlan mənur.
⟨11⟩ The princess looked more and more like the embodiment of beauty, the queen of loveliness, when she sat in a sedan-chair in a position of serving offerings, motionless and voiceless, she quietly performed the rituals of worship. Her lips gave a glimpse of a smile, sweet like the image of a goddess.
12.
ndah sāmpun lalu māsa tan* pahuvusan saṅ aməṅ-aməṅ atimbun iṅ natar,
lilābhāṣa kiduṅnya nr̥tta hana tāni-tāni tan alaha ṅ dalih parih,
asraṅ tekaṅ sindhyan atəmah guyu-guyunika tan pakaraṇa,
saṅ strī-striyatuha riṅ karandhan aturū lagi baribin akon umuṅguha.
13.
meh-mehniṅ* rahināsāmun səmunikaṅ gagana lalu huvus tiba ṅ həñəm,
ṅkāne jro pakagan manuknya muni lāgi sinahuran ikaṅ manuk jarah,
vintaṅ śukra mijil sənə̄nika satāñjuṅ araras anuvəṅ haneṅ kapə̄,
saṅ hyaṅ lek alaṅə̄ kinūsa kinupat-kupatan i sahabiṅ himānipis.
14.
ndan rakryan vara rukmiṇī tucapa vāhu mavuṅu rumaras tikaṅ hati,
apan byakta meəne rikaṅ rahina rakva piniḍuḍuk i tambay iṅ gave,
glānāśa sidəhāṅligāpan pi tan vavare*-ṅə̄ hi lukarnikaṅ gəluṅ,
təg nər cittanirāṅdadak kətəg ikaṅ hr̥daya təkap i paṅgyatiṅ curiṅ**.
15.
ndah sāmpun mari kaṅ pasaṅgrahan umah ṅgvananira pinarək vinurṣita,
aṅhiṅ tovanireṅka saṅ vavarəṅə̄ha karacananikaṅ paliṅgihan,
apan tan hana len maṅavruhi satiṅkah an i gati narendraputrikā,
tovin yogya təmən sirānuha-nuhani saphala pinakadimaṅgala.
16.
prapta ṅ danta palaṅka sāmpun acaḍaṅ śayana vuluṅ atumpa taṅkəpan,
membuh śrī binəlah* kaḍatvan-ṅ mās ri təpi-təpi ginatra ri tatur,
ṅkānekaṅ suragāhaləp saha patāraṇa valunika ratna kāmbala,
lāvan pəṇḍiṅ gadiṅ sumaṇḍiṅ arəjeṅ hiriṅan apənəd esi pahyasan.
17.
mrik āmbə̄ kasirir tikaṅ saji dukūla saji pinakasampi-sampiran,
luṅsir konəṅ-unəṅ tikaṅ* tulis atat pra[ya] tuhu-tuhu kadi vruh ojara,
sākṣāt nāga tulis nyulā kumuliliṅ maṅaṅ avilətan iṅ** laṅit-laṅit,
riṅ hulvan pəṭa kāmadeva kanakāṅadga makuṭa*** maṅgəgə̄ laras.
18.
ṅkāne sor inənah* tikaṅ pataḍahan marakata ginave rinū**-pakā,
śuddhyā ṅ kumbha paḍamvan esi bañu varṇana maṇi kavavan varāmr̥ta,
arcca pəṭa ṅ śivapatra padma saha ronya maṇimayāmbək tvasiṅ umulat,
sə̄ṅ māteja murub katuhvan iṅ apeki tan ahaləpa kelaban damar.
19.
[Sənə̄nikaṅ ratna sphaṭika maṇi]* kadi kumuda mijil sakeṅ bañu,
Ivir tāpiṅ bhramarāṅasut paradaniṅ paku-paku kumalūṅ aṅambvakən,
simbar mās paripih midəm anyuki** kuṇḍur*** aniru-niru candramaṇḍala,
lvir vintaṅ papikat maṇiknya lumarap maṅəḍap-əḍap i vintaṅ riṅ tavaṅ.
Canto 32
1.
ndah sāmpun ta[bəh pitu]* vus asove surupniṅ śaśāṅka,
kulvan vetan humuṅ avurahan śabdaniṅ vvaṅ mataṅhi,
ābhāniṅ maṅharəp ataḍah evəh paḍa kārya-kārya,
gretniṅ siṅgot ya juga karəṅə̄ tan sara** lot maganti.
⟨1⟩ Who would be the person not be infatuated on seeing the grace of the princess, who became more and more lustrious by wearing all kinds of jewellery and ornaments? Indeed she shone amazingly so brightly like clouds showering gold. She looked like the goddess Sandhyā (twilight) whenever her (upper) arm-band glittered.
2.
tatkālāva divasā suməṅ abhrāvās ṅ akaśa deśa,
mukṣa ṅ taraṅgaṇa sasəkariṅ śrīgaḍiṅ sə̄h sinapvan,
kahyun-hyun taṅ hima kadi cako bāṅ hijo sarvavarṇa,
mələkah vimba hyaṅ aruṇa lumə̄ Ivirnya bandega rakta.
⟨2⟩ Her hairknot was so attractive, overlaid by ornaments of gold and precious stones, e.g. a səkar-taji flower [of gold] shaped like a lotus with extremely sharp points. When it reflected the glitter of the ūrṇṇā (a jewellery at the top of the hair-knot), its beautiful rays were so sweet, increasing the refinement of her face, boosted by the shape of her well-formed shoulders.
3.
maṅkin tekaṅ nagara kumisik ghurṇṇitekaṅ garantuṅ,
paṅhrikniṅ tuṅgaṅan inikət umuṅgviṅ va*-ṇḍirāgə̄ṅ,
kadbhutekaṅ dvirada madulur tūt ləbuh maṅkat adyus,
ghaṇṭa nyāsraṅ** sahur*** masahuran**** ghora śabdanya guṅ-guṅ*****.
⟨3⟩ The bracelets winding around her arms were in the form of snakes in a coil. The golden anklets were nicely encrusted with precious stones. A waistband of silk tightly held her kain as it should be and the paṅucals were decorated with soft-shining nīla stones.
4.
vāhvādan tekaṅ amijilakən peni-peni prakāśa,
paṅguṅ*ni lāmpuran i ləbuh i rajya śobhān tinonton,
pras-prasa[nika i]nadəgakən** ṅkā ri heṅniṅ kaḍatvan,
lāvan tekaṅ halun-alun ulul nyāhatəp sarvavarṇa.
⟨4⟩ The stones on her rings, decorating her fingers, shone spotlessly clear. [The colour] ’yellow’ is supposed to remove all faults as a result of touching by hands. Her earrings had brilliant diamonds, shining extremely intensely. It is clear that the purpose was to ward off all flaws that come through the ear.
5.
pūrṇa ṅ nyāsāśrja rəpat haləp solahiṅ rājakārya,
ṅkāne mādhyāparimita minervāruhur lvir gunuṅ mās‚
aṅde ləṅləṅ ləyəp i Kəlab i luṅsir aṅkən limutnya,
lvir vveni pañcuran ulur ikā mutyahāra praləmba.
⟨5⟩ At noon when it was quite hot, [the mind of] the princess was restless. Sweat flowed freely down to her bosom, like liquid that came out of a jewel, very subtle, increasing [her] sweetness. The rays of the diamonds were like panu (white spots on the skin) spread all over her chest.
6.
varṇan tekaṅ parajana pənuh makərigan sə̄h manonton,
vvaṅ-vvaṅ māvan ləvəs acaṅkiṅ* vaṅ denikāhyā sajuṇḍuh,
anyā tekaṅ lumaku madulur strīnya muṅgvīṅ harəpnya,
marmmānuntun tanayanika ri maṅikū doh amalaku tinuṅgvi**.
⟨6⟩ The hundred concubines [of the king] behind him were like Ratihs coming together. They were like flowers of all kinds, spread all over the place, discarding penetrating fragrance, so sweet like jaṅgas, aśokas, lotuses, vuṅu, tañjuṅ and asanas. The wings of the bumblebee were appropriate to be likened to their kains worn in such a graceful way.
7.
dodotnyābhrā dahatən alavas* lagi molək** siginya,
nityāṅantī pakəkəsan ikin yatna marmma tulisnya,
yan tonton masasavaṅ ikā ndah samaṅkā hinaṅgo,
ndan prāyanyāṅḍiri ṅ akuməl a[n dodotnya bəlah ri təṅah]***
⟨7⟩ There was a lady resembling a pandanus-flower composed as a garland around the neck. Also her countenance was so lovely, o, it was without equal. (The heart of) those to see [her] would be desirous and would want to dispose her kain, to embrace her and become her slave. Her charm should be absorbing if she were an opponent in the battle of love.
8.
akveh*nyāsanya hana savaneh māmpak-ampak sapaṇṭa,
prāptāniṅ jro tapəl** aṅalih i lyan marā ri pavidhvan,
āmbək vvaṅ thāni tikaṅ avərə̄h*** sarvamaṅde kapūhan,
darpe tiṅhal manudu-nuduh arṣān mulat riṅ patāka.
⟨8⟩ Another rose up, because there was not enough room. Her behaviour was so enticing, as she appeared restless, her body tightly wrapped in her kain. A man was charmed by her beauty and wanted to impose upon ber‚ what made her only angry. However her annoyance only increased her attractiveness.
9.
len taṅ māmpi mara riṅ atavur marubuṅ* sōh lumaṅkuṅ,
ndan īnaṅ nora tika rinəṅə̄nyālaṅə̄ pūja-pūjan,
mpu ṅkvāgyāpan gumirisin** ikaṅ citta deniṅ vvaṅ akveh,
aṅgrək riṅ ghaṇṭa tumuluy aṅuccaraṇa ṅ mantra sāla.
⟨9⟩ A lady, whose growing breasts resembled round ivory coconuts, curved her eye-brows so sternly that furrows came to her face. The passion of those charmed by her abated [a little], and the hearts of the wives [of those men] were like being cut to pieces, seeing the new women [in the life of their men].
10.
māvan pva ṅ kāla nr̥paduhitākambaligyāṅkas-aṅkas,
strīni kriyan strīniṅ agati maparək mañjiṅ i jro kaḍatvan,
masənāhaṅ maṅgala murava sāmpun matiṅkah haneṅ heṅ,
saṅ śaivāstāseni* sugata maṅkat sirāśaṅkapānya.
⟨10⟩ Then there was a beautiful and young maidservant, carrying a betel-box. She looked so sweet, as if offering smiles while throwing side-glances. However she behaved still like a virgin who cried a lot when hurt. In fact she loved to be taken on the lap, embraced and to sleep together.
11.
ken putrī maṅkin aṅavaki rūm-rūmnirāṅ rājalakṣmī,
muṅgviṅ ratnāsana səḍəṅ aliṅgih pratiṣṭheṅ pasajyan,
tan molah tan paṅucap ararəm sopacārābvat* atvaṅ,
sə̄ṅniṅ lambe kadi gumuyu śaśrī baṅun devavimba.
⟨11⟩ Another beauty was continuously attending [the princess], offering flowers, but when she moved further away, she sat on the wrong side, and all the offerings were permeated with [magic], [so that whoever made mistakes] she would get nightmares, but those who were attentive and correct in their conduct said they had good dreams.
Canto 33
1.
ndi taṅ vaṅ tan marmmān umulat i halep rājaduhitā,
inadyuteṅ sarvābharaṃa sopaniṣkāra rinasuk,
mapa ṅ katbhutābhrā kadi jaladaniṅ varṣa kanāka,
baṅun hyaṅniṅ rəm rupanira ni kilatbā*-hu lumarap.
⟨1⟩ "Milady, listen to these words which are expressed in an uncommon way. At the waning of the moon, your sister [that is I], will go away. So I ask leave of you to go for a trip, to travel with King Kresna on my own decision to serve at his feet. It is the palace of Dvaravati where [I], the one wishing to serve, wants to go.
2.
Gəluṅ grət kahyun-hyun arəja matutup mās minaṇikan,
səkar tajyareh tiṅkah i sarasija nyāriṅi-riṅi,
kasənvan urṇṇa śrī raras ika rəcəp maṅkin ahaləp,
mukārūm kambvan deni paden ikiṅ bahu sumavur.
⟨2⟩ "People say that the city is fabulous, because it is close to the sea and also near the mountains. It is ruled by King Janarddana who is very outstanding and extremely powerful. Perhaps there is something that I can take to give to him from you, milady. Feel free to give it to me. Even if I be driven away from here, I will give it to him.
3.
gəlaṅ səsəran ṅkāne luṅayanira nāga kr̥tāmilət,
ikaṅ muṅgvīṅ jə̄ṅ nupura rinancanārje matamata,
ikət ken marmmāniṅsəti ri panavəṅniṅ tapi-tapih,
sənə̄niṅ nīlāśrī pinakapaṅucalniṅ tali-tali.
⟨3⟩ "Understand these words fully, they are not intended for those who are not instructed in it. It is Dvāravatī of whose beauty I am talking about, according to the person that has told me. For ten days I have served him, never separated wherever he went. He is a good friend who accompanied me to enter and look around in the palace.
4.
maṇikni simsim sə̄ṅ i jariji lumə̄ śuddha vimala,
kuniṅ rakvekā paṅhala-hala ṅ malaniṅ sarva ginaməl,
prabhāniṅ ratnāśrī ri taliṅa kəñar nyāṅhada-hadā,
avās donanyā norani hala-halanya ṅ sakarəṅə̄.
⟨4⟩ "Afterwards I travelled again, [this time] to the bushes of the mountains, wandering around freely, [whilst] happily enjoying the food along the way, which was doubly tastier than [the food in the city]. Accidently it was the month of Kārttika, when the fragrance and bloom of the flowers was at its prime. I and the bee were passionate, my dear, never satiated in enjoying flowers of all kinds.
5.
təṅah ṅ ve nduk sub-sub panas ahuyaṅ āmbək nr̥pasutā,
magatgat sə̄b-sə̄bniṅ hariṅət ahirit hisnya ri susu,
savaṅ pə̄hniṅ vveni maṇik atimayāṅimbəhi raras,
ikaṅ hintən sə̄ṅnyāsmu panu rumantak ya ri jaja.
⟨5⟩ "Because if you say that the flowers on the coastal areas are not fragrant, for sure you have just to see the sweetness of the kanigara flowers. flowers just opening their crowns, impart fragrance. Why should they be left [alone] ? Even the maṇḍalika plants creeping at the fences perhaps give also rise to enjoyment.
6.
ikaṅ gundik satus ri vurinira sākṣāt ratih ahə̄m,
baṅun paṅjrahniṅ sarvakusuma miṅiṅ gandhi* asumār,
ləṅə̄ Ivir jaṅgāśoka surabhi vuṅū tañjuṅ asana,
həlarniṅ kumbaṅ yogya tapiha**nikā pantəs aṅəne.
⟨6⟩ "In the case of the vuṅu flowers, they are beautiful in the morning before sun-rise. It is as if they are awaken by the fall of dew mixed with the rumblings of occasional thunder. Do not cut the stalks [of the vuṅu flowers] with a knife, just break them off together with the buds, and carry them along while walking on the slopes of the mountains, while hunting for flying white ants.
7.
haneki strī lvir ketaka sama vāvā kaṇṭaka səḍəṅ,
tuvi*-n pantəs rūpanya linavə-lavə tan pavaləsan,
manahniṅ vaṅ harṣāmibikana tapihnyāmər amarək,
rəsəp raśminyān rovaṅan iṅ avilāgāṭik-aṭikan.
⟨7⟩ "If we talk about the asana flowers, when it is broad daylight, then their beauty becomes apparent. The cloudy fog has just disappeared in the air, and substituted by the honey-sucking bee. To really enjoy its loveliness, you have to cut the twigs altogether, laden with flowers. When it does not look beautiful anymore and withers, leave it at the resthouse.
8.
vaneh mādəg minta təkap i sahəsə̄niṅ gvan arupək,
təkāsih bhava nyan balisah apipit kenyalibakən*,
hanan məñcuh ryy ajə̄ṅnya karika ya hetu nyan akədə̄,
miṅis marmmembuh ṅrəs rəṅu-rəṅunikāṅambvani raras.
⟨8⟩ "A girl can use the aśoka and the lotus to deck herself at all times. If you pick them up, it is best to make a bunch of them, and if you string them, then it is best to wear them in the hairknot. A woman as old as your sister here (I) still thinks that she is as old as an aśoka flower. The fragrant blue lotuses are more attractive than the eyes in a pretty face.
9.
a tiṅkah saṅ mopih susu kadi pucaṅ danta mabuṅah,
baṅun kadyāluñcip halisiṅ avalik umrut i rahi,
sumuṅsat pvekaṅ kuṅ turidaniṅ asampir vvaṅ araras,
kapvāṅrəs tvasniṅ vaṅ maru mulat ikaṅ strī vahu-vahu.
⟨9⟩ The ciṇḍaga flower is gorgeous when it is blooming, but it should he picked when it is still young and not yet fragrant. At sunset is the best time to make them into a doll. The cāmara’s beauty is at its peak when the heat of the sun is almost gone. They are used as ear-ornaments by those, who after making love are sitting with their heads in their hands, moaninng in satiation.
10.
nda nāhan taṅ ceṭyā pamucaṅan arūm anvam araras,
ləṅəṅ himpər susuṅ guyu vulat ikānolih amanis,
manah nyān vāla pvāpi lara-lara luhyātalə-taləh,
rəsəp muṅgveṅ paṅkvan pupukan atəhər yyopih-upihan*.
⟨10⟩ "When the sun has set, the dalima flowers are blooming and best to be used as scatter-flowers. The sweet-smelling jasmines usually blossom in the evening, look divine and exquisite in the darkening light. Normally the kemuning is best when it is whiffled by the night breeze. It is good to be worn as ear-ornaments by those lying on the ground and using their hands as pillows, want to enjoy the moon".
11.
ikaṅ molek tan his marək atugur maṅharəpakən,
amūjākən kambaṅ yan alihan atimpuh salah ile,
kabeh kesyan tekaṅ saji hana maśabdāsriṅ aṅipi,
prayatne lyan tiṅkahnya mavara-varah svapna raha*-yu.
⟨11⟩ Thus were the words of the female hermit consoling the mind of the princess. Also those sitting in the audience were telling stories about their own happy experiences which brought delight to the princess. Nicely they related in songs an ancient story, very sweet to listen to, e.g. the stories from the Mahābhārata etc, its significance composed and related in a pleasant way.
12.
nda tan kāntun tekaṅ vijah araras iṅ pahyas ahaləp,
ḍateṅ rəp* ṅkāne sor asidəha bhavanya saṅi-saṅi,
aṅalvālə̄ śabdanya humuṅ aṅgaluh cət hanānalit,
anambah ndah mantuk tumuluy i huvus nyan pamasilih.
13.
kaluṅhā rakvekaṅ divasa tumuluy hyaṅ divakara,
mijil* sake jro siṅ sahana saṅ anaṅkil pada mulih,
apan devī sampun sira pinaripūjā matəlasan,
tuhun tis-tisnya ṅka ri kadi bañuniṅ sagara murud.
14.
kuneṅ rakyan putrī sira kavəkas asmvalək asumā,
muvah prapta ṅ rāgāṅani kadi sirəm prāpta sumurup,
atən ri śrī Kr̥ṣṇāriris i nr̥pati cedi nagara,
ikaṅ rāga dveśeṅ tvas ira mavirodhādəh-adəhan.
15.
ikaṅ ceṭī tan sah ri nr̥patiduhitā strīkanagara,
paḍāṅlīlākən tvas vruh aṅulih-ulih maṅrahatana,
ulah bhavanyāsiṅ sahana sumukāna ṅ manah ira,
hanan līlā śobha* hanan acatu len taṅ nita parih.
16.
ri* saṇḍiṅ ken putrī hana kili səḍəṅ pantəs atulis,
hañar vāhvātaṅkil gəluṅan inapus tapvan agugus,
kakādyah mūlāṅanti ri siran asih bhakti matuhan,
pəjahniṅ svāmī mantuka** muvah i jə̄ṅ rājaduhitā***.
17.
nda yeka marmmāṅlalana ri saṅ akuṅ śoka kalaran,
manisniṅ śabdāpet sakaraṇanirān maryya sivuhən,
rikā majar mlechān pamisig iri rovaṅ*ni kavaval,
vruh iṅ ceṣṭākārā mulat i mata yāṅkən maṅucapa.
Canto 34
1.
dyahku rəṅə̄n iki vacana denta tan parasamen yatan pavaraha,
paṅlvaṅ ikaṅ vulan rari kakanta mūr alayatāmvītāməṅ-aməṅa,
rāmya tumūta ri nr̥pati kr̥ṣṇa maṅhera* sarākṣake sukunira,
dvāravati kaḍatvan irikaṅ parānaniṅ anatpadānasi-nasi.
⟨1⟩ Then there was a lady in waiting withexcellent behaviour, just taken from the enemies and brought to the palace. She was the chief official in charge of sexual affairs in its broadest sense. She responded to the story of the lady hermit [as follows]: "Why [should we] talk about the beauty of flowers? It does not inspire passion, nor inflame penetrating emotions, and lacks sensual gratification.
2.
rakva haləpnikaṅ nagara rāmya sāgara gunuṅ samīpā kaparək,
ārya janarddanātiśaya kottamānira mahāprabhāva sinivi,
yan hana karyani* ṅhulun aṅaryya ratnaduhitā paveha ri sira,
tan təṅətən sade**nya tarimakne nr̥pati moñ jugeṅgatakna.
⟨2⟩ "If my little sweetheart looks around, then there is nothing that can surpass the art of sex. It was night when I came to know about the enjoyment of love. A new kain became so worn out spoilt by perfume and the smell of cream. Only there on the breasts, the pain as a result of nails had not yet gone.
3.
siṅ* sajulenikiṅ vacana tan papājaraniṅ agrahātaki-taki,
dvāravati jugeki vuvusən ikaṅ kaləṅeṅanya liṅniṅ avarah,
riṅ sapuluh kuləm ṅhulun aṅantya tan hana kaginḍal iṅ saparana,
mitra masih ta yāṅatəra caṅkramāmidera riṅ kaḍatvan i daləm.
⟨3⟩ "The significance of the morning is that it is the arrival of a [new] day. [The lover was] in a hurry, from fear of coming too late at work, and reached for his kain. However his legs were weak and I used his arm as pillow. Just as he wanted to rise, flowers showered on him, from my hairknot which came loose. Then I rose up, made my kain right and came out, [a shawl] covering [my body] and looking relaxed.
4.
sāmpun ikān muvah ləpasa riṅ vukir licin alālanā lari-lari,
rāmya ṅ amukti bhukti* sahane talun kaləṅəṅanya taṅkəpakna**,
kārttikamāsa kāla kahaḍaṅ*** səḍəṅ raras ikaṅ səkar**** mrik aməvəh,
rāgāṅ madhubrata ṅhulun ariṅku tan bəsur abhoga sarvakusuma.
⟨4⟩ "After bathing I started to dress up together [with my lover], sitting nicely side by side. Because we were sitting with our thighs one upon the other, we were afraid of making the lines of the eyebrows of each other, but it is nice to see how we tied each other’s hairknot and inserted a campaka in it. Out of passion our kains fell down, we wanted to straighten them, but failed, because we bent down [at the same time] and embraced the middle of each other.
5.
Apan ikaṅ səkar yyan ucape*n pasir saharana nya mon tan avaṅi,
byakta haneki ra(mi nika rakva tiṅhalana ke*mbaṅiṅ kanigara*,
puspa haftar me’kar miṅiṅ rum nya map a ta nimittaniṅ katilara,
mandalikān rumambat irikaṅpager tuvi yayan maṅambvani laṅb\
⟨5⟩ "However, if it is just 7 o’clock, then it is best to stay in bed. The feeling of being in bed so near together gave rise to passion and we started a pillow battle. When sweat came out, though only a little bit, we wiped it off, starting from the face down to the inner sides of the thighs. It was nice to sing and to play with the flute while his fingers were roaming through the chest and playing with the breasts.
6.
yan səkariṅ vuṅū kaləṅəṅanyan əñjiṅ i turuṅ vijil hyaṅ aruṇa,
lvir ginugah təkapni rarabiṅ* rərəb-rərəb avor patər tuna-tuna,
tan hirisən** gagaṅnya tikələn laṅə̄nyan alapən təke kudunika,
kəmbaṅaniṅ lumampah aməgat gəgər nəhər anāmbyāmət laru-laru.
⟨6⟩ "When the day turns cool, then it is time to go to the garden, out of the bedroom. Take refuge in the shade of a tree to cool down, to air the atmosphere of passion. In my case, I felt tired and weak, and sat close to a pandanus flower. I was naked and at the peak of passion. He came from behind and I did not notice him. Suddenly he grabbed me and cowered my eyes with his hands.
7.
yan vuvusən səkarniṅ asanān təraṅiṅ ravi rarasnya maṅkin asinaṅ,
vāhu hilaṅ kapū-kapunikaṅ himālimunan ahəli tavvan aṅisəp,
deniṅ amet karaśmin ika səmpalən saha səmi*nya sə̄h asalaga,
soṅaniṅ aṅləṅo huvus alūm pva tiṅgalaknāta riṅ yaśa-yaśa.
⟨7⟩ "When evening came, I leisurely went to lie down in the rest room. I was weak. When he approached me in a very nice way, I pretended to be annoyed and said that I was sick. Then he came to console me by holding my hands, tried to seduce me. He seemed to be aroused; while massaging my arms, he asked about the cause of illness.
8.
tāñjuṅ aśoka kālanikāsiṅ sakahyunaniṅ adyah ahyas asəkar,
mon inugah aləp yan ikətən yadin savita yogya talya gəluṅan,
strī sakaka ri* rūpanika pūrṇa ri nvamiṅ aśoka denya mahiḍəp,
tañjuṅ arūm ləvih vaṅinikān sinor mata raras riṅ pavulatan.
⟨8⟩ "In the evening after 8 o’clock it is nice to go to the garden to cool oneself. The jasmines were almost opening [and I put some] on my ears, sweetly wafted along by the breeze. I was absorbed looking at the moon, not yet shining brightly, just coming out behind the branches of a tree. Then delightfully I returned to the house, because my lover came and called me by sweet names.
9.
ciṇḍaga konaṅ-onaṅ abuṅah turuṅ vaṅinikā[pan anvam]* inalap,
māsa ri liṅsiriṅ ravi kalaṅvan-laṅvan ika yan makānak-anakan,
cāmara karaśmi-raśminika yan hyaṅ arka kumidaṅ-kidaṅ kəñar ira,
sumpiṅaniṅ huvusniṅ alulud maṅgə̄ masidəhācəcək havu-havū.
⟨9⟩ "On the couch usually we met together, because he waited for me there, welcoming me with a smile. I came and sat on his lap while looking into his adoring eyes. Quickly he gave me a flower with his right hand and when I took it, he reached for my breasts. His mouth offered me cheved betel, kissing me on the lips and cheeks.
10.
kāla panolihiṅ dinakarā ṅ səkar dalima kumram arja sinavur,
məṇḍur arūm kapantəs ika sontən ahyaṅ arəjārarəm kadamaran,
yan kumuniṅ mrəbuk sinirir iṅ samiraṇa kuləm kapantəsan ikā,
sumpiṅaniṅ katurvan* amajaṅ vulan** gumuliṅākaraṅhulu taṅan.
⟨10⟩ "When the moon was about four meters high, then it was really good to make love. It was not so fitting to do it on the couch, so we moved to the yard. There we sat very close together, drinking and eating, just the two of us. We poured each other liquor and fed each other too".
11.
nāhan ujarnīra mpu kili maṅlipur-lipur i citta rājaduhitā,
tovi haneki saṅ sama marək paḍāvətu vilāsa harṣa karaṇa,
rāmya ṅ amarṇa* ṅ racana gīta bhaṣa** riṅ uśāṇa somya rinəṅə̄,
parva kathādi*** rakva pinupul-pupul rasanikā laṅə̄ cinarita.
⟨11⟩ The two ladies in waiting were sitting, facing each other, in front [of the princess] and both were very good in psychology. And a jəṅgi girl sweetly waited upon them with a betel-kit on her lap, sitting in unerring attitude. Everything enjoyable was served on trays, lacking nothing, e.g. citroen leaves as lalab that went with warm dishes ordered at a short notice before.
Canto 35
1.
ndah vvantən paricārikānira pareṅgita hañar aṅalih sakeṅ musuh,
kryan-kryan rakva tinuṅgvakən ryy ulah ikān palaki-laki saka*-hyuniṅ mata,
yekānambut ujarnirā mpu kili toh mapa karika karāmyaniṅ səkar,
tan śr̥ṅgāra laṅə̄ nda tan rəcəp añəp-ñəpa hati tuna rāga karaṇa.
⟨1⟩ The princess looked happy to hear the conversation of her attendants. There were traces of laughter on her lips, but disappeared quickly like powder [on one’s face] when washed.
2.
yan rāntən tapisən tan ora gati maṅləvihana rarasiṅ giṇālaki,
ndān ākāra saṅ akuləm lavasani ṅvaṅ atəmu rəsəp iṅ karāsikan,
kampuh vāhu huvus ləsəh katularan ləṅa vaṅi saha gandhaniṅ burat,
aṅhiṅ ṅkā ri haneṅ payodhara turuṅ hilaṅ i larani vuryaniṅ kuku.
⟨2⟩ She was afraid of being called light-hearted. That was the reason that suddenly her sorrow emerged. Resembling the calyx of an asana flower she spoke with a broken voice. Her glance was without glimmer.
3.
eñjiṅ māsa karaśminiṅ karahinān avarurutəna maṅgagap tapih,
sah maṅləsvi parantiniṅ suku karaṅhulu* ləṅən unusən sakeṅ gulu,
vāhvāvuṅva kasiṅsalan kusuma sāri sumavur i lukarnikaṅ gəluṅ,
mādəg ta ṅvaṅ adan masiñjaṅ irikā n mijil akəmul adhārya-dhāryana.
⟨3⟩ When it was almost time [for the pamidudukan ceremony] she washed herself and dressed up. Then she was prepared [for the occasion], because the time had come. The moon looked pale and was already at the western horizon, and the clouds were yellowish in colour like that of rust.
4.
sāmpun ta ṅvaṅ adamvadan* hyas apupul rəsəp ajajar aliṅgi-liṅgiha,
baṅgin rakva silih sipat-sipat i rāmya paḍavaśa silih titih pupū,
raśminyān guməluṅ-gəluṅ gəluṅan iṅvaṅ inənah-ənahanya cāmpaka,
pet-pet sih lukar i tapih pinahayunya sinukər aməḍək maṅol təṅah.
⟨4⟩ The clouds were thick and widespread, clearly visible in the last rays of the moon. The lightflashes were only mild, not significant, like the winking of crying eyes with long intervals.
5.
yapvan māsa huvus taḍah pitu rarasnya kajənəkan asivva riṅ tilām*,
darpanyān paməḍek-mə**-ḍek śayana rāmya silih adəh-adəh karaṅhulu,
matrāmvās hariṅətnya yenusapan iṅvaṅ i mukha təka riṅ sələ salaṅ,
leṅleṅnyān paṅidu[ṅ] makaṅsi jariji jaja lamakannikāṅgaməl susu.
⟨5⟩ The one overvhelmed by love and affliction became more upset, seeing tbe splendour of the ten directions. The thunder boomed so remote, like the yawn of someone woken up from slumber after intercourse.
6.
tis-tis ṅ ve nda samaṅkanāturuna riṅ natar umijil saṅka riṅ jinəm,
lilāṅhə̄ba ri sor ikaṅ tahən anīs aṅisisakna sə̄bnikaṅ huyaṅ,
mvaṅ luhyāṅlihāpəpət-pəpəta pādapa maṅadgatākun aṅliga,
tan vruh ṅvaṅ ri təkanyā harṣaja vaśānukupi mata marək sakeṅ vuri.
⟨6⟩ So all the decorations were quietly illuminated [by the sun]. She went to the bathing-place which was grotesque provided with a gate with doors. There inside, the ceremony would take place.
7.
yan tuṅgaṅ gunuṅ aṅlayuṅ-layuṅa ta ṅvaṅ aguliṅ irikaṅ paṅuṇḍəṅan*
ṅlih-ṅlihniṅ** pinarək aparək sipi rarasnikārəṅu tinakvanan lara,
ṅkā marmāmrih ika priyambadanikāṅgaməl i taṅan amatya-matyani,
maṅkin harṣaja rakva yāṅəluk-luk ləṅən ataña ri mūlaniṅ lara.
⟨7⟩ There was a pavillion which matched the mar wellous abode of the goddess of love. It was small and isolated, but nicely decorated with carvings. The structure was made of the inner part of blackwood; the roof was superb in being decorated with ivory.
8.
yan sore huvusiṅ ḍavuh vvalu karaśminiṅ aṅənəs anīsa riṅ taman,
meh-meh mələkaha kəmbaṅiṅ mənur muṅgviṅ taliṅa vahu marma kāṅinan,
leṅləṅkun mihat iṅ vulan turuṅ avāṅdadari katavəṅan paṅiṅ tahən,
ṅkān lilāmulihe ryy umah ri təkaniṅ kavula marək acumbvaṅundaṅa.
⟨8⟩ The jəriṅ creepers growing on the upper part of the roof were sprouting everywhere, interspersed by those of the asana. The jaṅgas were flowering on the eves. The garagat flowers thickly shaded [the pavilion].
9.
riṅ ambyan marikin kapaṅgiha* yan aṅhaḍaṅ anəhər anuṅsuṅeṅ guyu,
ṅvaṅ** prāptāsidəhe*** pupūnya mulate manis i matanikāṅdələ̄ mata,
tandvāveh səkar iṅ taṅan ya ri təṅən tinarima təhər aṅgamel susu,
caṅkəmnyāṅulugakən**** səpah garəntən maṅarəki sahajānahut pipi.
⟨9⟩ There were plenty of stones arranged in the garden in the form of an oblong box with sand of firestones. The yard was never swept and the rubbish debris of surabhi, rajasa and tañjuṅ flowers was there in heaps.
10.
yapvan rvaṅ galaha ṅ vulan sipi laṅə̄nikaṅ ulah irikaṅ samaṅkana,
tan sāmvas raras iṅ palaṅka ya ta puṇḍutən alihən umuṅgva riṅ natar,
ṅkān līlāṅinumāpəḍək-pəḍək karvānaḍah* apan akālihañ cacar**,
eñjuh rāmya silih larih-larihi yadyapin asuṅa təḍanya taṅgapən.
⟨10⟩ The princess went there, looking like a withering pandanus flower, which was almost dry. Passion was marifested more and more in her heart which was soft from yearning for King Krəṣṇa.
11.
ceṭi rvaṅ siki vāhu naṅkil* arəjāharəpakna vagəd riṅ iṅgita,
lāvañ jəṅgi rare marək rəsəp amaṅku səḍah aśila tan salah bhava,
sāsiṅ tan kakuraṅ sārasana rāmya riṅ arəpan umuṅgu riṅ capah,
roniṅ jəruk lalabiṅ haṅət-haṅət ulihniṅ aṅutus-utus āṅdadak-dadak.
12.
sāmpun piṅ pat piṅ limāṅinum umeh atəlasa tibā ṅ ḍavuh təlu,
ndah prapterika taṅ səḍah rəsəp avor kapulaga tan atə̄n apastikā,
pik-pīkan sabukiṅ banantən alaṅə̄ vavan ika yadin sinuṅakən,
ṅ vaṅ rakvāvanəh iṅ sərəh kinajaṅan tan aharəp avavana* pavvahan.
13.
liṅsirniṅ śaśi raśmi məhaniṅ aturva hima sumaput aṅravat-ravat,
tis-tis tan hana śabda mātra** karəṅə̄ pasahuran i cakiṅkuhiṅ ayam,
ṅkā ta ṅvaṅ gumuliṅ sumuṅkəm iri paṅkvan ika kadi mahānuru-nurū,
strī-strī varṇa huval [l]umālana lanāṅulih-ulih alaṅə̄ rinəṅvakən.
14.
tat kale paturūṅkvamogha rasikāṅgugah* anəhər akon umantuka,
sāmpun mañjiṅatāku riṅ jinəm akālihan alulut aṅayva saṅgama,
ndā tan mrəm tumuluy ndatan vavaṅ aturva mahayu gəluṅan rusāk mure,
sambinyān mihateṅ damar pinupul iṅ tila paṅubuki maṅhaḍaṅ rəṅit.
15.
lāvan teki muvah kalaṅvaniṅ ataṅhya maləṅu-ləṅuhāgarantuṅa,
paṅlvaṅ piṅ rva vulan mavā pahañaṅan kararasan i kahayvan purṇama,
lāmpahni ṅvaṅ alon aləṅleṅ amasaṅ-masaṅa kavula sahya rājasa,
tan sāhāta sumaṇḍiṅeṅ priya nəhər pagaməlakna rāmyatūt.
16.
ndā tan səṅgahən aṅrimaṅ-rimaṅ apan dalu sipi rarasiṅ sakaṇṭakā,
trəptyāmbəkniṅ anon sataṇḍiṅa sarūpa ṅuni-yuni sirāntuhan-tuhan,
mevəh ṅvaṅ kadi rāja kr̥ṣṇa sira cañcvā pasiriṅan ire sa-kuṇḍina,
təkvan* kottama darśanīya saphalān tarimanana rara rājaputrikā.
17.
ndah vvantən sumahur haneki nr̥pa cedi luməvihana kr̥ṣṇa ri sarāt,
hāh medan kita dūra maṅhiriba rūpanira rari pitovi kahvata,
tonən taṅ* sulur iṅ vanā riṅ apa yan pamaḍa-maḍana luṅgahiṅ gaḍuṅ,
lāvan taṅ kuḍupiṅ trikañcu kapanānraṅa vənaṅa manon ri cāmpaka.
Canto 36
1.
śrī nr̥pavaraduhitāsmu harṣa,
nḍəṅvakən ucapanikaṅ vara mitrī,
sə̄h hana guyunira sə̄ṅnya ri lambe,
rəp hilaṅ ika kadi vr̥tti dinəmvan.
⟨1⟩ "Ah, my dear one who went away when I woke up from my dreams by [the rumblings of] thunder. If there are things that disturb you, look for [me] in the pandanus flower. If you disappear in the thick clouds of yonder, let the kalaṅkyaṅ bird call [me]. If you disappear in the folds of letters, then inform [me] and I will obey the directions of the writing pad.
2.
rəsnira kaharana ṅ ambək aḍaṅhan,
karaṇani rəṅunirāṅdadak abvat,
lvir (r)asana salaga śabdanirāsrət,
tan pasarini pandəṅnya hinerher.
⟨2⟩ "It is true that you are a divine king, and everything around you gives rise to beauty. In the beginning of the month, the atmosphere is so distressing as if clarity be darkened by haze, the embodiment of thunder in the boat is shaken by the onslaught of the rumbling swell. Your charms lie in the enchantment of the rainbow created by the last rays of the setting sun.
3.
meh aləkas arahupāta sirādan,
ndān inarahaknāpan lalu māsa,
hyaṅ ravi sira makucəm kapaṅulvan,
megha kuməñar akuniṅ tumahihyaṅ.
⟨3⟩ "Your image in the picture is small like a dwarf. Not all the body is [in the picture], only the face is clearly seen. In the mirror you are seen standing on my breasts. You are always in my mind and if I think of you, tears well into my eyes.
4.
gātraniṅ urut i laṅitnya kuməṇḍəṅ,
vaspada ri sirəm ikaṅ ravi teja,
mātra paṅəpər* i kilatnya tan aṅle,
lvīr kəḍapiṅ apəpəh asriṅ arəbrəb**.
⟨4⟩ "Whatever may happen, please come and cut away all my fears due to my love [towards you]. How could I find the fulfilment of my love, because it is so difficult [to attain] and there are so many obstacles. I know that the bee cannot kiss the campaka hidden in the hairknot. Why should not the bumblebee, desiring to touch and caress the jaṅga flower, disperse an ear-ornament?
5.
saṅ səḍəṅ aṅaraṅ akuṅ makin onək,
deni kaləṅə̄ṅan ikaṅ daśa deśa,
mandra* paṅətər i patərnika mampə̄h,
lvir vuvusiṅ aṅayu rāga kataṅhyan.
⟨5⟩ "My dear, I know that you want to see me when I am naked, for sure you want to see my waist, which shape is only visible through the wrappings of the waistband. And you will be so delighted to see my belly uncovered while I am dressing up the hairknot. In fact [I will] agree to give you chewed up betel straight from [my] lips.
6.
nyan sahana racana śunya kakilyan,
ndan para-paranira yā ṅkan adamva,
rāmya ginupura havanya kinoryan,
ṅkā ri daləm inupacāra hinaptyan.
⟨6⟩ "Ah, the significance of family relationship is meaningless, the fear in my heart breaks them apart. In the kakavin (poems) it is said that the ashes of men are the same as the powder of the pandanus flower. My brother, in the letters, although we breathe the same air, [the wind] separates the flowers. It is better that they [the flowers] be in the same place, unseparated. Not just staying in a house with just a picture".
7.
bvat rati bhavana pasaṅgrahan arja,
raṅkaṅ ukir-ukiran āpənəd asimpən,
tvas kayu harəṅ akiris vaṅunanya,
mulya kalakah ika danta rinaṅki.
8.
jəriṅ rumahab i vuvuṅanya masinvam,
jrah sinulaman i səvə̄niṅ aśoka,
jaṅga katirah i tətə̄nya makəmbaṅ,
sə̄b sari garagat ikāna pi maṅhub.
9.
kirṇa karaṅ i patiganya tiniṅkah,
tumpyatak i həni-həninya vatu dyan,
tan tahu marika natarnya kasapvan,
sə̄h surabhi rajasa tañjuṅ əhə̄hnya.
10.
ṅkāna paran ira nareśvaraputrī,
ṅlih-ṅlih ira lumaya mādapa layvan,
maṅkin aṅavaki manahnira ləṅləṅ,
mār maṅən-aṅən i pavak nr̥pa kr̥ṣṇa.
Canto 37
1.
hāh-ah saṅ hilaṅ iṅ paṅipyan i śəḍəṅkvātaṅhi deniṅ gərəh,
ndah siṅsiṅ kahanan ta denya vulikən yan riṅ səkar pādapa,
yapvan mukṣa kiteṅ rəmə̄ṅ pətəṅ adoh kālaṅkyaṅ asyaṅ-syaṅa,
yan mukṣeṅ ləpihan tañakna mituhva ṅvaṅ tuduh**niṅ tanah.
⟨1⟩ When the princess was in tears, a messenger of her mother arrived (at that time). She came and sat beside her and spoke in a friendly manner, her words full of wisdom and expedience.
2.
siṅgih yan kita rāja mūrti kahananteṅ sarvamaṅde laṅə̄,
riṅ lek anvam alək raras kadīnələtan byakta deniṅ limut,
saṅ māvak patəriṅ bahitra kumətər sore təḍuhniṅ tasik,
ləṅləṅteṅ ravi teja meh sumurupāśeśāmaṅun vaṅkava.
⟨2⟩ "My dear child, I am the messenger of your mother, and I come to give you advice. Your mother said, that you should consider [it] carefully to meet the invited one as soon as possible.
3.
sākṣāt śāstra rahañja-hañja pinakātmāntān paṅanti karas,
ndātan pāvak avās katon mukha-mukhākārān padadya ṅ ika,
riṅ nyudanta kitāṅhadəg lagi katon māyā haneṅ pahyasan,
muṅgviṅ tvas kita yan sinūkṣma matəmah vaspānaput riṅ mata.
⟨3⟩ "O, my dear, you must dress up quickly. The time agreed upon has arrived when darkness falls at night, and the clouds are thick in the sky with occasional thunder.
4.
yadyastun kita mañjiṅāməgat arəskvāṅlampva deniṅ lulut,
ndikin təmva karaśminiṅ saturidāpan durggamākveh bhaya,
vruhkun tan vənaṅ iṅ madhubrata maṅambuṅ cāmpake jro gəluṅ,
ndin tan māvrəga kumbaṅ aṅharas anambər jaṅga muṅgviṅ kapə̄.
⟨4⟩ "My dear, what would we do? Have you thought of one good course? Have you chosen a friend in the undertaking or have you thought of other ways or possibilities?
5.
rakryan vruhkvi* kapeṅhinānta mulateriṅvaṅ səḍəṅkvāṅliga,
byaktātə̄na tumiṅhale təṅah arəka gātra deniṅ bəbəd,
ndā harṣe trivali n səḍəṅ kaluputan ken yan padandan gəluṅ,
dūga taṅgəha yan palakvana səpah paṅrāgya rūmniṅ laṭi**.
⟨5⟩ "When you fail, my dear, I fail too. Clearly all my family will perish. Also all the relatives and friends will be finished. Who should not be afraid of being caught in planning [an escape] ?
6.
hāh vyartheki laṅə̄nikaṅ pakadaṅan rəsniṅ tvas aṅdo*-hakən,
tuṅgal riṅ kakavin paḍeki havuniṅ vaṅ riṅ hrəbukniṅ puḍak,
vvaṅ-sānak ṅhulun i ṭikāpituvi sāprāṇe lavənyān sumār,
yogyān soṅgvana tan vənaṅ sahapi tan lambaṅ yānuṅgviṅ yaśa.
⟨6⟩ "Your escape at present is indeed extremely difficult. What good guidance and excellent directives should be taken? All the doors are carefully watched and the guards in the palace compound are well-armed.
Canto 38
1.
səḍəṅ anaṅis marikā nr̥epaputrī,
hutusan irebu ḍatəṅ sakamantyan,
marək umarānaṅguhi* somya sumaṇḍiṅ,
vacananikā pva vidagdha vicitra.
⟨1⟩ "I have an idea, my dear. You have to go in the disguise of a lady-hermit. Your hairknot should be tied in the way of a lady-hermit and your beautiful breasts should be covered by a veil. Use ashes sparingly on your cheeks to conceal your lovely face, so that you will not be recognized. Walk slowly wearing a nice waistband in the disguise of a lady-hermit.
2.
ibu paṅutusnira reṇa rahadyan,
mapituture kita don i manəhta,
vuvus ira marma məṅə̄-məṅən asvī,
amaluyakən mavəkas-vəkas āsriṅ.
⟨2⟩ "Your mode of escape should be considered [carefully] if [the aforementioned] is not good enough. Refuse it, but if it is alright, let us do it. So, my dear, take off your kain, and wear this cloth, tie the waistband tightly. Throw away all the ornaments of your hairknot, e.g. the ribbon of silk, the jasmine-flowers, and also the ear-ornaments. All your behaviour as a princess should be hidden, so that [you can] pass all the obstacles that may arise".
3.
alah ibu rakva tuhanku ta-dandan,
təkanikanaṅ samayātiki maṅke,
vahu sumaput pətəṅiṅ vəṅi sə̄b-sə̄b,
sumahab ikaṅ gagana* mandra patərnya.
⟨3⟩ The exalted princess replied (to the words of the maid-servant): "My sister, why should I disguise myself as a lady-hermit, as you say? It will not do, do not expect too much from it. For a kṣatriya it is better to die for the purpose of attaining his or her aim, and that is by upholding the correct way. So, look at those, vhose heads were severed, because they fought for the honour of a kṣatriya.
4.
ibu mapa deya mapolahani ṅvaṅ,
iṅət-iṅətən taṅ upāya hayunya,
pilihana rovaṅaniṅ maviveka,
uvah i bhāsa sambhava* pi vruhananta.
⟨4⟩ "Let them attack me, sister, if they discover my plan [to escape], but me only. It is already known and everybody talks about it in the city, moreover in the palace, that I do not look forward to the wedding, and that I hate the golden umbrella. I am afraid I am trembling from love, why should I be in fear to bear about danger?"
5.
ri halani māsku katon halani ṅvaṅ,
niyata hilaṅ sahananya hulunta,
nya mar inarah sinavarga hanūt təlas,
syapa tan arəsa kacihnana mātra.
⟨5⟩ The maid replied: "What use are luxuries of the palace, if you have to loose the love of whom you send letters and poems? It is difficult to decide of going along with someone who claims to be a good friend, but in the end lets you down, [only because you are] afraid that people will talk and gossip about you and raise their eyebrows?
6.
tuhan i* vijilta samaṅkana mevəh,
naya putus iṅgita toh ndya havana,
ikaṅ alavaṅ pakəmit** paḍa yatna,
saha***-na mariṅ gupurā maḍaṇḍa.
⟨6⟩ "It is better to live in peace in a hermitage in the village with a temple full of vuṅu flowers, and to enjoy life together, even in danger of being traced by the father. [It is better] to go in hiding in a house in an isolated place, unknown to relatives, then waiting for a messenger to come with an order to come home to pay respect [to a husband you do not love] ‚
7.
sira nr̥pa cedi tuvin ya haneṅ heṅ,
saha bala sañjata dūraka cidra,
narapati kr̥ṣṇa parānantādoh,
vəgilan irekin amogha matamban.
⟨7⟩ "Ah, my dear, I talk rubbish. Well, give your decision to be carried out. It is better that you break out, my dear, and do not be long. Take heed to the words of your servant. Truly, King Krəṣṇa without fail and for sure, will be waiting. I will go ahead to inform him, where to find you and about the danger".
8.
muvah apa tolaha lampunən* iṅvaṅ,
tuhan apatan ta tumuta manəhta**,
ṅhulun asiluṅluṅa satya kabhaktin,
sukha pəjahāguliṅan ri ḍaganta.
⟨8⟩ The words of the maid-servant were friendly and made good impression in the heart of one planning to escape. Moreover there was the chance [of escape by mixing up with] people going in and out. All her trusted lady companions waiting upon her, asked her leave to sleep, but the princess nicely refused to retire.
9.
asmu taṅis vuvusiṅ vara centən,
saṅ inujaran humənəṅ kadi mona,
tuhu marikān sira monā ri lambe,
humənəṅ i heṅ maṅucap ri daləm tvas.
⟨9⟩ Furthermore, her mind was not as ever before, she was occupied with the plan of escape. There was no paper on her lap anymore, which she brought along to read withi nterest. She set aside the book together with the young yellow coconut away from her (breasts). The young yellow coconut was a baby-doll she was nursing. Now she stopped nursing it.
10.
kunaṅ agave lara sūkṣma ya mār-mrāt,
tuhu marasa ṅ bibi sihnira tam-tam,
ri pəṅiṅa saṅ bapa tan sapirārəs,
ri vuyuṅa saṅ kaka yeka kamarmma.
⟨10⟩ After she took off all her clothes and ornaments that might betray her, and already dressed in disguise attire, she stood up. Facing the direction of her father’s quarters, she made her salutations respectfully. Then she went away quietly, only accompanied by her maid-servant, pretending to go to the garden. After a while, she walked as quiet as possible, as if she was pulled by [the power of] love.
11.
nr̥pasuta rukma sirāgraja sākṣāt,
apituvi yogya kabhaktyana māsih,
apitutur iṅ hayu yatha riṅ antən,
apan apiṅit pva sire manahiṅ strī.
⟨11⟩ She passed all the obstacles [of the way] without mishaps. She passed through a secret door, and quarters of womenfolk [of the palace] was already far behind her. Tbe fear that invested her heart disappeared and turned into encouraging expectations of happiness. It was as if she bad just crossed a deep and dangerous river. Her heart beat faster from excitement.
12.
nr̥pasuta cedi katə̄n ira maṅgəh*,
upayanirāpituvin sira tan len,
nr̥patanayā pva tatan pamisiṅgih,
pinakalaki hyuna tan saka riṅ hyun.
13.
nr̥paduhitā malulut ri bapebu,
vedinira riṅ kaka marmma mavor sih,
inadə̄h i*-nusira riṅ** nr̥pa kr̥ṣṇa,
karaṇani buddhinirān pamitādya***.
14.
muvah aṅucap tikanaṅ vara mitrī,
ndya ta hurən āṅən-aṅən iki māsku,
vijilakna ṅ naya pə̄hnikaṅ ambək,
ṅhulun iki dug səḍəṅ epu viraṅrvaṅ.
Canto 39
1.
hanāmbək i manəhta māsku ri kitānilib amijil avikva-vikvana,
gəluṅ vuhələn ārja boddhani kunəṅ susu saputana raśminiṅ jamaṅ,
ikaṅ rahi buṅahnya bhasmani lamad-lamadni pipi hayva vaspada,
lumakva saha mekalāraras alon mijil anamar akilya-kilyana.
⟨1⟩ Madhusudana (King Krəṣṇa) had been waiting for a long time. Then the maidservant who went ahead came and informed him of the arrival of the princess, briefly and softly.
2.
pagaṇitan inupāya cəṅgana halanya yan ahayu harebu hayvana,
nya tebu ta-lukar tapih ta-basahan paṅudhatana paveha siṅsəta,
geluṅ sipi rarasnya siṅhəlana raṇḍi mənur inuparəṅga sumpiṅa,
ulahta ri karājaputryan iki telaṅa halivatane sasambhava.
⟨2⟩ Quickly King Krəṣṇa came to meet Princess Rukmiṇī who walked wearily. He (came and) took her in his arms and carried her into the wagon and then speeded away.
3.
narendra varaputrikā sira gumanti maləsa vuvus ojariṅ saki,
kakāpa kari deyaniṅ kira-kiranta kili viphala hayva gə̄ṅ tahā,
kṣinatriya kətaṅ pəjah təkani kahyun ira tuhu agəgvan iṅ hayu,
nahan vulati denta saṅ mati kapə̄kan arəbut i sudharmma kaprabhun.
⟨3⟩ The enjoyment of happy feelings, love [etc] if mixed with danger could push aside emotion. It was true that they were sitting side by side very close together, but their minds were in uproar and fear.
4.
sraṅən kaka yadin hana vruha rikaṅ gati tupamanātāku kevala,
huvusta kahu**-vus muvah mulata riṅ nagara ṅuni-yunī daləm purī,
tan ahyuna tumiṅhal iṅ piniḍuḍuk ṅhulun ariris aku n payuṅ kuniṅ,
arəskvāgəḍəg iṅ raga*** mapa karih sahaja muririṅ arəṅə̄ curiṅ.
⟨4⟩ King Baladeva received the word from King Krəṣṇa to stay behind, to oppose the king of Cedi as long as possible, because for sure he would be furious and would want to attack.
5.
muvah sahur ikāna saṅ vinuvusan ndi ta phalani karāmyaniṅ* sabha,
təvas kasukrəteṅ laṅāniṅ akirim-kirimana kakavin lavan ṭikā,
evəhniṅ anahā-nahāṅiriṅ i rovaṅ inaku dadi tan paṅilvani,
arəs magigu yan hana vvaṅ aṅucap maguñəpan asalaṅgapan halis.
⟨5⟩ Who would not be struck by great sorrow, if he lost something valuable that disappeared through his fingers. Furthermore he was so close to his gaol. The sorrow of King Cedi was like that.
6.
hinur jənəka riṅ pradeśa kasənət kuṭi-kuṭi hana caṇḍi sə̄h vuṅū,
amuktya rarasiṅ makārvana hurip rumaras avədi petən iṅ yayah,
aṅantyaməgiləryyumah kakiva śunya kəkəsakna riṅ kadaṅ-kadaṅ,
təkā pva ṅ utusan humundaṅ irikā kudu muliha manəmba-nembaha.
⟨6⟩ When it was known that Princess Rukmiṇī escaped from the palace, all the people (of the palace) were in uproar. "What has happened; why and what is this. It is so and so," they said, without knowing the facts.
7.
Ajambat iki pājar iṅvaṅ apa tenduṅ apa putus ikāṅalapakna*,
alah mijila māsku hayva masuve pituhu paṅucap i ṅhulun hulun,
tuhun nr̥pati kr̥ṣṇa tan vuruṅ avās niyata sira kapaṅgihācaḍaṅ,
ṅhulun rumuhunātuduh ri kahananta juga ri sira majarāṅlare.
⟨7⟩ [A messenger] came to King Bhīṣmaka, without observing time and regulations. He talked already before paying his respect, telling what he knew about the princess.
8.
rəcəp vacananiṅ sakhī rūm i maṅanya* hi hati saṅ akārya miṅgata,
pitovi hana kāladeśa ri palivəraniṅ umijil umañjiṅe daləm,
marək sahananiṅ kaparcaya kaka dyah ira paḍa turu** vuvusnira,
kunaṅ nr̥patiputrikāṅasih-asih manis i vuvus irātulak tala.
⟨8⟩ The people conveyiṅ the message that the princess had disappeared, came in steady count. King Kresna was accused to be the person behind the misconduct [namely] takiṅ avay the princess like a thief.
9.
ri məneh ira lumampahāhañaṅa sūkṣma manah ira tatan kafdi daṅū,
haras mari hane kisapvan ira ṅuni pamavanira kuṅ tinuṅkulan,
tikārja biluluk gaḍiṅ kasih irān lagi lalu kasalah sah iṅ susu,
karəs ṅrəs iki putra-putranira danta sahaja sinapih dinohakən.
⟨9⟩ King Bhīṣmaka could not speak, when he heard the reports of those people. He wanted to stick to the instruction of religious knowledge, [namely] only to believe in the reports after due investigations.
10.
huvus lumuṅsur* bhuṣaṇātəhər ikaṅ manahən məni sāmpun aṅlugas,
ri sārah-arah iṅ yayah maṅadəg ādara siran umarək maṅañjali,
umaṅkat anilib licin saha sakhī kadi laku-lakuniṅ mareṅ taman,
tuvin tan asuve lumampah alaris kadi dinudut i rāganiṅ hati.
⟨10⟩ There were some doubts that perhaps Princess Rukmiṇī had gone to the king of Cedi, because she was in love, she could not wait for the proper procedure [to be carried out]. It is the logic of women, wrong action which brings no happiness.
11.
chinidra hinalintaṅan sakahavan təkap ira paḍa tan hanāṅapa,
huvus halivat iṅ lavaṅ vinavaran kalalu kaləpas iṅ paṅastriyanan,
narendraduhitāhilaṅ kətir ikaṅ tvas ahəli sukha maṅhəbaṅ-həbaṅ,
avarṇa vahu məntas iṅ lvah adaləm bhaya manah ira mār girahyasən.
⟨11⟩ That was what he firstly considered. At last the report of those who saw the princess leaving was verified and clear. She had quietly disappeared to join King Krəṣṇa.
Canto 40
1.
madhusūdana maṅhadaṅ (ṅ) aso*-ve,
təka tekā paricārikān paṅiṅkis,
mavarah riṅ ḍatəṅa narendraputrī,
tan apañjaṅ paṅucapnya tan prakaśa.
⟨1⟩ So it became clear that the princess had gone. Soon the news spread and became known everywhere. The orchestra ceased instantaneously, and numerous people were on the road coming and going uproariously.
2.
nr̥pa kr̥ṣṇa kataṅgamā ṅ anuṅsuṅ,
ri sira śrī vara rukmiṇī təkāṅlih,
pinaran tumuluy marək inəmban,
inənah riṅ ratha solahiṅ paḍāgyā.
⟨2⟩ They said that clearly there would be a great war. The king of Cedi obviously would be extremely angry, and those in anger usually are ready to die, because a courageous man would not tolerate insult.
3.
rarasiṅ sukha harṣa yan kabhukti,
turidāvor bhaya vādakaṅadəh kūṅ,
tuhu rakva sirāparək sumaṇḍiṅ,
lagi haro-hara tekaṅ ambək eṅgi.
⟨3⟩ On the other hand it is appropriate to consider the facts. The princess is a match for King Krəṣṇa, therefore in short ’let us leave it that way, because it is appropriate. If not, the country will plunge into chaos’.
4.
baladeva kinonakən maṅantya,
ḍinavuh śabda təkap narārya kr̥ṣṇa,
mapage nr̥pa cedi yogya toṅgvan,
niyata krodha katon (n)agə̄ṅaniṅ praṅ.
⟨4⟩ "Ah, you only say to save the (mind of) weak people. Your mind is not the mind of a kṣatriya. Krəṣṇa is insolent, and a lion is never afraid, but quick in temper when facing in enemy. The enemy will be torn apart. Why should we be afraid?
5.
syapa tan katamana duhkha bhara,
kahuvan vastu hilaṅ sake taṅanya,
pituvi pva gatinya meh kabhuktya,
iva maṅkā lara saṅ narārya cedi.
⟨5⟩ "Because if you are soft-hearted in cases of improper conduct, the world would be permissive, because there is no punishment. In brief, kr̥ṣṇa should be sentenced to death, because it is proper like that. There will be many unruly people, if [Krəṣṇa’s] behaviour is tolerated.
6.
ri hilaṅ vara rukmiṇī kaḍatvan,
nda samaṅkāvurahan tikaṅ vvaṅ i jro,
mapatah mapa teki toh mapekā,
anurakvanu vuvusnya tan pavastu.
⟨6⟩ "Moreover it is said, that there is something in the scriptures which says, that his behaviour is not that of a king, who should be always cautious [in his conduct]. Well, just look, even a herdsman knows how to rule. Just look, if there is a naughty cow, he does not hesitate to beat it up.
7.
təka taṅ mavarah ri bhīṣmakendra,
mapaṅavadgata tan pakāladeśa,
maṅucap tumuluy turuṅ manəmbah,
mavarah riṅ satinon ikeṅ suputrī.
⟨7⟩ "Well, well, if I have to reply to your noisy talk, [listen to this]. King Krəṣṇa is well-known to be a lion [amongst men]. If you hunt him, he will be far from afraid, and those hunters are far from being courageous.
8.
mavuvuh tikanāṅ ujar mavantu,
ri hilaṅ saṅ pinakesiniṅ kaḍatvan,
nr̥pa kr̥ṣṇa katuduh va*-yaṅ kacūran,
maṅalap ratna viśeṣa cora tulya.
⟨8⟩ "Even if they are courageous enough, their death is obvious. Just remember those demons! The greatest amongst them was Kangsa, they were all killed. [Kresna] was known as the most elevated conqueror who gave service to the three worlds, because clearly he is known to everybody as the manifestation of god Wisnu”.
9.
nr̥pa bhiṣmaka tan vənaṅ maśabda,
ruməṅə̄ ājar-ajarnikaṅ vvaṅ akveh,
guməgə̄ pavarahniṅ āgamajña,
pratyavekṣa kamənānira mituhva.
⟨9⟩ Thus they said, but nobody took notice or had the time [to notice]. East, west, south and north quarters were in uproar, and the noise spread and swelled endlessly to other directions dangerously.
10.
hana saṅsaya saṅ narendraputra,
ri para śrī vara rukmiṇī ri cedi,
kəna rāgā taman* maṅantyakən reh,
manahiṅ strī viparīta tan sakəlān.
⟨10⟩ Well, the king of Cedi was overwhelmed by great sorrow, and his friend in distress was no-one else than King Jarāsandha, who was also exceedingly sad. Quickly they held a conference and soon they prepared themselves [for battle] as quick as possible. Numerous were the officers and soldiers, who came well-armed waiting for orders.
11.
iti maṅkana denirāmikalpa,
vəkasan byakta varahnikaṅ tumiṅhal,
ri vijilniraṅ rukmiṇī prasiddha,
anilib chidra mare narārya Krəṣṇa.
⟨11⟩ The conference did not take much time to decide, that only Krəṣṇa had to be hunted, searched and destroyed as soon as possible. Because the decision was taken so quickly and based on anger, there was no policy of secrecy.
12.
upalakṣaṇa teki riṅ dadi strī,
sih iṅ asvāmi ləvih sakeṅ bapebu,
ndi panona ri dr̥sta ken suputrī,
mari māsih makalis marāma reṇa.
Canto 41
1.
ṅkā byaktekī layat ira rakryan suputrī,
tan dvā vrin-vrin prakaśita kaluṅhāṅ vr̥tta*,
gəṇḍiṅ māri muni ta ya parəṅ rəp māmpəh,
sə̄h taṅ vvaṅ riṅ ləbuh alivəran yāḍəṇḍən.
⟨1⟩ Then Prince Rukma came to make his audience in the palace, as soon as he heard of the disappearance of his younger sister, namely secretly leaving [the court] in a very wicked way. Janārddana (Krəṣṇa) had cut the eyes and broken the rope, bringing about great sorrow. That was the reason that Prince Rukma came to his father to talk.
2.
liṅnya byakta ṅ haru-haru gə̄ṅnyekanaṅ praṅ,
śrī cedyāvās niyata magəlis akrodha,
ndan tiṅkah saṅ kagələṅan umaṅga mātya,
āpan ṅ vaṅ śūra niyata tan aṅgā bhagna*.
⟨2⟩ He came before the heroic king Bhīṣmaka, who could not speak freely, because he was holding back his tears. His throat seemed to close, as if a kudu fruit was stuck inside, because of his great sorrow. Therefore he was out of speech, clearly he was very upset.
3.
yan hopən yogya hiḍəpəna tekiṅ śabda,
rakryan putrī samavavanira śrī kr̥ṣṇa,
saṅkśepanyāpi hənəṅaknāpan yo*-gya,
apan maṅke təvas avurahan taṅ rājya.
⟨3⟩ "Please, accept the homage of one who is full of sorrow, but at all times kissing the feet of Your Majesty. It has been a long time, that Your Majesty is out of composure as if without life, because of the mishap with Rukmiṇī, kidnapped by the infamous villain Krəṣṇa, a king lacking good guidance, foolish and full of pride, [only] because people regard him as king.
4.
hāh śabdanteman i manah i vaṅ yā māpəs,
āmbək tan kṣatriya kuraṅ irāṅ kr̥ṣṇa,
tan maṅkā* siṅha tan atakut eṅgal krodha,
yan riṅ śatrūvakan ika kapan mavədya.
⟨4⟩ "Like one walking with a stick feels he has knowledge of religion, whilst in fact he knows nothing about manners. For sure he (Krəṣṇa) knows that it is wrong to break the privilege of other people, because a person who is very foolish and unintelligent is never spoken about, [but everybody speaks about Krəṣṇa]. A blind man, how [on earth] could he know the difference between good and bad behaviour?
5.
āpan yadyan ləməsən iṅ ulah tan yukti,
lam-lam tekaṅ bhuvana ri tayaniṅ ḍaṇḍa,
saṅkśepan kr̥ṣṇa hilaṅaknāpan yogya,
akveh vvaṅ māna yan inubhayan sāmbəknya.
⟨5⟩ "However, Prəthukirtti the mother of Rukmiṇī is a wicked woman. How could she know what good and bad actions are. Your Majesty is influenced [by her], why should my lord regard that act [of Krəṣṇa] as good? It does not do any good to regard [Krəṣṇa] as good.
6.
təkvan rakveki hana karə*ṅə̄ riṅ śāstra,
tan tiṅkahniṅ prabhu manah irāṅgə̄ṅ sāma,
nyāṅ maṅhvan tovi vulatakna vruh maḍaṇḍa,
tontontā ndah palu sapinikā yan vaṅəla.
⟨6⟩ "Thus the duty of a ’man’ is to have mercy towards his own folk, [namely] those who are devoted to him, the property of his wives who are good of conduct, very devout and faithful. Even if he is rich and young, of good conduct, it is appropriate to follow all his actions".
7.
bhoh-bhoh mōn ṅvaṅ sumahura ri śabdantāpyak,
saṅ śrī kr̥ṣṇātiśaya sira kocap siṅha,
yadyan tutən tututana* sirādoh vədya,
lāvan tekaṅ vvaṅ anututi dūrān vānya.
⟨7⟩ "Look, my child, think! How could people like me, a king, agree with the ways of an extremely debased and wicked hooligan. However, because your nature is satya (good or true), you should think only good [of others]. It is always forbidden for a king to be false, because it is exceedingly bad.
8.
yadyastun vānya niyata katon patya*nya,
tonən taṅ daityapati makamukhya ṅ kaṅsa,
kocap damodara krətayaśeṅ triloka,
apan byakta prakaśita siran viṣṇvaṅśa.
⟨8⟩ "Bear [always] these words of mine in your mind, and re-affirm them. Concerning the misfortune that has befallen you, my child, I know that. You are in a better position [than I am], because you will not be accused by the whole world of misconduct. The one to be blamed for [all these] will be me, and I will accept that.
9.
nāhan pājarnika tan inivə̄ tan kobər,
vetan kulvan kidul avurahan lavan lor,
uśānye neriti dahana ḍik bhāyabya,
maṅkin-maṅki*-n amərəh asəlur** taṅ śabda.
⟨9⟩ "As for the case of being deceived, again it is not you [that should take the blame]. You have to see it in this way. There is a story from the ancient past, namely that of the renowned Rāmabhadra, who was also an incarnation of Wiṣṇu. Even Rāma was brought into great desolation by a golden deer.
10.
ndan saṅ śrī cedi katəkan ikaṅ duhkhāgə̄ṅ,
tan len rovaṅiṅ alara jarasandhāśā,
tandvāhə̄m tan masuvayan adan kapvāgyā,
sə̄h ta mantrī bala paḍa marək saṅrabdha*.
⟨10⟩ "The meaning of my words is this. Do not grieve too much, my child. The mind is the reason for filth, but the mind is also the means for its cancellation. It is true that water is the carrier of impurities, but it is also true that [impurities] can only be washed away or purified by water.
11.
ndā tan* sālapakna tan asuve taṅ hə̄man,
aṅhiṅ saṅ kr̥ṣṇa pəjahana tutən petən,
eṅgal deniṅ mamuput i vuvus tan jambat,
prāyandug krodha tatan apiṅit riṅ nīti.
⟨11⟩ "This sorrow we suffer now, clearly will change into happiness. In the mind there is nothing that can equal bewilderment and perplexity. As long as there is body-consciousness, then there is the belief of enjoying a happy life, but one does not know that he is blinded by matter, and forgets entirely [the soul].
Canto 42
1.
kunaṅ sira narārya rukma təka mañjiṅ jro purī,
ḍəṅə ri kahilaṅ saṅ antən atiduṣṭa rārānilib,
janārddana bəlah matāməgati tambaṅa duhkhani,
na hetu nr̥paputra rukma humatur mare saṅ bapa.
⟨1⟩ "Well the truth about people who do penance and worship [deities] for want of wealth and jewellery; also making long journeys by boat, leaving behind their wives and children only because they want gold and silver, and when they become the lords of wealth, possessing all kinds of excellent precious stones and richness, is, that in ’dharmma’ it is better to be without. These gold and silver are useless.
2.
ḍatəṅ sira ri sanmukha pravaca bhismakendrādhipa,
taman vənaṅ aśabda humrət aməgəṅ vijilniṅ taṅis,
amaṅkəl i gulū savaṅ kudu savetni gə̄ṅniṅ lara,
mapaṅ tuna-tunā ṅ ujar kasaragan dahat vāspada.
⟨2⟩ "Let me tell you about the king of Wallabha and his ministers and officials. The reason for his sorrow, the fall of his government, and the disappearance of all traces of his good conduct, e.g. his prayers in the mornings and evenings, his worship has no faults [and everything] is in accordance with the regulation of the Lord, but his aim is only worldly power. That was what he obtained, but not for long, not for all times.
3.
panəmbahiṅ atīta duhkha satatāṅharas jə̄ṅ haji,
ləvəs takari saṅ narendra viparita riṅ niṣpraṇa,
ri tiṅkah i si rukmiṇīnalap i kr̥ṣṇa gə̄ṅ drohakā,
kuraṅ naya nr̥patyapuṅguṅ ahivaṅ sinaṅguh prabhu.
⟨3⟩ "Also the divine teacher Kaśa, who was renowned throughout the world. He had many pupils, young obedient priests and widows of the nobility, then he enjoyed [the widows], and gave away his peace and was very keen [in beautifying himself] by blackening his teeth [etc]. He wanted to enjoy the fruit of the future now.
4.
krame saṅ atəkən rasāgama taman vruheṅ iṅgita,
avās vihikane salah kənani śīlaniṅ vvaṅ vaneh*,
apan tan inucap tikaṅ vvaṅ atimudhā tan śāstravit,
ikaṅ vuta kapan ta yan vruha ri bhedaniṅ bhāvalis.
⟨4⟩ "Thus is the story of the life of Priest Kaśa which was very difficult and full of daṅers. The harshness of destruction was experienced. If one is thoughtful about the benefit of truth, it will be difficult [for bad influences] to get near, but if in times of lackiṅ lands, one’s limbs are weary, then he will fall. Only a [few] months can he enjoy [life]. How much enjoyment could he get? Not very much.
5.
hana pva prəthukīrtti reṇani si rukmiṇī durjana,
kapāna vihikan pravrəttyahala len pravrəttyahayu,
katūt pva naranātha toh riṅ apa yan mahayvāṅ ulah,
tan apənəta juga ṅ manah katalu deniṅ aṅgə̄ṅ hayu*.
⟨5⟩ "And if we should talk about grammar, let us discuss Saṅ Sabdika (Mr. Word). He had studied many sutras (religious handbooks) for a long time, yet could not master [them], because their objectives and applications were not clear to him. [His explanations] were not convincing, and sounded untrue. When time to make use of his knowledge came, it did not yield any good result.
6.
nihan pinakadharmaniṅ laki-laki svatantrāsiha*,
ri saṅ satya mara drəvyaniṅ rabhi suśīla bhaktyātvaṅa**,
yadin sugiha tovin anvama*** muvah sujanāhayu,
yathākrama tumūta tiṅkahan ikā hade tūtana.
⟨6⟩ "Let us talk about those champions in logical disputations, who can remember the philosophies originating from the north as well as from ancient times. They studied all the difficult words and phrases in earnest, yet they made them more confused and when they were facing each other in the contest in the hall, they became weary from looking for the meaning which was in accordance with the philosophical sect. It is nothing else than the honor and praise that they are after by their exertions.
7.
tahām bapa tahā ndya teki vənaṅ iṅ kadi ṅ vaṅ prabhu,
umilvana ri buddhiniṅ kalana durjanātyadhama,
nda satyani panambavanta laki maṅḍalih sobhayan,
lanenuhutakən maraṅ prabhu ləñok dahat sor*nira.
⟨7⟩ "On the other hand, it might be better to become a poet, able to relax, come and go at will without burden, contented in his mood and if there be tender feelings from a mistress, he can respond with ardour. He does not care about power or position, wherever he goes, everything is nice and beautiful leading to deliverance, worrying only when the writing pad is hard and the paper not fertile.
8.
ike vacanani ṅhulun pagəhakən gəgə̄nte hati,
kunaṅ ri panəmunta* duhkha vihikan yayahtānaku,
ləhəṅ kita tikāpa tan sinəsəl iṅ sarāt duryaśa,
parāniṅ pavāda saṅhulun ikāpa tah lampunən.
⟨8⟩ "Thus is the extent of my words to you. Clear as if these words are alive. If your calculations are in accordance with the highest knowledge (or the knowledge concerning the Supreme), clearly heaven will be the result, and if asceticism and trikaya (vāk, cit, buddhi) are performed, clearly deliverance will be found. If one holds to that rule, vhatever he has in mind — [namely] the jevel amongst the jewels — it will be there.
9.
ikaṅ gati kachidra tan kita jugekihən maṅkana,
nihan vulatanta parvacariteṅ atītālama*,
prakāśa sira rāmabhadra tuvi śakti viṣṇvātmaka,
tathāpi sira duhkhabharakna riṅ kidaṅ kañcana.
10.
kaliṅan i vuvusku hayva ta bapālarāśa dahat,
manah juga ya saṅ kadi ṅ mala manah muvah paṅhilaṅ,
prasiddha bañu mūla kāraṇanikaṅ latək* yan hana,
avās vinasəhan hilaṅ pinariśuddha deniṅ bañu.
11.
ikaṅ lara haneṅ śarīra niyatanya gantyan sukha,
riṅ driya tan ora yāmaḍana moha lāvan rajah,
yavat hana śarīra tāvat ika yan pamuktya ṅ sukha,
nda tan vruh ika yan kabañcana ri bhoga mogha lupa.
Canto 43
1.
ndah vyaktinya tikāṅharəp sugih adarppāhyas mamujābrata,
luṅhāṅdoh alayar matiṅgalniṅ anak-rabyahyun i mās pirak,
prāpta pva ṅka dhaneśvaran vək i pənuh taṅ ratnottama,
yan dharmmeki ləhəṅ kuneṅ yan atəṅət nirdon ikaṅ mās pirak.
⟨1⟩ "As for people like you, my dear, princes of the best origin and kṣatriyas of the best order, sons of kings of the world, it is best that you strive for the utmost merit and respect from other people.
2.
saṅ mantrī paməgət muvah caritanən saṅ vallabhe saṅ prabhu,
vitniṅ duhkhita tan svatantra vəkasiṅ byāpāra tan lalana,
soresuk humatur marək tar arusuh sasiṅ pakon i tuhan,
aṅhiṅ vīryya pinetnirān tan alavas ṅkā byakta tan laṅgəṅa.
⟨2⟩ "It is very difficult to attain the ability to influence [other] people. The more difficult pursuit is to sustain the status of a world-ruler. It is not, because one is stupid and lacks intellect, but because the world turns dangerous when one is careless.
3.
mvaṅ saṅ devaguru [m]pu ka*-śa karəṅə̄ riṅ sarvadeśāntara,
śiṣyākveh** rəṣi vālaka praṇata len kriyan-kriyan valūniṅ sukha,
tambayañ cinacarnirāṅhuvəgaṅ an*** santoṣa darppāsisig,
ndān ahyun ri kabhuktyaniṅ phala rikaṅ dlahanya kampir muvah.
⟨3⟩ "If there is a courageous king in the opposition, be kind to him, agree with all his efforts. Afterwards apply the dāna (presents) and bheda (soving discontent) strategy. If he is still persistent, then you can apply danda (force).
4.
nāhan varṇani saṅ* bhujaṅga kaśa** tātyanteṅ ivəh durgama,
hritniṅ hāra kahārya yen iṅət-iṅet mvaṅ yuktiniṅ paṅguṇa,
ṅel-ṅel an mara yan masātuna tanah pūh taṅ śarīrākəsə̄l
ṅhiṅ lekan marikenusir pira tikaṅ bhuktyā tan akveh dahat.
⟨4⟩ "Also do not become hot or angry when your enemies grow in number. If there is an enemy who quarrels with another, then support one of them as soon as possible.
5.
lavan vyākaraṇeki rakva vuvusən varṇan ta saṅ śābdikā,
sūtrākveh tinamāknārddha masuve ndā tan vənaṅ lālana,
polahniṅ pada len prayoga piniṅit mvāṅ kadi ta pratyaya*,
ṅhiṅ tirvan kətikāṅ kinārya kaharəp nda tan magə̄ṅ riṅ phala.
⟨5⟩ "Furthermore the one who is to be appointed as [prime] minister, who will be the assistant of the leader and ruler, should be selected on the basis on his courage and devotion, his knowledge of the scriptures which include the science of physiognomy.
6.
varṇan saṅ pracəṅil bisāṅiṅət-iṅət pūrvottara vyahata*,
sāsiṅ vākyārusit-rusitnya rinasan yāṅde putəkniṅ hati,
tatkālenadu riṅ sabha pvaya paḍāṅhel kapvāmet drəsana,
tan len dakṣiṇa hetuniṅ kariṅətən lāvan tikaṅ pāləman.
⟨6⟩ "The conduct of a king should be in accordance with all dignity. The ways of deities should be taken as example by high personalities with feelings of mercy towards the people as guidance, because that is the nature of a king.
7.
aṅhiṅ teki ləhəṅ gave kavi vənaṅ līlā*-radin tan bhara,
santoṣeṅ gati yān tuseṅ paṅasihiṅ mitra priyānambuṅi,
nora ṅ vīryya sadenya rāmya laṅə̄ sāsiṅ paranyāṅlicin,
ṅhiṅ duhkhān səḍəṅ iṅ tanah vatu-vatu n lāvan kalisniṅ karas.
⟨7⟩ "I will go back to my previous words, my dear son. For sure the kingdom will be yours, study and practise [therefore] the guidelines of a ruler. Be firm in the study of the śāsanas (treaties), especially on the knowledge of the Supreme.
8.
nāntən vistara sojar iṅvaṅ* i kitāvas Ivir haneki vuvus,
yan sahyaṅ** gaṇitādiśāstra niyateka svarga rakva ṅ phala,
lāvan taṅ brata len trikāya ginave byaktān tuməmva ṅ hayu,
gəgvan iṅ vvaṅ ikā ndya taṅ pinakadon vvantən maṇikniṅ maṇik.
⟨8⟩ "In the future practise the virtue of patience. When the body is very old and fragile, when the bewilderments of the senses have abated, practise regularly the highest non-attachment [to the world]".
Canto 44
1.
kunaṅ iṅ kadi māsku rājaputra,
vəkas kṣatriya tusniṅ ādijanma,
sutaniṅ bhuvanātha yogya gə̄ṅən,
musira kirtyya lavān janānurāga.
⟨1⟩ Thus ended the words of advice of King Bhīṣmaka. Prince Rukma made his obeisance respectfully before replying: "Even the words of a child should be heard, if they are good. Why should I not accept all the advice of one who should give advice [to me]? (meaning my own father).
2.
sipi hevəh ikaṅ guṇāṅipuk rāt,
atidurga pva yd kaprabhun pinaṅguh,
tan ulihniṅ apuṅguṅ alpa buddhi,
bisama ṅ rājya mateki yan pramada.
⟨2⟩ "Well, with the exception of your request to abolish my great anger, caused by the insolence of Krəṣṇa, who has thrown insult to my lord. I regard that as the meanest trick amongst the meanest ever conducted by a king, as if there is no-one who can match him in power. He regards everyone as grass, who will be eliminated [if opposing him].
3.
yadiyan hana rāja śatru vaṅəla,
ləməsən sāsiṅ upāyane rəcəpnya,
ri təlasnya kənān adāna bheda,
humənəṅ pveki rikān tibāna ḍaṇḍa.
⟨3⟩ "So, this is my resolve, may it be heard by Your Majesty. May the Moon and Sun-gods, God Dharmma also, be my witness to see, that if Krəṣṇa is not killed by this noble Rukma, and your daughter Rukmiṇī is not returned to our capital city;
4.
tuvi hayva tan āpanas virodha,
ri səḍəṅnyan pamusuh makāṇṭa vr̥ddhya,
nda nihan hana taṅ virodha śatru,
ri samaṅkā tuluṅənta śīghra-śīghra.
⟨4⟩ "In that case, I will not become king of Kuṇḍina. Your slave will go away. For sure I will not want to see my family and relatives and relations, because it is like dead, if one is insulted and does not revenge it. This body of mine is useless, all his life he will be ridiculed and become a laughingstock.
5.
ṅuniveh sira saṅ pinaṣṭi mantrī,
pinatih saṅ pinakādi bāhuḍaṇḍa,
pili*hən makataṅgvana ṅ kabhaktin,
vruha teṅ śāstra pamāvaneṅgitajña.
⟨5⟩ "The case of the Vallabhas is a great one to me, because they have received happiness, plenty of luxuries, power and success as I do from you, my lord. If a king is in trouble and enemies come to attack, clearly he will perish, but if he has power he will burn [all the enemies] to save his life.
6.
ulahiṅ ratu sarvasopacāra,
gatiniṅ deva tirun təkap narārya,
makapagvan abudhi māsih iṅ* rāt,
apa yapan bhuvanātmaka svabhāva.
⟨6⟩ "It is difficult at present to find the best solution. The guidelines for a king say, that he be firm and courageous to successfully protect the country. It is useless for me to know the religious rules and yet be indecisive and in fear. A conscientious person without action is like a jewel [hidden] in the dark.
7.
maluya pva ṅ ujarkvi* ṅuni māsku,
nyata** tekaṅ karatun hane vəkaṅku,
gavayən tikanaṅ karājaśikṣan,
pagehiṅ śasana ṅuni ṅ ādiśāstra.
⟨7⟩ "In short, my lord, I will take your leave to go to battle. I am happy to die, the more so if I return with victory. May Your Majesty forgive my words and insolence, because the duty of a kṣatriya is not to retreat when the opposition seems to be superior”.
8.
i hələmnya tikāṅ ulah kasāntan,
ri ləvasnyeki ṅ avak kṣayātivr̥ddha,
i paḍəmnikaṅ indriya byāmoha,
satatābhyāsanikaṅ param[a]*-virāgya.
Canto 45
1.
nahan hiṅan i śabda saṅ nr̥pati bhiṣmakāmituturi,
saṅ śrī rukma sira praṇamya kamənānirān sumahura,
yadyastun vuvusiṅ rare tuvi pinisiṅgihən yan ahayu,
ndīṅvaṅ tan pamituhva sojaraniṅ āpta yogya pitutur.
⟨1⟩ While Prince Rukma was leaving the palace to return home to prepare for battle hastily, the day broke and the sun came up, shining brilliantly. All people after receiving orders, even those from far away regions, had come.
2.
ndān aṅhiṅ palakun ta maṅhilaṅa duhkhani ṅhulun agə̄ṅ,
deniṅ kr̥ṣṇa jugāvamāna viparīta sampay i haji,
alpanyālpa ri saṅ narendra kadi tan hanāmada bhaya,
sakvehniṅ vvaṅ adhāsta denya hiniḍəp-hiḍəpnika sukət.
⟨2⟩ The capital city was chokeful, flooded with people coming and going, on the highway dovn to the plains around the city, which were full with well-armed soldiers. The banners were like clouds, standing close together in rows and rows. All were standing ready waiting for the appearance of the prince.
3.
nāntən prāthanani ṅhulun ya ta rəṅə̄n tə̄kap narapati,
candrāditya bhaṭāra dharma sira sākṣibhuta mulata,
yan tan mātya si kr̥ṣṇa denikiṅ anāma rukma su*-yaśa,
mvaṅ putrinta si rukmiṇī tan uliheṅ svarājya nagara.
⟨3⟩ Then the prince appeared, shining in his battle dress; bow and arrows in his hand, weapons he received as heirloom. The crown had been put on carefully, its tightness adjusted, etc.
4.
yekin tan pasabhā ri kuṇḍina patik narārya layata,
vās-vās tan mulate ṅka dasa kulagotra varga sahana,
āpan tulya pəjah kətāṅ inavamāna tan pamaləsa,
nirdon tekiṅ avaknirārsa kahananya keraṅ-iraṅa.
⟨4⟩ His armour was plated with gold and fitted nicely with rubies in the form of a star, studded with many precious stones, which increased his charming good looks. His body was as if showered with light, increasing in lustre.
5.
tiṅkahniṅ* bala vallabhā gati ginə̄ṅaken saṅ ahulun,
saṅ sāmpun tiniban sukhātiśaya bhoga vīrya saphala,
yapvan durbala saṅ prabhu nyata** paratra śatru ḍatəṅa,
yekān sāra samaṅkanādadaha jīvitāmrihakna.
⟨5⟩ Then he mounted his chariot quickly, out of fear that he might miss King Krəṣṇa (made him rush). He ordered kings of the neighbouring countries to march out with all their officers. Drums of all kinds were beaten as a sign of departure.
6.
mevəh rakva katə*mvan iṅ gati kamantyan uttama guṇa,
śūrā taṅgvana rājanīti saphalā mahayva nagara,
vyartha ṅvaṅ vruh iṅ āgamativiṣamendriyān vədi-vədi,
kadya pahyasan iṅ pətəṅ saṅ amiveka tan saha ləkas.
⟨6⟩ The units of soldiers moved simultaneously and noisily with all sorts of music-instruments played, lead by the drums. The trumpets were blaring, responding to each other and the banners were flying. Regularly the trumpets sounded ta-rara-rāt-ṅek.
7.
saṅkṣepanya vuvus patik nr̥pati māmvitāmrih alaga,
yadyan mātya sabhāgya rāmya marikāñjayān parajayan,
pojarni ṅhulun akṣamā hivaṅ iki ṅka pālaṅ-alaṅa,
yāvāt kṣatriya dharma tan dadi surud ri sāmbək adhika.
⟨7⟩ The chariots sped avay amazingly swift, the one after the other rattling all the way. The wagons were everywhere surrounded by a number of people; the elephants were trumpetting, the horses neighing, as they were urged to move more speedily. They pushed forward strongly,leaving behind their masters.
Canto 46
1.
sedeṅ umətu sake jro rājya saṅ rājaputra,
mulih adadak adandan sahase ṅ ambək agyā,
tuvi rahina marekāṅ arka sāmpun prakāŚa,
sahananikaṅ inajñan saṅ sakeṅ* doh pralabdha.
⟨1⟩ The prince went in pursuit of King Krəṣṇa, to kill him wherever he met him. Without fear his chariot urged his well-armed soldiers to push forward, because the king of Cedi supported him, together with the king of Magadha and their hosts. That was why the Vrəṣṇis and Andhakas came together to fight side by side.
2.
nagara kapənuhan vah vvaṅ haneṅ rāja mārga,
təka ri təgal-təgalni rājya sə̄h sañjatābap,
asmu hima padə̄ṅdə̄ṅniṅ dhvajākrəp pinañjər,
pada humadaṅ aṅantyākən vijil saṅ narārya.
⟨2⟩ It was true, that the king of Cedi was worth accounting for, because he was extremely powerful, courageous and heroic. Even the deities were inferior in supernatural powers, by which he could bring all the lands surrounding the mountain Sumeru under his rule. So the king of Cedi became proud of himself and disregarded the power of other people, even though he might know the strength of the Yādava forces and that he would have to face King Baladeva and others as powerful.
3.
nr̥pasuta malə̄k iṅ* bhuṣaṇāṅənṭahāsa,
maṅadəg akaṭik** vandhāvastra sampun siniṅsət,
makuṭa rinasukāndəlnyārdha rəṅgaṅ rinehan,
pinahayu pinarikṣāṅgaṅnya lāvan pagəhnya.
⟨3⟩ That was the reason that the armed forces stopped to prepare their defence lines, except the banners of the soldiers of Prince Rukma which moved around, looking for the sector of King Padmanābha, who on leaving [Kuṇḍina] with drew from sight, so that his place remained unknown, as if disappearing like the smoke of the Khāṇḍava-forest blown by whirling typhoons.
4.
kavaca binəbəd iṅ mās rapvanenak rapət*nya,
minata mirah amintaṅ muñcarākrəp maṇiknya,
amuvuhi raras embuh varṇa ken rājaputra,
avak ira kadi dinyus riṅ va maṅkin sateja.
⟨4⟩ However the king of Cedi stopped his forces, remaining quietly like the stillness of the ocean, distributing the positions of the array as follows: he would be the head in the middle with all units of his guards. King Jarāsandha would be the right wing, because he knew how to act [in that position]. All the heroes were placed in the left wing position, to be the spokes was the one called Dantavakra.
5.
təka tumuluy anuṅgaṅ riṅ rathāpan saranta,
ri luputa nr̥pa kr̥ṣṇāṅdadyakən gyaniṅ āmbək,
inarahakən umaṅkat rāja sāmanta mantrī,
paḍahi murava ginval ghoṣanākon* lumakva.
⟨5⟩ The army of the king of Cedi increased steadily as new arrivals came from behind. Fully packed were the forces of the neighbouring countries [of Cedi] with their horses, elephants and chariots with special decorated upper structures. The glitter of their cūḍāmaṇis shone amazingly like the stars of the milky way. The white umbrellas [of the kings] were so close together, that they looked like white kamurugan flowers.
6.
praśama pareṅ umaṅkat ghūrṇita ṅ bhr̥tya saṅgha,
saha tabə-tabəhan gə̄ṅ maṅgalāniṅ mr̥daṅga,
kumisīk asahuran taṅ śaṅka rojeh guməntər,
satata ta-rara-rāt-ṅek śabdaniṅ śaṅka tinyup.
⟨6⟩ More and more soldiers went by, looking like the strong current of the river Yamunā, marvellously flowing continuously, increasingly heaped together on the tracks along the tree-less slopes, resembling thousands of packs of swallows, moving forward exactly like ants in transfer to another place. They sounded like packs of crows shouting together roaringly, but beard hardly at all because of the distance.
7.
Śakata gumelek kadbhutadulur ghora gumerit,
garaba-garabag abyuran kratbb ni vvaṅ akveh,
gaja turaga padāṅhrik hinərtt agya lumakva,
akus-akas ikanatryaṅantyaken sUrathi*.
⟨7⟩ The Yādava forces slowly retreated in solid columns, not because of fear, but moving around as they were ordered to take positions, since the battlefield consisted of ravines, difficult to cross, and located close to rivers and steep slopes. That was the reason why the armed forces were with drawn, so as not to be hampered by the movements [of the enemy].
8.
kaləpas i sukuniṅ rājyā tikaṅ rājabhr̥tya,
salaku-lakuniṅ agyā, tan vədi mārga durga,
katəmu śaraṇaniṅ śatrvamə̄nər ndah tinūt*nya,
juraṅ alas agənət sāk śīrṇa deniṅ vvaṅ akveh.
⟨8⟩ Because the plan of King Haladhara, the deputy leader of the Vrəṣṇis was [as follows]: to form units or columns [which could move] like an avalanche of elephant-size boulders, guarded by mobile units on wagons and horses, moving like dangerous high-tide of the sea, as they followed the subtle gloom of the fourth season. They did not look like hands [defensively] covering [the face], but like dragons attacking courageously.
Canto 47
1.
luṅhā ken rājaputrānuta maməjahaneṅ kr̥ṣṇa petən parāna,
ndā tāñjrih saṅkaṭa nyāṅhada balanira kapvārasuk bhūṣaṇanya,
āpan śrī cedi rājānukəri marək anūt mvaṅ vatək māgadhendra,
ndah yekā hetu vr̥ṣṇyandhaka kula masnehā*-praṅ ataṅga-taṅgan.
⟨1⟩ The number of the Yadu host may be enumerated: there we had the most famous Yuyudhāna, Pārtu, and Akrūra, king of Wideha, Svapalka, Vikrānta, Gada and Prasena.
2.
siṅgih saṅ cedi yogyān katakutana mahāvīrya śūreṅ pravīra,
hyaṅ sor iṅ śakti sāmarthya* vənaṅ aṅavaśākən sapañjiṅ sumeru,
ndān ambək cedirājā muvah anaha-nahānaṅśaye śaktiniṅ len,
vruh rakve sāra saṅ yādavabala baladevādi kāṅən kataṅgəl.
⟨2⟩ Others were Sunakṣatra, a Yadu hero and Prəthu, Śakradeha, the great kings Bhaṅga, Kārā, Mrədhuka, Vrəsadarbha, Vicitra and others.
3.
yekan marmmānikaṅ praṅ mapahidəṅan ikaṅ sañjatāṅher ataṇḍəg,
ṅhiṅ molah tuṅguliṅ rukmabala midər amet soṅgvaniṅ padmanābha,
ryyāṅkatnyāṅsə̄ hanan mundur alimunan apan tan kavastvan parāna,
miṅgat Ivir dhūmaniṅ khāṇḍavadahana tinūbniṅ prahāra pracaṇḍa.
⟨3⟩ The heroes were called Nirdanta, Satyaka, Śaraṇa, Vidhuratha and Krətadharma, and the most powerful Śatadyumna; not to mention the heroic chief officers of the army.
4.
ndan śrī cedyapagəh sa*-ñjatānira humənəṅ Ivir teḍuhniṅ samudra,
kapvādum ṅgvan siran mukhya mapagəh i təṅgah pagvaniṅ rājabhrətya,
maṅgəh saṅ śrī jarāsandha panahuṅ i təṅən tāhu tāṅdāni tiṅkah,
sakveh saṅ** śura muṅgviṅ kiva pinakapakənyāṅaran dantavakra***.
⟨4⟩ Their battle-cries were loud and repetitious, supported by all kinds of drums and trumpets, mixed with the voice of thousands and thousands of elephants and horses roaring like lions.
5.
maṅkin-maṅkin matambəh ri vuri* bala mahārāja cedyāpramāda,
sə̄h-səh sāmantarājāśva gaja saha rathātuṅgalan ratna rəṅga,
himpər vintaṅ vuvur kadbhuta makapuratuk səṅ i cūḍamaṇi ya,
akrəp śakṣāt səkarniṅ kamurugan aputih paṅjrahiṅ śveta chatra.
⟨5⟩ Their banners were numerous and of all colours. There were some amazingly clustered together darkening [the sky], like rumbling thick clouds, hovering above like a range of causeways.
6.
tonton maṅkin lumaṅkuṅ lumaku kadi hilīniṅ vvay iṅ yamunādrəs,
kahyun-hyun tan pəgat maṅkin asusun i havan tūt gəgər tan pakayvan,
Ivir tərik mevvīvu śākṣāt səmut aṅalih umah konəṅ-onəṅ marampak,
himpər ḍaṅḍaṅ* sumūb ghūrṇita parəṅ asurak tan humuṅ deniṅ dohnya.
⟨6⟩ Some were curving like a rainbow, others were spreading like flowers shovering down, other red banners were arranged everywhere orderly, looking like mountains aflame.
7.
ndā-ndā mundur tikaṅ yādavabala makukud makram alon lakunya,
ndātan saṅkeṅ takut molah akətəran inajñan tiniṅkah ṅgvananya,
sotan taṅ papraṅan durga juraṅ i hiriṅan lvah lurah səṅka-səṅkan,
ndā nāhan hetuniṅ sañjata vinaluyakən taṅəbaraṅ deniṅ olah.
⟨7⟩ The units were really well-equiped with ornaments, and the soldiers were powerful and bold, famous amongst the enemies that they were the most accomplished warriors, in fact very appropriate to be appointed as bodyguards.
8.
apan paṅdān ira śrī haladhara pinatih saṅ vatək vrəṣṇi* saṅgha,
mākram-kram Ivir patapniṅ vatu gaja ratha pekāśva rākṣānurākṣa,
Ivir kevəhniṅ pasaṅ deniṅ aṅiriṅ i glana ta sūkṣma kapiṅ pāt,
ndā tan pendahni** tāṅan ta parihata nagāmbəknya śūrāṅlagāna.
⟨8⟩They were given their positions [in the battle-array]. Others were moving to their appointed positions. Several units were concentrating to form one wing. The battle-array was [soon] established firmly.
Canto 48
1.
kvehniṅ yadubhr̥tya pinəm hinatyan,
prakāśa kocap yuyudhana* pārtu,
lavan saṅ akrūra videharāja,
svapalka vikrānta gada prasena.
⟨1⟩ The battle-array of King Baladeva and his units, became more aggressive when they found opposition. The battle-array of the king of Cedi likewise was strong and solid without flaws.
2.
len taṅ sunakṣatra* yadupravīra,
ratu jvariṅ** mvaṅ pr̥thu śakradeha***,
saṅ bhaṅga kārā mr̥dhu****-kādhirāja,
mvaṅ saṅ vr̥sadarbha ***** vicitrakādi.
⟨2⟩ The battle started with threats hurled against each other. They looked at each other shouting [insult]. It was not a battle in real terms, [like] attacking, stabbing and chasing each other, but only striking with [verbal] insults.
3.
nirdanta len satyaka śaraṇākhya,
vidhuratha* mvaṅ kr̥tadharma vīra,
lavan śatadyumna viśeṣa śakti,
dudū tikaṅ bala śūra mantrī.
⟨3⟩ Then missiles were released in great numbers, falling everywhere heavily, no different from the sound of coconuts smashed at each other. Beng-beng-peng were its sounds penetrating the ears when they flashed by. Mah–sār-teg were the sounds when they fell on the umbrellas of the kings.
4.
aṅgyat suraknyāsraṅ aṅaṅkat-aṅkat,
parəṅ lavan bheri kalā mr̥daṅga,
pasaṅghani mvaṅ gaja vaji vr̥nda,
prodbhuta paṅhriknika siṅhanāda*.
⟨4⟩ The sign for the battle was the shovering of stones which fell everywhere as planned and the attack with arrows was like flying burning coal, which fell like stars with a bang.
5.
təṅəranya matimbun anekavarṇa,
hanādbhutāṅlañjəra aṅādakāra,
himpər ghanākandəl atiṇḍu-tiṇḍu,
ikaṅ kuməndəṅ kadi setubandha.
⟨5⟩ There were soldiers hit by missiles on their jaws. They were enraged and wanted to take revenge, but they were too painful and when they retreated, spitting out [blood], they were jeered at by the opposition. Their teeth were jiggling and not firm anymore.
6.
honyaṅ lumaṅkuṅ* baṅun indracāpa,
vaneh savur Ivir kusuma prakirṇa,
len taṅ dhvajābāṅ sarasah marāmpak,
lvirnyāsavaṅ parvata tunva-tunvan.
⟨6⟩ Let us look at those chased and stabbed at, nicely [parrying] though attacked by four opponents. "It is far from an exercise in parrying between you and me” he said, and then struck forcefully.
7.
sār sə̄k pənuh sañjataniṅ sataṇḍa,
tuvin mahā-śakti paḍa pravīra,
kocap yan iṅ śatru kr̥tapradhāna,
prasiddha maṅgəh pinakāṅgarākṣa.
⟨7⟩ Priests joined [the battle] acting as messengers, spies, and observers carrying baskets. They mixed [with the soldiers] chasing and running with them. Their courage was praiseworthy but without purpose; far from being hurt, they received more fee.
8.
yekādi nānā tinitih ṅgvananya*,
vaneh paḍāṅlad bubuhan pinarṇah,
honyāpupul toh ika sekapakṣa,
ikaṅ gəlar sampun areh subaddha.
⟨8⟩ There were plenty of arrows with feathers, and a lot also with coloured heads flying to every direction. They were thrown aside in all directions as if being swept off by a gigantic banner, swaying [all the time].
Canto 49
1.
byūha śrī baladeva saha bala,
maṅkin kambulanān punəmu lavan,
cedyabhedya gəlarnira matəguh,
ācchedyākrama* tan pacacadan.
⟨1⟩ The soldiers without units, who carried weapons, joined in the fight. They were in front, because they were the advance task force and soon they spread all over the field, fighting. The clanging sound of lances clashing against each other was heard continuously. Those armed with shields were beating one another, trying to make a breakthrough.
2.
tambayniṅ praṅ ikāgara-garahan,
kapvānon i lavan ya silih uhuh,
dudvāsraṅ-sraṅ aduk-dukan aṅusir,
ndan sambinya maduk-dukan ucapan.
⟨2⟩ Thousands and hundreds of thousands came to support [them]‚ filling the battlefield, in the front, at the rear and at the wings. The fighting went on more intensely, wrestling, boxinng, stabbing, throving missiles, striking with creeses and clubs. The battle was like a picture, the warriors were silent, nobody was speaking.
3.
umban sə̄h luməpas makakərəpuk,
tan pendah kalapenadu karəṅə̄,
bə̄ṅ-bə̄ṅ-pə̄ṅ alivatnya ri taliṅa,
mah sār teg maṅəneri saṅ apayuṅ.
⟨3⟩ There was a brave soldier who ran amuck attacking everybody in his way. The hair on his shield were cut off and its spokes broken by a club. He was attacked by many opponents with lances, but he was not hurt, as his body was invulnerable. His thigh was pierced but got only a minor wound, but the lance could not be pulled out, as if stuck to it.
4.
Utpata ṅ palagan hinaṅən-aṅən,
lumrāvarṇa hudan vatu tumibā,
pasraṅniṅ tahulan binəkəmakən,
Ivir vintaṅ tumibā makapuratuk.
⟨4⟩ The lancers repeated their attack two, three, four times. This time with success, as at last the brave soldier fell face down. What made him fall? His neck was cut off from behind by an angry opponent, and his blood gushed forth like a fountain, spouting out upwards.
5.
vvantən teki vəhaṅnya kəna bəkəm,
krodhāhyun maləsārddha kasakitan,
ryy undurnyān sinurak mahidu-hidu,
hoyag untunikā ndan ugah-ugah.
⟨6⟩ The soldiers without units were heroic, their courage was not broken. Calling for successors, they pledged to help orderly. They looked like wild beasts fighting for offering-dishes, refusing to retreat or to flee. Clubs, sticks, books, discs were snatched [from opponents] and pushed away without fear.
6.
tonton taṅ hinusir tinuju tinūk,
arjjāpan kinapat-kapatan ales,
dūran kadyaku kon arama hivaṅ,
liṅnyāśabda təhər maṅijig-ijig.
⟨6⟩ Let us tell about those defeated [by them]. Their heads were smashed and fell [on the ground], their mouths closed with a snap on mustaches [of others] and were very difficult to remove; their bodies rolled over the ground, then stood up amazingly, with widespread legs forcefully, as if their heads down to the neck were not severed.
7.
vikvāṅadva duta hupama ragang,
milvārmor* aṅusi milu malayū,
nirdon vaninika hinaləm-aləm,
dūran kahvata tambəhan adəmak.
⟨7⟩ The army of King Sunīti was on the loosing side and started to retreat, like clouds blown away by the wind, slovly moving backwards. They just walked, not runniṅ, like kayu-apu washed away [by flooding water], silently and in closed units. The Yadus did not venture to chase them fiercely, but stopped.
8.
hrū makveh luməpas paḍa mahəlar,
kirṇāvarṇa vala makapələsat,
kabvaṅ mūr marasat kadi tinəbak,
deniṅ tuṅgul agə̄ṅ maṅubat-abit.
⟨8⟩ Tbe king of Cedi was seen ready and prepared on his wagon. He swayed his banner to order his guards to move forward, and all of them under the leadership of a group of senior kings, prepared for battle without making a mistake. Like flood, the elephants, horses and wagons rolled down together to crush [the enemy].
9.
prāpta ṅ sañjata pat lima* tuməḍuh,
vvaṅ-vvaṅ thani ḍaḍapnya ləvas avūk,
siṅsal hənti vəsinya tahi-tahin,
raṅgah-raṅgah ikaṅ janur akuniṅ.
⟨9⟩ They were met by the Yadu forces and clashed stroṅly with each other, which could be clearly likened to mountains of rocks falling at each other, the sound of which rumbled so powerfully that echoed back in the sky. Dark dust whirled up fearfully, the battlefield seemed to be covered with thick smoke.
10.
ambək* garva paḍātabə-tabəhan,
tok-tokanya parəṅ makapələtok**,
sakvehniṅ ruməṅə̄ makaburəṅaṅ,
mpuṅkvā ndyājar-ajar grahaka paṅan.
⟨10⟩ The wind caused by the supernatural power of heroes fighting on both sides, brought about destruction to the world. The surface of the earth was unsettled, swaying and turning, whilst the ocean was boiling. The sky seemed to be on the, verge of collapse, the peaks of mountains shook to and fro as if going to fall over. The ten directions were in uproar, and the groups of seers and deities were frightened to death.
11.
nāhan taṅ mapagut ḍaḍap apapag,
mundur n-ton pagalahnikaṅ i vuri,
lāmbāmbəknya silih praṅ arəgag,
tan pendah cəṅiliṅ paḍa kapalaṅ.
⟨11⟩ The sound of the music-instruments added more confusion. The sounds of trumpets, drums and other instruments were mixed up, blended with the sound of clashing swords and battling people. Furthermore the horses were neighing angrily whilst the elephants were trumpetting proudly.
Canto 50
1.
lume*kas ikaṅ saha səñjata savu-savuriṅ bala tan paharan,
ya ta rumuhun an paṅarəpniṅ alaga tumuluy sumarambah arok,
makakuratak svaraniṅ galah amalu sumiṅgah-aniṅgahakən*,
ikaṅ aḍaḍap tinutug maləs anutug aniṅkab-iniṅkabakən.
⟨1⟩While the battle went on fiercely, both sides pushing and chasing each other, the king of Cedi set his weapon ready; courage and anger raging in his heart. [Meditating on] courage on his side, he proudly gave the command.
2.
təka saka sevu salakṣa saṅ anusun i saṅśaya sə̄k asusun,
i harəp i vuntat atambəh* iṅ iriṅan ikaṅ laga maṅkin agə̄ṅ,
arurək abāp asilih suduk anaivati duk-duk anūt anutuh,
praṅ ika kadi tulis adbhu**-ta paḍa humənəṅ juga tan paṅucap.
⟨2⟩ Afterwards he held his bow in the middle tightly and tried the tension of the string. The parts of his left arm were already in a straight line with the target, and carefully he drew the string back to his ear.
3.
hana tiki śūra təkāmraṅ amuk amurulū praṅ ikāmurugul,
ravis i raṅinya* larut kasi-kasir ika śīrṇātikəl** tinəbah,
inirup inambulan iṅ vataṅ avak ika tan bhraṇi timbul alot,
kulit i pupūnya tumūt kəna sinuduk avarṇa pulut dinudut.
⟨3⟩ It took some seconds and suddenly the string seemed so easy to draw, and together with the recitation of a mantra, he released an arrow each in the four directions. The sound of the bow was like that of a big tree collapsing, fearfully sounding like a thunderbolt growling in the dark.
4.
ikaṅ* agalah mapulih təpət amataṅa maṅkay i pāt rva təlu,
makabərəbəp ri harəp vəkasan apatah [h]etunikan kahala,
sagila gulunya pəgat saka ri vuri chinidra sinep sinavat,
kadi jalatuṇḍa hilīni rudhiranika muñcar arəs aṅadəg.
⟨4⟩ All kinds of arrows, issued in great numbers like white ants, were flying around, heaping up like a roof flying in the sky. The arrows landed in a spray like falling leaves continuously and thickly like rain, yet each of them hit its target.
5.
bala patavur* paḍa śura taya juga tasak məta kiṅ kavanin,
atītah atambəh urudnya pasamayanikān matuluṅ masusun,
ḍəṅən arəbut caru rūpanika tan aṅucap surud an muruda,
muśala gadāṅkuśa cakra rinaməs inirupnya səḍəṅ rajahən.
⟨5⟩ Other arrows were issuing fire, flaring up the ten directions, flaming dangerously falling like a shower of fire-balls. All the Vrəṣṇis and Andhakas dispersed, their soldiers looking like burning coal. Like ants they were killed in heaps, eradicated.
6.
tucapa tikaṅ kavənaṅ śirah ika gumələmpə̄ṅ arəs katibā,
cakət anahut ravis aṅgəgət inalap an aṅgrut alot dinudut,
lavayanikā gumuliṅ vəkasan avuṅu kādbhuta yan paṅadəg,
mragagah agə̄ṅ maṅavandha kadi tan ilaṅāgra təkaṅjagani*.
⟨6⟩ The Yadu forces were in great grief as they were seriously hurt and smashed. They saw a banner in the back falling over, and never rising back. What was left of wagons was only a wheel on one side, totally destroyed. Elephants were without upper structures and horses ran wildly without saddles.
7.
abhavah areh makukud bala nr̥pati sunīti mahāpi murud,
ka*-di-kadi megha dinohakən iṅ anila saṅśaya mundur alon,
lumaku taman palayū kumayvapu kahilī humənəṅ** makəkəb,
yadukula tan vani sāhasa lumurug anūt atəgəg maṅadəg.
⟨7⟩ The music-instruments were thronn and blown away and many of them were lost, parts of the trumpets and gongs were also lost, leaving sounds like hep and hes while carried away by the wind. The bək-bəkans were stepped on and yet afraid to cry "oh mother".
8.
nr̥pa cedi katon rathanira saha sārathi sāmpun adan,
aṅarahakən bala tuṅgul iran umabət olah akon marəka,
sahana samāṅjuru rājagaṇa tumihaṅ apraṅa tan viluma,
kadi bañu vah gumuluṅ gaja turaga rathanya parəṅ kumucup.
⟨8⟩ There was a fool giving advice to his fleeing companions: "Please stay put, you will not die if the time has not come. The time of dying is already decreed beforehand based on our karma in former births". Just as he had said these words, he was almost hit by a lance. He jumped up and ran like a rat.
9.
pinapagakən təkap iṅ yadukula pinagut paḍa śura masə̄,
patəmunikaṅ praṅ avās baṅun acala śilān pinavantahakən,
prakaṭa guməntər ikaṅ dhvani kumətər avaṅsulan iṅ gagana,
pətəṅ avəlun-vəlun aṅjrih* i kumukus ikaṅ raṇabhūmi mələk.
⟨9⟩ As for the heroic kṣatriyas of the Vrəṣṇis and Andhakas, [they did not flee but] bravely coming together to plan a counter-attack and already they received the order to wait for the instructions of King Karṣaṇa. At last they started rolling like lions together, roaring and smashing everything trying to hold them back.
10.
haṅin-aṅiniṅ paḍa śakti kāraṇani vikāranikaṅ bhuvana,
kṣititala kolah ariṅguṅan avalikan umvab ikaṅ jaladhi,
rasa rəbahāṅ gaganogah agivaṅan ikaṅ giriśrəṅga* rubuh,
daśa diśi tog kumətug kadi pati ta siraṅ rəṣi deva gaṇa.
⟨10⟩ The kings were accompanying the brother of King Krəṣṇa, whose short lance, club, hammer and hook never failed. Also his iron plough, called Sambartta in turns was attacking the enemy from the hands of King Haladhara.
11.
vinuvuhan iṅ dhvaniniṅ tabə-tabəhan aṅalvaṅən alot karəṅə̄,
kumisik ikaṅ kala* kāhala murava mrədaṅga rəgaṅ barəbət,
kumrəcik i taṅkis ikaṅ təvək amarəṅi kakrəpukiṅ palaga,
garəgetən aṅhrik i**-kaṅ kuda guragaḍa pāṅhrəguṅiṅ dvirada.
⟨11⟩ At this moment the attack of the Yadu forces looked boundless in fierceness. The army of the king of Cedi was repulsed, pushed back and it was fleeing. Confused they were thrown back without knowing in which direction to run. They just ran around and around in fear, like the water of the Ganggā river gustily falling against the side of the mountain.
12.
alah inusī hiriṅan bala narapati cedi bubak malayū,
dhvajanika rəp-rəp avarṇa layu-layu rəbah tinətər iṅ* aṅin,
mapulih** ikaṅ i təṅah sama-sama sumarāmbah añar panusun,
kadi kulumān katəkan bañu aṅu-aṅun asraṅ anuṅsuṅakən.
⟨12⟩ The kings of the neighbouring countries [of Cedi] who fell in great numbers in battle will be described. They were heaped up together with their attendants lying in every direction, like in sleep. There were some who died lying on their back with their crowns still on [their heads], mixed with numerous officers.
13.
kāraṇanikāṇḍəg ikaṅ yadubala kahalālvaṅ alah kavaluy,
haru-hara kepvan ikāvrəg alulun akukud malayū ri harəp,
ikaṅ inahā pinakanduran apuli-pulih prasamāṅasula,
maṅidəki vaṅkay i rovaṅ ika vijah amaṅsəṅ amaṅsulakən.
⟨13⟩ Jarāsandha was commanding one of the wings, standing firmly in position, defending his lines without moving a bit, and no one was fleeing, attacking and receiving counterattacks of discs, and angrily stabbing and being stabbed. He was attacked with all kinds of lances and countered them with lances and arrows.
14.
mapaguta vantah ikaṅ praṅ apituvi paḍottama vīratara,
pracalita kombak-aṅumbakakən idəran* bhramitāṅidəri,
sipi-sipi kādbhuta muntab avalikan ikaṅ caturaṅga bala,
kadi bañuniṅ dadhi**-sāgara giri pamutər surasiddhagaṇa.
⟨14⟩ Both sides released flamiṅ veapons which flashed noisily in the sky. Fabulously ave-inspiriṅ they turned into thunderstorms and bolts. There were some that looked like dragons shoveriṅ dovn fire. From their open muzzle came the sounds ṅak-ṅak like fightiṅ geese.
Canto 51
1.
seḍeṅniṅ yuddhān rəs amasa masilih tūb silih usi‚
adandan śrī cedyadhipati ruməgəp sañjatanira,
kadhairyan lavan krodha yatika masāṅyoga ri hati*,
kaśuran rovaṅnyān padulur abhimānāṅatagakən.
⟨1⟩ Then Prince Rukma, while fighting moved towards the position of King Krəṣṇa (Surendrānuja). He lead all the army of Kuṇḍina, from common soldiers up to officers and groups of kings heavily equipped with weapons, under the command of his lieutenants Śrutabāṇa, Dakṣiṇa and Aṅśumān.
2.
təlas rakvekāmuṣṭi laras i təṅah rosnya pinisit,
patəhniṅ cumbi* mvaṅ** tali təguh ikān sāmpun inagag,
akas rosniṅ (ṅ)haste kiva pamatitis vastu tinuju,
prayatne tiṅkah deniṅ aṅayata hīṅan ri taliṅa.
⟨2⟩ Resembliṅ people doing statute labour, they released discs and weapons of all kinds, whilst from the flanks they moved together closing on King Krəṣṇa, who did not pay much attention. He was not troubled to be showered and stormed with all kinds of weapons, since not one of them could hit [him]. He looked like the sun with a ring around shining more beautifully and more brilliantly.
3.
asove ñə̄t kumvātali* kadi tan aṅhel aməkəkā,
parəṅ mvaṅ maṅroccāraṇa ləpas ikaṅ hru yinuga pat,
kupakniṅ gandhevādbhuta kadi rebahniṅ tahən agə̄ṅ,
karəs-rəs krurāvarṇa gəlap avahin maṅgyat i kapə̄.
⟨3⟩ The son of King Bhīṣmaka had already an arrow on his bow and while drawing it, he stood on his battle chariot and moved closer and closer to be dead sure that he would not miss King Krəṣṇa. He became the more angrier when he saw that Princess Rukmiṇī was with King Krəṣṇa. He resembled Rāhu, eager to destroy the moon and the sun, when he saw them together.
4.
aneka hrū saṅkirṇa kadi* laru-larvāsalivəran,
patimbunye salvīr hatep atap iṅ ākāśa masusun,
larap sumamburāt** ron sumavur atatākrəp kadi hudan,
crəcəb cab-cab-cek-coṅ*** sama-sama jugātuṅgalan ulih.
⟨4⟩ He said: "Hey Krəṣṇa, you are extremely wicked, breaking [the code of honour of a] kṣatriya. You are an evil and bad king, who do not deserve to be called king. In the past you have been given good treatment by great people. Clearly they will get treason from an evil man like you, if there is still one who has trust in you.
5.
dudu tekaṅ māvak dahana suməkər iṅ daśa diśi,
murub bār bor-bor bhīṣaṇa kadi hudan handaru tibā,
avrəg sakveh vr̥ṣṇyandhakabala nirāvarṇa baləman,
səmut Ivirnyātumpuk mati kapanasan tumpur atumaṅ.
⟨5⟩ "You do not fear the abuse of people and to be exposed in the world as a villain. You have unlimited pride to disdain people who treat you well. You do not know, what proper and improper is, as long as you can say that it suits you. Ah! [It is useless] to quarrel with you, evil, debased, wicked and low person. Well, you are far from excellence.
6.
karəs-rəs tambaynyeṅ yadukula dahat denya kahala,
bubak n-ton taṅ tuṅgul ri vuri kaḍavut nora maṅadəg,
rathātiṅgal cakranya sasisih arah tan pajamuga,
gajārəmpak rəṅganya kuda malayū tan paphalana.
⟨6⟩ "O, Prince Rukma, talk no more, wait for a while, let me take my turn to speak. I do know about the sorrow I gave you, caused by the force I use to attain Rukmiṇī. The reason is, because it is good for a girl to marry a man whom she really wants to marry. Look therefore I took her by force, and I take full responsibility for all my action, I am not afraid of the consequences.
7.
kabuñcaṅ-buñcaṅ ta tabə-ta*-bəhan akveh katarival,
gumereñjeṅ jeṅjeṅan** ika kala goṅ kelu kaguluṅ,
paḍāṅhep aṅhes akarəṅ aṅucap i kumyus alayū,
ikaṅ bək-bə̄kan kedəkan avədi liṅ nyāṅaḍuh ibu.
⟨7⟩ "If it is a marriage by peasants, it does not need to be discussed, because it is the marriage of common people. If it is a marriage between rich people, then wealth, i.e. jewels, gold and silver should be the dowry. A religious teacher should marry a brahmin girl. however for a man from the kṣatriya caste, the dowry is power and the will to fight courageously.
8.
haneki vvaṅ godog* mapituturi rovaṅnya malayū,
alah bhoh tāṅher tan mati kətika yan tan təkanikā,
prasiddhekāpūrvākrəta ya ta panəṅkə̄ pati hurip,
rikānəkəkū meh-meh kagalah atəhər lumpat anikus.
⟨8⟩ "My conduct is in accordance with this rule. Why should it be regarded as improper? If you want something very badly, it is better not to leave it, but to use force. Look at the lion, the king of animals. If he wants to eat game or deer, he hunts them. Where do you find a leader of a group who prefers to die than to get food?"
9.
kunaṅ saṅ śūra kṣatriya sahana vr̥ṣṇyandhakakula,
ahə̄m śūraṅher aptyapuliha tuvin sāmpun atitah,
aṅantyājñā śrī karṣaṇa vəkasan aṅkatnya gumuluṅ,
baṅun siṅhārāmpak prasama kumucup* tan patahənan.
⟨9⟩ Thus were the words of Janārddana repulsing the [words of] anger of the prince, who brought up his weapon with a head of burning iron, shining brilliantly red. His red eyes seemed to issue fire and smoke, very amazing. Fanned by his breath, the beat of the fire inside his heart came out.
10.
parəṅ lāvan kr̥ṣṇāgraja makasahāya ṅ para ratu,
ikaṅ konta mvaṅ daṇḍa muṣala halādbhuta maṅəne,
lāvan tekaṅ sambartta ṅaran ikanaṅ laṅgala vəsi,
agantyāsraṅ təmpuhnya saka ri taṅan śrī haladhara.
⟨10⟩ Soaring noisily were the caduśakti arrows released by Prince Rukma towards King Indrānuja (Krəṣṇa). They were highly powerful arrows, sixty-four in number in the form of sharp crest moons coming orderly one after the other. The fire of the arrow-heads flared up high in the sky resembling lightning. Well, well, there was no doubt that [King Krəṣṇa] would be hit, as proven in previous encounters.
11.
rikā tonton praṅniṅ yadukula tan orāṅgaləṅ amūk,
kataṅkis tekaṅ cedibala kavaluy kabvaṅ alayū,
katūb kedran tan vriṅ parananika kevran malulunan,
baṅun vveniṅ gaṅgāṅrəs amagut i tambiṅniṅ acala*.
⟨11⟩ The arrows flashed very swiftly and were almost hitting King Krəṣṇa. Thunder and storms boomed like the roar of the ocean, but to no avail. It was foiled by King Kreṣṇa withan arrow that appeared from the concentration of his mind (yoga). The arrows disappeared and came back as rain, and not long afterwards they went off altogether.
12.
ikaṅ rajā sāmanta pəjah ananā Ivir*nya kavarṇa,
matiṇḍih mvaṅ vadvanya makasulayah Ivir**nya maturū,
hanan mātyaṅlah-lah saha makuṭa lāvan vadva juru kveh***,
dudū miṅsər-miṅsər**** maṅusir-usir ahyun mahuripa.
13.
jarāsandhāṅantī hiriṅan atəguh pugəran aṅadeg,
matambak tan liṅgar* vekasan apagəh tan kapalayū,
cinakrāñakra krūra tinuhuk ahur-huran anuhuk,
dinūk riṅ kontā tomara maləs aṅontāsraṅ amanah.
14.
paḍotpataṅ śastrojvala ləpas iṅ ākāśa kumisik,
karəs-res prodbhutāṅdadi hudan aseduṅ* halivavar,
hanan pāvak nāgākr̥ti malad-alad Ivir hudan apuy,
maṅap ṅak-ṅak-ṅak śabdanika masavaṅ haṅsa matukar.
15.
dudū taṅ śailādriśikharanika kīrṅānaravata,
gləmpəṅ gək-gər śabdanika tumibāṅ riṅ kṣititala,
prəpet car-car laris i ləpasiṅ cakra madulur,
kəpuk-pyak-pyak-pon prakaṭa patakisniṅ paḍa gadā.
16.
samaṅkā tekaṅ praṅ maparimita tan paṅən-aṅənan,
baṅun syūha Ivirniṅ tribhuvana savetnyan haru-hara,
kadi praṅniṅ devāpuri ri təkaniṅ tārakāsura*
ri kāla hyaṅ saṅghā suravara kumārāmara jaya.
17.
ikaṅ gā*-gak lumreṅ gagana sumahab ri təga-təgal,
hanān kāvrəg deniṅ surak akətəran rəp təka muvah,
ikaṅ hasvāsaṅ sə̄h ryyalas-alas ikaṅ papraṅan arəs,
aṅun və̄k rūpanyāguyaṅ i lariniṅ rah kadi latək.
18.
kəpuh rūg raṅrə sol riṅ təṅahiṅ təgalni pabharatan,
baṅun kayvāvoh vvaṅ vinilət iṅ usus varṇa calulil*,
ibək hrū pāṅ ya trus matap** amulu laṇḍak tumap atap,
cacah cūrṇa crah carmanika təkapiṅ cakra luməpas.
19.
kapiṅ pāt piṅ nem taṅ laga sama-samātumpəkan arəs,
paḍālvaṅ mevvīvvārvuda bala mahāśūra niyuta,
avantvaṅ rah Ivir vah galuga kadi duhniṅ bayəm abāṅ,
savaṅ kokohniṅ mṛtyu karamə-raməs varṇa cinarub.
20.
ikaṅ mapraṅ riṅ toya rudhira wijah rāmya cacaban,
kasaṇḍut lumpatnyeṅ usus avilətan molih i suku,
ḍaḍapnyābaṅ maṅkin kadi laka mirahnyārddha tuməṅu,
ravisnyākrām luṅsir putih atəmahan varṇa katirah.
21.
hanāpraṅ riṅ rəṅgātiśaya kahalepnyan pada pəjah,
nihan ton-ton mātaṅganika patukarnyan paḍa gajah,
marək mundur karvāpəluk apulir olih silih uləṅ,
silih sob-sob rikaṅ gaḍiṅ akiḍupū Ivir uḍik-uḍik*.
22.
pravīrasra[ṅ] muṅgviṅ turaga tahu teṅ aśva samaya,
arundək təg-təg-təg mapalaga ləṅən śīrna pinatrəm,
tinon ta saṅke rəṅga pinara-parah tan vavareṅə̄h,
lumumpat colot seṅgita kudanikā moliha rəpat.
23.
nda nāhan ta matta dvirada səḍəṅ olih vvaṅ aṅadəg,
pakətəp ḍə̄hat ndan gaməl i takuraṅnye tulalayan,
təlas pendeṅnyāndul kinuliliṅakən yvenuyəṅ-uyəṅ,
munī pə̄ṅ-pə̄ṅ-bə̄ṅ tulya vusu-vusu yan kadrəsan aṅin.
24.
titih sor vadvā cedipati sapataṅkəpnya kahala,
ləvih saṅke Ivaṅniṅ yadubala vilaṅnyāṅdaśaguṇa,
gajah vaṅkainya varṇa pinupulakən sə̄h anarasah,
ḍavət lvirnyātumpuk gila-gila kasātan kapanasan.
Canto 52
1.
ndan śrī rukma səḍəṅnirāpraṅ umusir ṅgvan saṅ surendrānuja,
sakvehniṅ bala bhr̥tya rājagaṇa len mantri rikaṅ kuṇḍina,
yeka rakva sahāja saṅ nr̥patiputrātyanta riṅ sañjata,
nāhan saṅ śrutabāṇa mukhyanika len saṅ dakṣiṇāryyāṅśumān*.
⟨1⟩ King Krəṣṇa was sad, as anger made his heart painful. First he was prepared to be agreeable, but now the prince came, harsh and rude. That was the reason why his mind turned into enmity.
2.
sākṣāt bvat haji kapva maṅləpasakən bajrādicakrāyudha,
len saṅke hiriṅan marāmpak umusī kr̥ṣṇa nda tan saṅśaya,
tan kevran inudan-hudan kinasut iṅ sarvāstra norāṅəne,
tan pendah ravi katruhan makalaṅan maṅki*-n sutejāhaləp.
⟨2⟩ The rules for a king in the scriptures said that there would be no sin in [even] killing a relative, even a brother or sister who had the same behaviour. If they were a manifestation of trouble, they should be eliminated by their own doings.
3.
aṅhiṅ bhīṣmakaputra sāmpun atihaṅ māyat mamənṭaṅ laras,
ndā muṅgviṅ ratha rəṅga saṅśaya marək tan paṅgalə[ṅ] niścaya,
maṅkin krodha magə̄ṅ ri saṅ nr̥pati kr̥ṣṇān ton lavan rukmiṇī,
śakṣāt rāhu harəp rumoha mulat iṅ suryāpupul mvaṅ vulan.
⟨3⟩ Thus was what churned in the mind of King Janārddana. Quickly he drew his bow and arrows were released [so swiftly] as never happened before, seventy in number, flashing by in a group, and all of them hit their targets which were smashed beyond anything.
4.
mojar hāh kamu kr̥ṣṇa tan sipi durācārāmapas kṣatriya,
ndah yekiṅ ratu cora duryaśa nikin tan soṅ sinaṅgah prabhu,
tan pūrvārṇa huvus vinehan inak āmbək de mahāsajjana,
molih byakta pañidraniṅ kujana yan ri vvaṅ masih parcaya.
⟨4⟩ The army of Prince Rukma turned into confusion as there were so many casualties. All their counter-attacks failed, they were tired and did not gain anything. Many of them were wounded, hit by arrows like deer. Suffering from pain, they lost their courage, and took the heel to save their lives.
5.
koṅ tañjrih kajanāpavāda jinajākən riṅ jagad durjana,
āmbək bhaṅga kamun samaṅhinakne buddhinya tan paṅgaləṅ,
ndā tan vruh riṅ ayogya-yogya juga liṅtāsiṅ samaṅde sukha,
dhik praṅvaktra kaṭuṅka luṇṭa kuṭilādoh də̄h adoh kottaman.
⟨5⟩ Those on wagons left their vehicles, also those on horseback fled on foot. Look at those who fell flat on their faces from huge elephants, smashed to pieces like birds falling [on the ground].
6.
o saṅ rukma hənəṅ* saṅ ārya sakarəṅ paṅher ta-gantyāṅucap,
sāmpun vruh ṅvaṅ ikaṅ kaduhkha ri valatni ṅvaṅ ri saṅ rukmiṇī,
āpan kenakan iṅ rarālaki kayogyanyān təmən somahən,
tan maṅkā rasikenalapku sahasā ṅvaṅ solahiṅ tan vədi.
⟨6⟩ The three ministers were useless and powerless. Dakṣiṇa and Śrutabāṇa were thrown back, fleeing away without noticing his attendants, and Aṅśumān turned pale, no lustre any longer.
7.
yan vvaṅ thāni makarma tan pavuvusənkvāpan samanyātəmu,
vetniṅ janma sugih pradhāna ya panumbasnyeṅ maṇik mās pirak*,
ācārya pva bhujaṅga yogya tarimānātah kapantəsnikā,
yan bvat kṣatriyajanma vīrya panukunya śūra maṅgāpraṅa.
⟨7⟩ however the prince stayed put in the battle-field. He did not join the exodus, but stood by, looking at his army fleeing away. His anger exploded and full of revenge he held his bow and placed an arrow on. He was beyond himself in firmness and courage, possessed by heroic pursuit.
8.
polahkviki yatkākramāpa karaṇanyān səṅgahən duryaśa,
dūrātiṅgala yan kaharṣani manahnyan yogya kədvākna,
ton taṅ siṅha mr̥gendra molih amaṅan burvan kənas ndan dəmak,
ndi n maṅgāla panaṅgrahā ya ta hinūrnyān mātya molih paṅan.
⟨8⟩ Angrily he released countless arrows speedily, soaring through the air like pine forests hit by a thunderstorm. But to no avail. When they came to King Krəṣṇa, they were like white ants falling into the fire.
9.
nāhan śabda janārddananə[m] puh iri krodhā narendrātmaja,
madəg bajranikaṅ mukhāməsi tuñu Ivirnya mirah kātara,
kadyāvətva kukus lavan latu-latu prodbhuta bāṅniṅ mata,
uśvāsāṅububan mijil panas ikaṅ bahnī daləm tvasnira.
⟨9⟩ Thus the attack of the prince was useless. His mind was fierce, because of anger, but he just became tired and weary [from all his actions]. Four or five times his arrow did not achieve result, like the actions of a dwarf [were his], useless and inefficient.
10.
sumyuk taṅ caduśakti* bāṇa pamanah śrī rukma rīndrānuja**,
⟨10⟩ Kiṅ Indrānuja fought in earnest now. Angrily he released powerful divine arrows after pronouncing the appropriate spell and mind-concentration, so that for sure they would be effective and hit their targets unavoidably.
10.
hru śaktyādi nəmaṅpuluh pat asusun Ivir arddhacandrāluṅid,
⟨11⟩ The arrows [released from the bow] of King Krəṣṇa, without error hit the wagon of the prince, turning it into rubble. The upper-structure was smashed by an arrow and the charioteer was killed together with the horses.
10.
abhrā muntab urubnikaṅ hada-hadā riṅ byoma kaləran kilat,
⟨12⟩ The prince fell from his wagon, head down on the ground. His crown was crushed its stones tossed away and lost. Also his bow was broken hit by an arrow. He thought he was near death, there was no way of survival.
10.
ndā-ndā nora gaman tan iṅ luputa denyāpan prakīrṇeṅ raṇa.
⟨13⟩ Princess Rukmiṇī, seeing her brother in such a condition, was alarmed. Crying loudly, she embraced the legs of King Krəṣṇa, without shame she cried and looked up, tears flowing down the thighs of the king.
11.
meh-meh prāpta tumampuhe nr̥pati kr̥ṣṇādrəs larinyālaris,
vāgyūtpata saha prahara kumisik himpər surakniṅ tasik,
ndah vyarthān katulak śināpa pinapag riṅ yogasarā kṣaṇa,
mukṣāvarṇa hudan mulih tan asuve rəp sākṣanālyus hilaṅ.
⟨14⟩ Her black hair came loose, stuck in her wet face, increasing her loveliness. Her breath was racing, she wiped (her face) with her kain which became loose and came off altogether. She was shaken, yet able to talk:
Canto 53
1.
śrī kr̥ṣṇa duhkhita masəṅhi*-t an aṅlarāmbək,
ndan purvakānumata buddhinirānumoda,
maṅke pva saṅ nr̥patiputra təkāvamāna,
nāhan ta kāraṇani buddhinirābhimāna.
⟨1⟩"Ah, mylord Krəṣṇa. You are the master of my life. The soul who protect my life is no other than mylord, who I hope still to be the guardian of my existence. All that you wish from me, I will keep in mind and make efforts to follow it.
2.
bvat rājaśāsana təmən-təmən āga mokta,
tan pāpakarma riṅ amātyani vandhuvarga,
vvaṅ śānaka pituvi rakva satiṅkahanya,
yan vighna pāvak ika vādhaka riṅ svakārya.
⟨2⟩ "However, at this moment, I disagree with your intention, because you are too cruel, you do not have mercy with me, the miserable one. I know that I will not give you satisfaction, but if [your intention to kill my brother] is realized, I may not be angry and cry at the feet of Your Majesty, because he has been irresponsible and wicked.
3.
ndan maṅkanāṅən-aṅen ārya janārddane tvas,
śīghrāṅayat laras apūrva vijilnikaṅ hrū,
akveh pituṅpuluh atap yugapab ləpasnya,
kapvāṅəne satinujunya babak bubak mur.
⟨3⟩ "Because I came to you, looking for your protection, you find trouble, but your power is great and is expected to be able to shelter the relatives. However now, do nothing that makes me sad. I pray and beg for your mercy, like a branch of sandalwood has mercy on the snake winding around it, by giving it its shade.
4.
kolāhala n kahala rukma balā halvaṅ,
norāpulih-pulih aləh lalu tan panolih,
kīrṇaṅ kanin kəna kaniṣṭha kənas paḍanya,
saṅsāra śīrṇa mari śūra musīr uripnya.
⟨4⟩ "Prince Rukma loved me very much when I was with my father and mother, almost as he loved his own life. Furthermore he is really my brother and there is no one else. Now he will be killed by Your Majesty in front of my eyes. How is it possible, that I will not be sad, and very upset to see it. It is better that I do not see it [at all].
5.
honyā haneṅ ratha tumiṅgalakən rathanya,
len taṅ haneṅ kuda tumiṅgalakən kudanya,
ton taṅ ḍavuh kabərəbəp saka riṅ* gajendra,
maṅgəh tibā manuk avarṇa tibādhibhraṣṭa.
⟨5⟩ "Ah, my brother Rukma. What have you done now. What a misfortune you have found, as if it is not of this world. Om, my brother, accept your lot. What can I do to eliminate this misfortune? How can I venture to save your life, because you are proven to do wrong deeds.
6.
mantrī tigaṅ sikinirarthaka tan pasāra,
saṅ dakṣiṇārya kalavan śrutabāṇa kabvaṅ,
kapvālayū paḍa tan eṅhət i sañjatanya,
len aṅśumān kavənəsan milu tan pateja.
⟨6⟩ "Now, I am prepared to save your life without fear of death, but in no way the sword of King Krəṣṇa will not fall on your sister. It is better that I become a substitute for you. That is my intention, because I have great respect for you and in this situation also great pity.
7.
ṅhiṅ saṅ narendratanayāṅgəgə̄ riṅ raṇāṅgga,
tan kelu kontab aṅadəg mulat iṅ balāvrəg,
krūrā*-ṅgətəm nəhər amuṣṭi laras lavan hrū,
bvat dhīra nirbhaya kaśūran irāṅaveṣa.
⟨7⟩ "You have done a lot of things in the past to make me happy when I was in grief In the past you have protected me, you are exactly the cause for my good life. But now I bring you to your fall and make you suffer. There is no way that King Krəṣṇa will save my life. Your fall will make me follow in your death.
8.
krodhādhikāṅləpasakən* panah adbhutākrəp,
sār sək svaranya kadi cāmara kaprahāran,
ndā tan padon təkanikā ri narārya kr̥ṣṇa,
Ivir larva-larvan aṅasut hurubiṅ pradīpa.
⟨8⟩ "Because, if I stay alive, then I will always feel that I have done nothing to help you. For sure father and mother will not like this, if I ever return to them. All the relatives, why should they not blame me and beat me? Who will be the man who will have mercy on me and where is the place, where I can go [in peace]?
9.
ndan vyartha siṅ paṅavaghāta narendraputra,
āmbəknirāsrəṅ atirodra təvas kaṅelan,
piṅpāt piṅlima panahnira tan pamandi,
lvir klīva niṣphalanikaṅ ləkas apravr̥tti.
⟨9⟩ "If I want to go to a distant place in the mountains and stay in a temple at a quiet slope, I do not know how to travel through the jungle and cannot endure hunger and exhaustion. It is better that I die now, my brother, in front of your eyes. Let me be your slave in seven incarnations and not be separated from you."
10.
śrīndrānujānəməni tiṅkah i denirāpraṅ,
sakrodha maləpasakən śara divyaśakti,
sāmpun tinatva saha yoga təlas minantran,
ndan saniścayanire kənaniṅ kinārya.
11.
tampuhnikaṅ śara sake laras ārya kr̥ṣṇa,
tan dvāṅəne śakaṭa saṅ nr̥paputra śīrṇa,
syuh ratnarəṅganika śīrṇa katampək iṅ hrū,
ton sarathinya kəna māti lavan kudanya.
12.
saṅkeṅ rathā nr̥patiputra tibā katumpək,
rəmpu tikaṅ makuṭa mukṣa məsat maṇiknya,
lāvan larasnirātugel pinəgat riṅ astra,
meh mātya cittanira nora huvus vitā de.
13.
śrī rukmiṇī mulat i saṅ kaka mār ikaṅ tvas,
akrak nəhər məkuli jə̄ṅ naranātha kr̥ṣṇa,
tan vriṅ hiraṅ maṅəsəsan sira yan tuməṅhā,
ṅkāne pupūnira narendra hi*-linikaṅ lūh.
14.
rambut mure karakət iṅ vadanāmələs amvas,
membəh raras kətə-kətəg ri jajāpalayvan,
kosap tapihnira lukar kavadal kaluṅsur,
lāgyākədal-kedal anaṅhis asamba-sambat*.
Canto 54
1.
hāh-hāh kr̥ṣṇa prabhu kita ya tah saṅ pramāṇe huripku,
saṅ sākṣāt jīva maṅəmit uripkvīki tan len dadinta,
saṅ lagīniṣṭi* tumulusa masih rumakṣe tuvuhku,
sambegante ṅhulun inagəm i citta pinrih minuṣṭi.
⟨1⟩ The heart of the son of Basudeva (Kr̥ṣṇa) became merciful on hearing the lamentations of the princess. He laid down his below and took the princess on bis lap and suddenly embraced her lovingly. His great anger towards Prince Rukma abated, pushed aside by bis love towards his beloved like flaming offerings-fire being extiṅuished by honey poured [on it].
2.
maṅken povah tumuluy atilar* buddhi saṅ śrī narendra,
atyanteṅ nirghr̥ṇa tan avəlas riṅ hulun hīnapuṇya,
vruhkun tan hantusa nr̥pati siṅgih kəta** yan katuhvan,
ṅvaṅ yveraṅ maṅhamu-hamu rijə̄[ṅ] tālpadharmānukər*** yya.
⟨2⟩ The son of Bhīṣmaka (Rukma) arose, hopeful [for his life] but utterly amazed, because he thought that he was dead and now he found life, though strongly shaken. However he was beaten. He felt very sad and depressed as he felt sorry for his past deeds. Dejectedly he thought about what best he should do now.
3.
āpan deniṅ kavava ri kitāṅaśraya rī pādukanta*,
vīryantāgə̄ṅ paṅayat-ayataṅhə̄bane vandhuvarga,
ndā tan maṅkāṅhuluy i larapanta n senusir** sanmatanta,
lvir pāṅniṅ candana vinilət iṅ sarppa heman rənəbnya.
⟨3⟩ Because he said before, that he would not return to his country if Janārddana escaped and if Princess Rukmiṇī was not brought back. These were his words, witnessed by his father. Now he failed, but he did not want to take his words back, after clearly he could not bring them into reality. This was the reason he did not return to Kuṇḍina, but wanted to establish another kingdom.
4.
śrī rukmātyanta sih ira rikāne hanaṅkvīṅ bapebu,
sākṣāt praṇa pituvi sira sānak təmən tan papaṅrva*,
maṅke pvan pātyana ri harəp i ṅvaṅ təkap śrī narendra,
ndī tan marmāṅrəsa ṅ umulatāṅlampva tan** tonən iṅvaṅ.
⟨4⟩ The King Indrānuja entertained himself, after achieving a great victory. The armed forces of Cedi and Magadha were annihilated entirely by the Yadus. So wherever the king went, there was nothing to fear. Yet he headed for Dvāravatī with the beautiful princess who never left his side.
5.
hāh-āh rukma ṅku kaka mapa tolahta maṅkā saṅ ā*-rya,
atyante kuṅ** lara katəmu dentāpa kadī tan iṅ rāt,
aum*** paṅlampvata kaka mapa ta deniṅ tumambāna duhkha,
ndīṅvaṅ vānyaṅhuripa ri kitāpan katuhvan sadoṣa.
⟨5⟩ There in the wagon, they settled down to enjoy the art of kissing. They applied nail-scratchiṅ, petting etc to re-affirm their feelings of love. Only at the end they kept off the deflowering act, because they wanted to have a royal wedding ceremony when they arrived at the palace.
6.
maṅken maṅgā humalaṅakna prāṇa tan vədya mātya,
ndī tan pareṅ hari əvək ira śrī mahārāja kr̥ṣṇa,
yogyan yān mapakəna ya silīdirya donkvīki maṅke,
deniṅ tvaṅ marma tan alaṅ-alaṅ sih vəlaskvī gatinta.
⟨6⟩ Then [the king] loved his little sister’(Rukmiṇī) very much, whose deeds always attracted affection. He paid plenty of interest in choosing her clothes imitating the ara tree in supplying the sprouts of young leaves. He was very good in tying back her hair-knot which came loose, like the shoots of the gaḍuṅ plant, like groopiṅ into a birdnest, he used to caress her body and to fondle her breasts.
7.
ndan aṅde pūrvar̥na ri hatiṅkvānusuk mār kasəṅkvan,
ṅūni paṅrākṣa kita śaraṇaniṅ puṇya jīvaṅku sākṣāt,
maṅke pva ṅvaṅ gumavay i halantāmaṅun duhkha rakryan,
ndī ṅvaṅ kr̥ṣṇāṅhuripaku* hirānta n tumūte patinta.
⟨7⟩ On the other hand, Princess Rukmiṇī was distressed. She seemed to be disturbed by her feelings of great love towards her father, mother and brother. This thought troubled her heart a lot, so that she appeared to resent King Krəṣṇa who wanted to revive her passion. She moved away when he approached her, she did not like to sit together and refused to sit on his lap.
8.
āpan yadyan mahuripa katon tan hanānyāśrayaṅku,
byaktekin tan kaharəpana yan mantukeṅ rāma-r̥na
sakveh-kvehniṅ kadaṅ iṅ apa yan liṅa ri ṅvaṅ pinucca,
ndī ṅvaṅ ndī n deśa masiha pakārinta tan vriṅ parāna.
9.
yan mūrāṅdoha musira vukir pājaran pārśvaśūnya,
ndā tan vruh ṅvaṅ lumaku riṅ alas tan vənaṅ riṅ lapāṅlih,
icchākun mātya juga kaka maṅke katone harəpta,
piṅ saptāṅjanma manə-manəhantāku tan sah ri rakryan.
Canto 55
1.
marmma tvas basudevaputra ruməṅə̄ ri panaṅis ira rājaputrikā,
ndah* śīghrān pasalah laras vavaṅ amaṅkvakna** təəhər aṅol kataṅgama,
goṅniṅ krodhanire narendrasuta rukma sinapihan i sih nirāpriyā,
tan pendah kadi bahni yajña dumilah paḍəm urub ika sinyukan madhu.
⟨1⟩ Let us leave them, amusing themselves on their journey. After a while they arrived in Dvāravatī. All the Yadus and Wrəṣṇis hastened to go home as soon as possible.
2.
ndan śrī bhīṣmakaputra vāhu maṅhəbaṅ-həbaṅ avuṅu tuhun kamānuṣan,
āpan mati hiḍəpnirerikaṅ avak manəmu hurip avarṇa mār baṅun,
ndān ika* tan vənaṅ onək iṅ tvas anətək lagi miṅəl anəsəl purākr̥ta,
āśā maṅən-aṅən ri tiṅkahanira mvaṅ irikaṅ ulah anuṅ enaka.
⟨2⟩ All the people of Dvāravatī were very proud. They moved like flood water, happy, excited and joyful, because the king had achieved victory and on top of that secured a beautiful wife.
3.
āpan liṅ ira ṅūni tan valuya riṅ svanagara luputiṅ janārddana,
yan tan kalapa rukmiṇī muvah ika vacananira sinakṣyan iṅ yayah,
maṅken bhagna taman surud sira ri sojar ira niyata tan paṅisyani,
nāhan kāraṇaniṅ tan antuka ri kuṇḍina magavaya rājyamaṇḍala.
⟨3⟩ Thw women whether they talked to each other in earnest or not, agreed that the king was extremely lucky indeed. So, they prayed, may they love each other forever and may Princess Rukmiṇī bear children soon.
4.
ndan śrīndrānuja rakva lālana manahnira ri təlas i rāmarājaya,
vadva cedi lavan vatək magadha śīrṇa pinaravaśaniṅ vatək yadu,
ndah maṅgəh saka marga saṅ nr̥pati tan hana mara katahan panaṅśaya,
ṅhiṅ ri dvāravatī pinakṣanira tan saha saṅ ahayu rājaputrikā.
⟨4⟩ The day had gone and night bad arrived. The Yadus and Wrəṣṇis became the more excited [than ever], because there were no reasons for doubt or fear. There were only reasons for happiness and enjoyment.
5.
ṅkāne rəṅganikaṅ rathānaruka rāmyaniṅ aṅarasi rum-rumniṅ pipi,
kanakhārṣaṇa* cumbanādi kinənaknira sinəpuhan karasika**-n,
ṅhiṅ*** rābasyana rasminiṅ gati turut katinuna puputnya hinərətan,
āpan yan ḍatəṅ iṅ kaḍatvan irikā ləkas amaṅuna rājasaṅgama.
⟨5⟩ Also the king and the princess enjoyed the celebration of marriage. One in thought, one in body and one in love, not at all differing from the goddess Rati and god Kāma in appearance.
6.
ndan marmāsiha ri* saṅ antən** araras riṅ ulah-ulah aṅambvakən laṅə̄,
moghatə̄n amibik tapih tumiru deniṅ aṅamər arāmibik pupus,
pantəs yan paṅayun gəluṅ vahu lukar baṅun aṅuyuni luṅgahiṅ gaḍuṅ,
kadyaṅgo susuh aṅgagap kaparək iṅ susu sira pati jumpu-jumputi.
7.
ndan saṅ śrī vara rukmiṇī sira glanāsmu sumə̄ṅ kamanuṣan,
gə̄ṅ tr̥ṣṇaniṅ arāma-rena makakāṅhuluy i hatinirāmiraṅrvaṅi,
ken kadyaṅavarā ri saṅ nr̥pati kr̥ṣṇa mimul-īmul iṅ āmbək iṅ rimaṅ,
saṅ sinivī sira miṅsər enəh apupul-pupul hinura paṅkva-paṅkvana.
Canto 56
1.
byatītan rāmyanirān sukha mārgga,
ndah prāpteṅ dvāravatī sakamantyan,
sakvehniṅ bhr̥tya kabeh yadu vr̥ṣṇi,
asraṅ muṅsir gr̥ha rakva paḍāgya.
⟨1⟩ It is impossible to relate everything. So both of them retreated to the bridal chamber. They broke their fasting of love and passion was given free reign. Clearly they seemed to give away their intention to make asceticism.
2.
ton taṅ sa-dvāravatī paḍa garva,
usik vah tuṣṭa sagorava harṣa,
pan sāmpun śrī naranātha jayeṅ praṅ,
tovin molih rara ratna viśeṣa.
⟨2⟩ The king was an expert in striviṅ for excellence, which he had been doiṅ since a long time in the past. In the bedroom he was absorbed in all activities, but like a blind, be often made mistakes.
3.
liṅniṅ strīyagoṣṭi paḍāsraṅ aśabda,
śrī nāthātyanta sabhāgyan akarma,
ndan moghātah tulusāsih asātmyā,
śrī devī rukmiṇī meṅgal aputra*.
4.
luṅha pvekaṅ dina ratri gumanti,
maṅkin maṅgəh sukhaniṅ yadu vr̥ṣṇi,
norāṅde śoka kasaṅśaya riṅ tvas,
aṅhiṅ paṅhvat rasa bhoga bhinukti.
5.
ndan saṅ śrī kr̥ṣṇa lavan sira devi,
muktī śr̥ṅgāra laṅə̄niṅ* asaṇḍiṅ,
ekānte citta sarāga saraśmi,
tan bheda hyaṅ rati kāma sadr̥ṣṭi**.
Canto 57
1.
taṅeh yadin vuvusən ikāṅ ulah kabeh,
nihan ta saṅ rva kəñəp aṅanti ri tilam,
paḍālabuh turida lulut rinatākən,
avās ikā baṅun uvat iṅ tape vuruṅ.
⟨1⟩ Time passed. Their marriage was a success, but let us not talk about it. Her yearning towards her parents was superseded by love towards her husband. Also she could preoccupy herself with the beauty of the ornaments of the capital city, as everything was fabulous like the beauty of the palaces of the gods.
2.
putus narendra mara rikana kottama,
ikaṅ gave kayu kaharəpnireṅ daṅū,
haneṅ jinəm jənək irikāṅulah solah,
savaṅ vutāsriṅ ulah irān salah kəna.
⟨2⟩ There was a royal palace beautifully built by a demi-god architect at an isolated spot. It was built for the quarters of the ladies and richly ornamented with carvings. There were many golden statues, newly delivered. The shoots of the katirah creepers on the eves were growing strongly reaching the rafters of the roof.
Canto 58
1.
kaluṅhā pvekaṅ kāla pakurən irākumə[t]* tan ucapən,
hunəṅ riṅ kavvitan hilaṅ inadəh iṅ sihniṅ asənəṅ,
pitovi n māri ṅke mur i ləṅə̄ṅ ikaṅ rājya racana**,
apan sarvendah kādbhuta kadi laṅə̄niṅ surasabhā.
⟨1⟩ Let us not describe [any longer] the charm of the little forest when the king and the princess enjoyed themselves there, [because] it is impossible to portray. Let us rather return to King Krəṣṇa and the princess. Their marriage was like the union of their eager souls, like arddhanāriśvara (the union of Śiva and Pārvatī). The husband loved his wife very much, and the princess was extremely devoted and loving to her husband.
2.
hana bvat gandharvvārjja nagara gr̥hāsimpən inapi,
parəmpvan dantāśri vaṅunan ika kīrṇokir-ukiran,
tulis māsnye apyāyana tuvi hañar vāhu vinəḍar,
mahūr-hūran luṅniṅ katirah i tətə̄nyāṅayuh usuk.
3.
rika ṅgvan śrī nareśvara nr̥pasutāṅālihi lulut,
amə̄m rāgāśr̥ṅgāra raras i laṅə̄niṅ silih-asih,
nda ma*-muktya sarvendriya pamaripūjāhyaṅ atanu,
varahniṅ pradyumnāgama rinəgəp iṅ citta ginegə̄.
4.
katuhvan ndin tan sekaturida same rupa savava,
ika graṅ-gra[ṅ] rāgāṅhuluya kalapan tan tahu mijil,
marma darpākarvān uləs akukub* i jro pakasutan,
mavās taṅ kaña** kadyati mūr ulah irāpan hariṅətən.
5.
syapa vvaṅ tan harṣān mulat i sira rāmyāsih akurən,
padārūm arja n vajik atis avor candana miṅiṅ,
rəsəp tan lambāvarṇa satu paṅinum vve manis ira,
lanā tan sah sekātmaka kadi tahapniṅ gula śuci.
6.
taṅeh yan varṇan solah iṅ aṅalihi* prāṇa sahati,
hanan līlālīlāməṅ-aməṅ umareṅ** taman adulur,
mahas kārvān i sənət*** laku-lakuniṅ icchālari-lari,
ikāmet paṇḍan iṅ rantunan aṅuha rūm-rūmiṅ ulah.
7.
tuvin śobhāmrikniṅ upavana pənuhnya sakalaṅə̄n,
sake groṅan vve nyaṅ vukir-anak atūs trāsa malahar,
ri piṅgir-piṅgirnyāvatu-vatu pasir sə̄h rinacana,
həniṅ*nyārum kaləran sari surabhi kadyāhavu-havu.
7.
ikaṅ tīrtha lvir strī bañunika katon śuddha mahili,
ləvəs riṅ drəs hyun-hyun ri təpi kulumanyāṅicir-icir,
susuhnyātuntun svaṅ sa*-lahiḍep asoṅsoṅ vatu mirah,
mahālon-lonan yan lumaku-laku lāgyāṅurəd-urəd.
9.
haneki prasādārəcəp apacirāpañcuran aho,
asaṇḍiṅ səñjaṅnya analaga hibəkan sarvakusuma,
aśoka mvaṅ punnāga pāṅ ika paḍāghasa maharas,
aket vvadnyāḍimpit kadi paməkuliṅ vvaṅ garəgətən.
10.
ikaṅ paṇḍan rambat ri təpi-təpiniṅ tāṭaka ləṅə̄,
katon vitnya grət-grət satəṅahiṅ ahambən linukaran,
puḍaknya rva parṇah sumalah aniput riṅ* vatu karaṅ,
rarasnyāṅde marmāniru-niru vətisniṅ kinisapu.
11.
rikā taṅ tāman Ivir maru-maruni saṅ śrī nr̥pasutā,
lanāṅumbaṅ taṅ tavvan anaṅis i sāryāṅisək-isək,
hulərnyāgantuṅ riṅ tarətəpan anis tan hana mulat,
sĕmutnyeṅ səñjaṅ* kasyasih alabuhe riṅ pabuhayan.
12.
kanah vetan raṅkaṅ patani minahā śūnya kasənət,
səkarniṅ handul jrah ri havan ika sə̄h sāri rumarab,
laṅə̄niṅ tañjuṅ muṅgvi natar ika saśrī pinarigi,
rurū kambaṅnyākiṅkiṅ unəṅiṅ saṅ garagati*.
Canto 59
1.
ndātan varṇan kalaṅvanyaṅ upavana paran saṅ rva līlā miśāta,
taṅheh yan rūpakan rūmnya valuyana muvah kr̥ṣṇa lāvan sudevī,
ken sākṣāt arddha*-nareśvara patəmunirān sātmya paṅgih paḍāṅgəh,
saṅ** svāmyatyanta marmā marabi nr̥pasutā bhakti māsih majantən.
⟨1⟩ So it was established that the princess be known as Queen Rukmiṇī throughout the world. The children of the [former] princess were many, ten sons, first amoṅst them were as follows: Pradyumna, Cārudeśna, Cārudeha, Sucāru, Sudeśna. Then followed Susena who was born before Cārugupta.
Canto 60
1.
maṅgəh śrī parameśvarī paṅaran śrī rukmiṇī riṅ sarāt,
akveh putra narā[putri]kā* sapuluh putra paṅulvan rare,
pradyumna [carudeśna carudeha sucāru su]deśnākrama**,
sāmpunnyekā susena purvajanirān saṅ*** cāruguptān vijil.
⟨1⟩ Then the goddess śrī, followed by another 16000 wives. Although they came from the common people, serving the king. The world was known to be prosperous, thriving and peaceful during the reign of King Krəṣṇa. Evil people were decreasing in number. The situation in the world was as well as in heaven.
2.
len saṅke si[raṅ]* cārudevaka kaparṇah de śaraṇyādulur,
kahyun-hyun sira cārucandra** matukar mvaṅ bhadracārvāsivo,
devī cāruvatī pamuṅsu jənək i ceṭī iñānusvani,
anvam susvane[nucap] *** tikaṅ sumarihe dlāhajə̄ṅ susvana.
3.
len taṅ strī nr̥pa kr̥ṣṇa mukhya sapuluh hevvādhika laksana,
kālindī pinakāgraniṅ kabinihajyan mitravindā vaneh,
satyā nagnājitā* sunandā paḍa tan sor jāmbavatyahajəṅ,
mvaṅ saṅ satrajitā kunaṅ kinasihan saṅ satyabhāmenucap.
Canto 61
1.
dadi hyaṅ śrī strī nəmbəlas ivu muvah strī narapati,
tuhun strī sāmānyāṅgəh ika sapanivyan sira kabeh,
inucap taṅ rāt svasthāṅ jagad i paṅadəg kr̥ṣṇa sinivi,
subhikṣa kṣemālvaṅ* vyasana sama ri** svarga saphala.
⟨1⟩ Thus was the result of Mpu Triguṇa by composing a story called ’The blissful story of King Krəṣṇa and the Princess’, which was like a japa (prayer) or mantra (formula) for success. A king would always save and expand [his might and glory].
Canto 62
1.
nāntuk mpu triguṇāṅraca[na katha]*,
[śrī] kr̥ṣṇa [nr̥paputri]kā** subhaga,
yāṅkən mantra japādi*** jaya-jaya,
nitya pr̥thana hayva saṅ ahulun.
⟨1⟩ The most poverful King Erlaṅghya was known in the past as an excellent king, nobody else than Mpu Kaṇva was his saliṅsiṅan. At present king Varṣajaya, may he forgive the foolish one, has as his saliṅsiṅan the famous well-respcected and prominent Mpu Triguṇa.
Canto 63
1.
śrī airlaṅghya mahāprabhāva ratu dibya ṅuni karəṅə̄,
tan lenādikavi mpu kaṇva marika saliṅsiṅan ira,
maṅke śrī naranātha varṣajaya hantuseṅ kapirare,
kocap mpu triguṇādiniṅ kavi hinop saliṅsiṅan ira.
colophon
1. yekin kr̥ṣṇāyana khyāti carita sinurat sāmpun iṅ bali nūsa,
ṅkane tāmān ikaṅ śarmma subhaga vinuvus puṇya veśmātiśūnya,
yoṅgvan saṅ paṇḍitānāma rasika suranatha mpu siddhāntapakṣa,
maṅgəh cihnākṣaranye likhita ya katəṅəran* subaddhan virūpa.
2. nāhan donyānulis dharmmasamaya rinasan syuhaniṅ mohabuddhi,
saṅkeṅ cittekanaṅ pāpa vətunika kabeh prokṣakeṅ* jñāna śuddha,
nirvyāpāreṅ manah kinkinən ulahani saṅ satvikā tan pramada,
sāntən-sāntən pinə̄h taṅ rasa surasanikaṅ sarvaśāstre katə̄na**.
1. rasa-rasa varṇa candrama mijil ri sāmpun ikanaṅ ārka māñjiṅ i daləm,
kapatəhaṅ indriyāvas-avasən papāba ri hatinta lot gəsəṅana* .......,
......................................................................,
......................................................................,
2. *1466. ri purṇamaniṅ** kapāt manəmu radite, yeka kottamanya, yan āṅilaṅ-akən ambək
i mohanta***.
Apparatus
^1. kavarṇanānira] em., kavarṇananānira EdSS
^2. prākr̥tāniṅ] em., prākr̥tāni EdSS
^3. muṅgva riṅ] B EdSS , muṅga riṅ A
^4. bottom-note-lineirika […] avidva-vidvana. • magiba-gibah avidva-vidvana. Z. 1.523 is doubtful in his rendering of the word gibah as ’a kind of shawl or wrap’, perhaps influenced by J which has kleed? I think, it does not fit in our context. Therefore I regard the word gibah as a possible variety of gubah (to compose garlands) and translate the phrase accordingly.
^5. bottom-note-line*hiḍəpən […] halanya. • I render salah tvan here as ‘to forget an important matter’, based on the view that salah tvan means ’to misjudge something, to calculate wrongly, to see something wrongly etc’. See Z. II.2028.
^6. bottom-note-linevvaṅ* […] katona. • asilurup i həniṅiṅ ve ndi tātan katona? (Diving in clear water; why should he not be detected?) The Javanese equivalent for the phrase asilurup i həniṅiṅ ve is slulup iṅ banyu bəniṅ.
^7. bottom-note-lineiku(r) […] lavanana* • smara samaya śr̥ṅgararacana (love, union and loveplay). Z. II.1 799 reads smarasamaya and renders it with intercourse in love or the right time for love? He translates śr̥ṅgara into ’1. love, sexual passion or desire or enjoyment; dress suitable for amorous purposes, elegant dress; 2. lovely; pretty; seductive’ (II.1816). On the other hand I regard śr̥ṅgararacana as a compound and render it with ornament (racana) of sexual passion (śr̥ṅgara), which in combination with smara and samaya (love and union) cannot be anything else than love-play.
^8. bottom-note-linetatkale […] vaspada. • asmu sumə̄ṅ saṅ Ivir prabhāni śaśī (the one looking like the moon was shining brightly). The literal translation should be ’like shining was the one looking like the rays of the moon’.
^9. bottom-note-linepitovi […] kagəntəran. • kunir lintəṅan. The meaning of linteṅan is not known to me, and it is not listed in any of the dictionaries I use. I think it is a kind of turmeric. G & R. II.86 has lintiṅan (rolled s.t.) which in my view is not fitting in this case.
^10. bottom-note-linendan […] curiṅ**. • təkap i paṅgyatiṅ curiṅ (because someone was coming). The literal translation should be ’because of the ringing of footbells, or because footbells were heard’. Foot-bells are still worn by Madurese and some East Javanese women and girls and in dances from these regions, the dancers are still exploiting the footbells as very effective means to keep the attention of the audience. In wayang figures these footbells are still frequently found.
^11. bottom-note-lineikaṅ […] parih. • Z. reads hana līlāsobag hanan acatu len taṅ nita parih, and renders catu with 1. share, part, portion. 2. It seems to be a kind of game, played by women... It is not clear what game is meant. (I.312); nita with game, playing for a stake (I.1199) and parih with probably falling of the dice, decision in a contest, the person who casts the dice or give the decision (II.1298). G & R. II.219 has parah which means taker, lovah, sigar, paṅkat, meten (to measure, decease, share, divide, grade). I think acatu and nita parih are two kind of games, very popular amongst the woman-folk in the palace. Acatu derived from a- (prefix) and catu is so close to catur (chess-game) which it seems already existed in ancient times. In the wayang stories however, thc chess-game in Indian stories becomes a dice-game, i.e. in the story of Yudhiṣṭhira playing chess is transformed into playing dice (main dhadhu) in the vayaṅ story. I understand nita parih as a game, based on arithmetic. Indeed in Java, there is such a game called ḍakon. The game is played on a block of wood with two rows of holes, usually 5 on each side, and a bigger hole on each end. The bigger holes are called lumbung (rice-bam). The other holes are filled with stones (5 or any number). The player takes the stones from one hole on her side and distributes them to the other holes including her own lumbung, with the exception of her opponent’s. Every time she casts the last stone in a hole with stones, she can continue to play, but if the last stone falls in an empty hole on the opponent’s side, it is dead. The opponent then gets her turn to play. However if the last stone falls in an empty hole on the player’s side, opposite her opponent’s hole with stones, it is called mbedil (shooting). She can take all the stones of her opponent in that particular hole to be deposited in her lumbung. The act of shooting can be dramatised by a thunderous "bang". Just then the opponent gets her turn to play. The game finishes with no stones left on one side. The player with the most stones wins the game.
Translation in Soewito Santoso 1986
Canto 1
May there be no disturbances!
⟨1⟩ At the copper age Lord Wiṣṇu descended on earth as a human being. Nowhere else than in the parwas would the story be described as an act of one who imbibed [the knowledge]. It is believed that the opening hymn is capable to purify all the impurities of the listeners and to establish the mind of the poet to keep writing the book.
⟨2⟩ Then let me be given the hope to be able to increase the beauty by elaborating on the story, so that it can be likened to a sprout of the gaḍuṅ-plant‚ eagerly waiting for the drops of rain to fall. Then after a while of showers and aroused by thunder, it starts to grow a little and when it is fully grown, it will have many branches, leaves and flowers, giving rise to wonder [in the hearts] of those who see.
⟨3⟩ However let me not be charmed too quickly by the [expectations] of such beauty, because there are yet a great deal to be done [to reveal] the beauty. It is like the bumble-bee, wondering through the bushes of asana-flowers while searching for honey, without regard to the cold and gusty wind or cowered by dew or burnt by the sun. Its only purpose that matters is to get the essence of the flowers and that is honey.
⟨4⟩ Because the road to the mastering of the art of story-writing is difficult like scaling a mountain. The stress and strain [in connection with the writing] of a poem must be overcome and brought under control, because it is not a pleasure trip [through a garden of roses]. It is like scaling a mountain, hardship and tiredness have to be faced, in order to find satisfaction, as the result of leaning on a pen as on a walking-stick and wandering along the valleys of the writing-pad.
⟨5⟩ Although [the life of] a poet is that hard, yet I do not want to leave it, because I want to meet the call of my heart. Also my adoration to Lord Wiṣṇu who had lead me to worship [him], by composing the story of Lord Krəṣṇa’s wedding to Princess Rukmiṇī. Perhaps the feeling is like this, which is felt by people of elevated souls.
Canto 2
⟨1⟩ There was an extremely beautiful capital city, very well-planned which explained its intense beauty, known as the capital city of Dwārawatī. It was formerly a village located near the ocean, newly built into an excellent city, famous for its affluence and good life, well-established down to its gates. Furthermore, the reigning ruler was called Garuḍadhwaja (the bearer of the garuḍa-banner), known to the world as Lord Krəṣṇa.
⟨2⟩ However there was one impediment for the kingdom, in the form of the most powerful king of Yawana. The news was around that he had received a boon from God Rudra, that he would never be killed in battle by a member of the Yadu race. Therefore he [the king of Yawana] wanted to attack King Krəṣṇa forcefully, with his amazing host of demons, hundreds of thousands in number, together with vehicles and elephants.
⟨3⟩ Then he [King Krəsṇa] used his mastery of dharma (religious knowledge) and yoga (communion with the Supreme Deity) as defence against the enemy in the form of demons. He did not face the enemy in battle; instead he fled away, not because of fear, but because he had in mind an excellent strategy. He took his refuge with Priest Mucukunda, who was asleep in a cave on the slopes of the Himawān mountain. He hid himself under the couch of the great priest, looking for protection.
⟨4⟩ Not a minute later, the king of Yawana burst into the cave (of the mountain) in pursuit. He saw Priest Mucukunda, but his eyes and intellect were blinded into deceit. "Eey‚ son of Basudewa, you are deceitful, because you remain silent and do not utter a word. It is not allowed for a powerful hero to kill an opponent whilst he is asleep".
⟨5⟩ So he said, stepped forward and gave [the sleeping man] a kick. Let us relate the priest who was suddenly awakened. He was startled and looked very angry and fierce, his eyebrows moved creating furrows on his forehead, out of anger. From his eyes fire issued forth which turned into viṣānala (poisonous fire), flaring and flaming amazingly. It was exactly like the eyes of God Iśwara which issued fire to burn the god of love.
⟨6⟩ Roaring and flaring highly it enveloped King Kālayawana and set him ablaze together with his host and vehicles. They were annihilated, burnt to ashes without a single survival. Then King Krəṣṇa came out quickly to pay homage at the feet of the great priest, whose mind turned spotless clear once more. His anger disappeared like image in water.
⟨7⟩ They looked friendly, because they were happy to meet each other and conversing amiably; they came out of the cave. Let us leave them. After the conversation they bade each other farewell. The perfect sage returned to his contemplation in remembrance of God Śiwa. In short, he returned to the abode of the gods and ceased to be in a human form.
⟨8⟩On the other hand. King Krəṣṇa made his vay back to his country in a delightful journey. Women, jewels etc were captured and taken as booty from the city of Yawana. All the Yadu people were in glea and joy, because they found happiness in the bliss of their protector.
Canto 3
⟨1⟩ When King Krəṣṇa came back safe and sound, he planned to beautify his capital city. The region of Dwāravatī was once again purified with mantras, prayers and hymns, bad and auspicious times were taken into consideration by the great astrologers. The star [chosen] was Rohiṇī, signifying good [fortune] and victory. Thus was the verdict concerning the time [found in the scriptures].
⟨2⟩ Thus the purification ceremony of the capital city was performed to perfection, so that the whole kingdom of Dwārawatī became firmly secured. An excellent builder by the name of Wiśwakarmmā, an architect of the gods who was renowned in the art of carving, came.
⟨3⟩ Soon a beautiful palace for the king was built by Wiśwakarmmā, with great five aspects in all kinds of excellent finish. The audience hall, together with the royal square were already built strong and attractive. It was ten times better in style and refinement than before.
⟨4⟩ Its only fault was that it [the royal square], was rather narrow and too close to the sea. Also the roaring and thundering sound of the breakers falling unto the rocks was loud beyond comparison. These were the reasons that God Baruṇa was summoned by King Krəṣṇa, to which he obliged very quickly. He did not object to withdraw the flow of the water of the sea [a bit further back].
⟨5⟩ So the line of the coast was drawn back and the soil perfectly hardened and cleared. It became an appealing spot, because a busy market was founded there under the shades of bodhi, tangtang and banyan trees. A big river flowiṅ dangerously from the hills was perfectly dyked off [on both sides] with stones, increasing the boundaries of the palace compound. The area of the audience hall was nice and enthralling.
⟨6⟩The walls around the city were thick and strong; the inhabitants were harmonious in their propensities and the officials were staunchly judicious, e.g. Kaswa, Uddhawa, Wikaddha, Anadrəsya were always prudent and of excellent behaviour. Also the brahmins were paramount in the knowledge of the holy scriptures (Wedas) and highly dexterous in their expertise.
⟨7⟩ So the administration buildings were always busy and emissaries from foreign countries were coming and going. The devout ministers as well as the religious clergy in the mountains were well-trained horsemen. There was no horse throughout the region of Dwārakā which was without walls, and all the wagons and horses had their own places.
⟨8⟩It was a pity that not all the subjects were contented: some were poor, because there were too many people. They made a representation at the feet of King Krəṣṇa asking for an increase of income, causing anxiety to the king. The Śaiwa and Buddhist priests made also a representation to the king with a report that they did not have enough means to live on, and so urging the king to give them more assistance.
⟨9⟩ That was the reason that the god of wealth (Dhanādhipa) was summoned by King Krəṣṇa (Surendrānuja) and was ordered to shower wealth to give the people means to live. Jewels and precious stones then poured down from the sky, and the people throughout the kingdom were in delight and praised [the king] vehemently. Indeed it was the gift of the generous god of wealth (Weśrawaṇa) (who gave them the gold and silver).
⟨10⟩ There was an audience hall of the deities, famed to be the house of communion of the gods. It was said, that King Krəṣṇa decided it to be transfered to Dwārawatī. God Bāyu was given the job, and surely soon the hall arrived, brought over by a gusty wind.
Canto 4
⟨1⟩ Then there in the middle of the city the audience hall Sudharma was placed. The building was really outstanding and the nice carvings were immensely appealing. Everything there had never been seen before; and because they were brought from heaven, they were fabulous. Indeed [Dwārawatī] was not inferior to the abode of Hari, in the reign of King Krəṣṇa.
⟨2⟩ The palace was perfect, its crown was made of black stone and the doorways were large and marvellous. The walls and gates were carved extensively all around with the story of the crowing of the handsome Rāma. The statues of the door-guards were awe-inspiring, placed nicely here and there, as if really alive, (The hearts of) those seeing them would be in fear, because [the guards] seemed to forbid them to enter [the palace] for audience.
⟨3⟩ There were big murals of mountains with beautiful sceneries and merus on the walls of houses, that were built in the heart of the palace compound. Beneath it, there was a peacock, relaxing on a roof [of a building], mostly becoming, increasing its refinement. The garden was ringed with a wall shapely topped with cement. On a bench there was a cuckatoo chattering ceaselessly and moving around freely.
⟨4⟩Likewise was the temple for the god of wealth, Dhanendra [decorated] ‚ built with pillars of hard and shining kostubha stones. The glitter of the blue saphires and padma-rāga–stones at the joints of the shingles and rafters shone everywhere. The roof was in tiers, shining greenish like young teak wood. Worshippers became softhearted, as [the temple] was like burning in the flame of all the precious stones.
⟨5⟩ Water issued furiously from wells nearby which were spraying the nāgapuspa-trees. The dykes [of the wells] were made of big stones, nicely arranged like flowers. The water seemed to come out of a hidden spring and the gravel was tossed and thrashed [all the time]. The reflexion of the trees was feebly flashed away by the movement of the water.
⟨6⟩It was lonely and shady at the east of the prāsāda (offerings-place) which was cowered by jəring and dewataru-trees. This is the place where the king used to pray, respectfully worshipping the image of God Wiṣṇu. He always came at the beginning of the month and at full moon to pray [here]. This is the behaviour of those who have mercy on the world, namely to be firm in religion without reservation.
⟨7⟩ A bridge with a roof was specially built extending towards a beauteous island, intended as a resort of entertainments. The glow of the jina-maṇi, studded on the eaves was twinkling everywhere in the water below. flowers which bloomed in the night were arranged thickly on its roof, looking like fireflies [swarming into the light], but the leaves of the cāmara-tree swept [the flowers] away, as they moved to and fro blown by the wind.
⟨8⟩ Then there was an amusement park which should be described in poetry as the wood and valleys were really fabulous, [because] the knowledge of King Krəṣṇa about all kinds of trees and waterplants was renowned to be like that of a bee almost caught [in a trap] by its eagerness towards a flower before blooming. The bee seemed to flutter around, so keen and desirous of all kinds of fragrance.
Canto 5
⟨1⟩ It was as if the trees just woke up [from their slumber], as their branches were winding around each other disorderly. The pretty nagasari and bakung-flowers aroused delight, [because] they seemed to be the blessing for this victorious city. The wungu-flowerplants had aśoka-flowers, whilst the asoka-tree was like crazy as it bore wungu-buds. The jangga-creepers had katirah-leaves hanging downwards; on the other hand the katirah bore gaḍung-flowers.
⟨2⟩ If the forest where the ascetics did their penance, was beyond description in beauty, the sceneries in the amusement park were like pictures. A manggosteen-tree was laden with fruit, underneath round holders were arranged in circles to be used as seats. Calm and at ease a peacock drank water from a hole in a cinnamon-tree. And there, playful fawns were asleep under a pavilion [on poles].
⟨3⟩ It would be extremely stupefying if the ornaments inside and outside the palace should be described. What country or what palace could match the excellence and purity of the capital city of King Krəṣṇa, since it was so close to the mountain of Rewata but also lying along the sea? What admirer of panorama would not be enchanted by the sight of the beach and the mountain?
⟨4⟩ Rows and rows of houses could be seen from the beach up to the slopes of the mountain. Furthermore the palace and kingdom of King Ugrasena nearby was like a supplement to the region. Also King Baladewa was always in conformity [with King Krəsṇa] and their kingdoms secured [by their brotherhood] ...
⟨5⟩ Truly, King Krəṣṇa was a young monarch in the bloom of his years. And King Baladewa, it was said, had already in his mind a daughter of an outstanding king, an exquisite jewel of a princess, who was likely to be a match [for his brother. King Krəṣṇa]...
Canto 6
⟨1⟩ Let us leave [the kingdom of Dwārawatī]. Let us relate a branch of the story. In olden times there was a king, called King Basu without equal [in the world] ‚ known to be the ruler of the kingdom of Cedi.
⟨2⟩ He has children .......... in knowledge, virtues and good looks representing the god of the moon.
⟨3⟩ 3. Thus they had founded [their own] kingdoms. Let us describe the eldest first, who had perfectly established himself in the prominent kingdom of Magadha, well-known as King Jarāsandha to the world.
⟨4⟩ .......... a minister (?). There was a younger sister of King Basudewa, called Śrutaśrawā‚ an illustrious princess.
⟨5⟩ She had five sons of great supernatural powers, who were also handsome and extremely courageous, nobody else [were born] to the great princess. ...................................................
⟨6⟩ .......... followed by Daśagrīwa of great might, Rebhya, Wīrapaśu, Praśasta. Then the favourite [of them all] was the youngest son, called Bali.
⟨7⟩ When Prince Jyeṣṭha came of age, he was given to marry a lovely girl by his parents, ...........................
⟨8⟩ .......... The one receiving the gift was truly grateful. Furthermore the gift was greatly appropriate, like the perfect boon of Lord Yama to the world.
⟨9⟩ That was the reason vhy the king was called Sunīti. ..........
⟨10⟩ Well, King Jarāsandha loved him very much. He was very keen in looking for a girl, because he wanted to give her to marry the king of Cedi, who was, it is said, to be at the right age for that purpose.
⟨11⟩ There was a jewel of a princess .......... [older] brother was called Prince Rukma.
⟨12⟩ The princess was known to be called Rukmiṇī, and she was the one [chosen] to marry the king of Cedi. King Jarāsandha asked for her hand, no-one else, and it was agreed upon, and so the wedding was fixed.
⟨13⟩ When King Jarāsandha and King Sunitī departed to the beautiful city of Kuṇḍina, the residence of King Bhīṣmaka, the purpose was nothing else but the wedding.
Canto 7
⟨1⟩However, Dewī Prəthukīrtti was in grief and mirthless, oppressed by great sorrow, because she had in mind as son-in-law nobody else than King Krəsna. But the king of Cedi had proposed and [his proposal] accepted. Hov could she not be anxious? She was like a person who wanted to cross a river or an ocean, but no bridge or ferry was in sight.
⟨2⟩ Her mind was full of plan and scheme, but none was suitable, because she was devoted to her husband. King Bhīṣmaka. She did not dare to oppose his decree. Two, three, five times her mind looked for a solution, since the wise are always cautious [in everything], and for sure this matter could not be rushed.
⟨3⟩ Only King Kresna, no-one else was fit to become her son-in-law. Also Princess Rukmiṇī seemed to be in love with Indrānuja (Krəṣṇa). This was the reason that the mind of Queen Prəthukīrtti was shilly-shally and unassured. It could be likened to the deliberations in an audience hall which turned into a brawl, because the discord was too great.
⟨4⟩ So, she had decided to send a messenger to invite King Krəṣṇa to come, because the day of the wedding was drawing near very quickly. She gave the message that Krəṣṇa had to come as soon as possible. There was a lady in waiting who was extremely devoted to her, in whom she had complete trust. She would be a suitable messenger, because she had good manners, was skillful, courageous and discreet.
⟨5⟩[The plan would] be executed in the morning, i.e. preparation, departure and the journey. The destination was the city of Dwārawatī to be reached as soon as possible. After a few days of travel, she arrived at the feet of King Krəṣṇa. At a quiet occasion and place she spoke respectfully and calmly:
⟨6⟩ "Queen Prəthukīrtti has sent me to my lord, urging my lord to come nov, [because] she is worried, she becomes ill and her heart is oppressed by sorrow. And the reason for her illness is her daughter Princess Rukmiṇī, who at the order of King Bhīṣmaka will be given to marry the king of Cedi, King Sunīti.
⟨7⟩"All the orders of King Bhīṣmaka cannot be opposed, furthermore Prince Rukma supports [the decision]. Without fail they will come, because all the requirements for the wedding have arrived. Also the King of Cedi without fail and truly will come to Kuṇḍina. All the dowry in the form of clothes, gold, jewelry etc have come already.
⟨8⟩ "That is the reason your slave is sent as soon as possible to request Your Majesty to come, because according to Your Majesty’s aunt, there is no-one else to ask for help [than my lord]. Also Princess Sokasā (Rukmiṇī) hopes very much that my lord may come. Your fame makes everyone love you. Therefore I am sent to hurry you up, my lord.
⟨9⟩ "It is so. The Princess is really desirable, because her beauty is without equal. She is the manifestation of sentiment and love which turn into passion. She is the goddess of beauty manifesting into pangs of love, invoked to incarnate into a princess. As the product of the churning of the ocean of honey, she was born on earth as a human being.
⟨10⟩ "All vhat she does, appeals to everyone, who are extremely amazed to see that she is charming when she sits still, when she talks she arouses tender feelings [in everyone]. Even a deity will be bewitched by her, let alone a hunter for love. Sitting she looks lovely, when she is tired she looks sexy, standing up she is statuesque, and when she walks she is ravishing.
⟨11⟩ "Her eyes, when throwing glances are as sweet as banana from the bush. Her hair, haṅing loose and still wet with water dripping after a hairwash is like being soaked in ardour. The shape of her ears is like being carved [to perfection], her nose and lips are seductive. Her face is so fine and smooth like marble after being polished with glass and washed.
⟨12⟩ "The Princess is really a good friend of the spirit of beauty in the garden. If you see the slender tendrils of the gaḍuṅ, then it is very close to her slim vaist. Her breasts are beautifully in line with the gorgeous ivory coconut. Her neck which looks like a bough seems to beckon the young shoots.
⟨13⟩ "Her hair is so beautiful that it looks like a solid mass of bumblebees. When she makes herself up, it is like drawing a picture in golden colours. When she plays [a game] or displays herself, throwing sideglances or looking up in the dark, iris seems to fly away to join the rumbling of thunder.
Canto 8
⟨1⟩ "It is true that she is the mistress of elegance, her face is the equal to that of the Supreme Goddess. She is the sole guardian of love, regarded as the light of embellishment, the aura of a golden statuette. All kinds of flowers are inferior to her and all of them pay their tribute devotedly by closiṅ their calyxes. The goddess Ratih flees away [to hide herself] ashamed of not being able to compete in beauty with the princess.
⟨2⟩ "When she was young she looked like a young plant and her body was like a delicate doll made from a pandanus flower. When she almost came of age, her waist was always wrapped tightly, so that (as result) it became so slender. If she bent her body [while in the progress of wrapping her waist, she would be punished], held upright and beaten, until her tears poured down for a long time. She wanted to die, and those seeing her [like that] felt as if their hearts were carved with a knife.
⟨3⟩ "Her grace is like the stars, the more you count them, the more they come. So, her eyebrows are like the Orion, its exquisite curve gives rise to tender feelings. As a young girl, the princess knows very well how to behave when giving offerings in the evening. Then her shining countenance can only be compared with the shining orb of the moon.
⟨4⟩ "Her body is divided into cuts like the yellov bamboo, not like that of the reed. Her sweetness is exactly like that of the blue lotus, if it is earth, it looks dark grey like the sky. It is as if she joins in the act of decorating a temple with flowers, by wearing a wreat of nagasari-flowers, spreading fragrance like that of gaḍung, campaka and lotuses together, when the aśoka starts to grow young leaves.
Canto 9
⟨1⟩ "In the morning she is more beautiful. After make up, she is really divine. She looks like asana-flower with brilliant calyxes, shining brightly, turning back the rays of the sun. When her calves are exposed, they seem to be ashamed of being caressed by the hems of her cloth. That is vhy they are hurt slightly like a young pandanus-flower scratched by its leaves.
⟨2⟩ "After powdering [her face], she wears her garments. With ease she puts on her pleated kain (cloth), then happily she will come to her lady-in-waiting who has rajasa-flowers [garland] on her lap. Her belly was revealed and looked so beautiful without any cover. The fire of loneliness can be traced in the impressions of the thread (being pulled).
⟨3⟩ "Late in the afternoon when the day has cooled down a little, she is used to sit [alone], her head in her hands, but her eyes looking up. She looks stupified, as if there is something in her mind like love that may come true. The feeling of heavy yearning abates when she feels her ring (rotating). Sweetly she wipes off the tips of her breasts, wet [by perspiration] sticking onto her breastband.
⟨4⟩ "She does not care for amusement, her mind is far away. Then she lies down on a bed of withering young leaves. She lullabies her doll until she falls asleep herself. When she wakes up, she wipes off her shoulders to get rid of the calyxes of fragrant lotuses. Sweat runs down her neck onto her beautiful chest, caressing her marvellous breasts.
⟨5⟩ "Her thick hairknot is a little disorderly, the hairlocks on her temples look like fishes floating [in the air]. Some hair hanging loose sveetly are like the tendrils of the asoka creeping down and sticking to her cheeks like thin clouds covering [the moon]. The campaka that blooms in the knot of her hair is like nesting nicely into it.
Canto 10
⟨1⟩ "Let me tell you, myy lord. If she is in the mood of love, she looks so sweet as if it is clear nectar of the sugar-palm. It is as if her words issue syrrups which spray the hearts [of those addressed]. Her lips split open, exposing her teeth, are like a broken up manggosteen fruit, and her cheeks withholding a smile can be likened to someone rinsing her mouth with honey.
⟨2⟩ "Where is the lady who can match the princess in beauty, who is sweet to be kept in the mind [and awfully exquisite] to be described. It is as if she can disappear in the simmering air when looked upon at the time her hair is loose, and re-appears on an island full of pandanus flowers, in trance enjoying the sceneries, or sittiṅ on a rock looking at her reflection in the water below.
⟨3⟩ "In the evening after make up, her beauty arouses passion (rajas) to torture [anyone] mercilessly. A book is never far from her, as she always reads a lot. She is never satiated with [the contents of] the books, which is undoubtedly a sign of wisdom. However she only studies the poems till finished and able to recite quotations from it.
⟨4⟩ "These may suffice. Let us talk about the people who serve her in the palace. Wives of highranking officials and maidservants alike are all devoted to the princess. Female servants, priestess’ and widows [of the nobility] regard the princess as their goddess. Female hunchbacks like in stories, albinoes and dwarves newly obtained as booty are also there.
⟨5⟩ "There is one favorite of her, a beautiful widow of noble origin who has just made a vow [to stay unmarried]. She was once taken [as wife] by a prince of the dynasty of the kings of Wallabha, who was like a father to her, promising to give her beautiful clothes and a crown. She gave her approval [to marry], because she wanted name and fame and because of the persuasion of the one she regarded as teacher.
⟨6⟩ "Also there is a beautiful lady in waiting, traces of her sweetness are still there, which do not disappear. Her breasts are still like yellow ivory coconuts though not producing milk anymore and hanging a little. Her hair has already silver threads. Her body is like an old ketapang-leaf, still able to charm those who see. The hearts of those seeing her are held captive by her sweet looks which are like that of the waning moon.
⟨7⟩ "If you talk about beautiful women of the capital city of Kuṇḍina‚ it makes you really raise your eyebrows. They follow the fashion in vogue in Dwārawatī, in mind and actions, to arouse passion. Not only the beautiful things are there, even the way of laughing and talking are taken over. They are competing to become number one and many are afraid to be second best.
⟨8⟩ "The ladies in the city of Kuṇḍina do talk of nothing else than the capital city of Dwārawatī and the beautiful sceneries of the holiday resort at the great mountain of Rewata. Also about the pre-eminent kiṅ who excels himself in poetry, gallantry and highly esteemed by his people. Thus the praise of Your Majesty. Next they talk about the charming looks of the princess Rukmiṇī.
⟨9⟩ "Because there is indeed nothing else to talk about but the praise of my lord’s gallantry. You are held in high regard by all the people everywhere as a young king, courageous and powerful. That is the reason that the heart of Princess Rukmiṇī is ensnared by pangs of love towards Your Majesty. Her body is left in pain, struck by love and passion led only by the desire in her heart.
⟨10⟩ "Then there is a lady in waiting who is regarded as the leader in the harem. She always gives her instruction in singing, language and Sanskrit literature. All the people in the city know who is yearned for by the princess. They know where the heart of her mistress goes, and agree that it will be fitting that the marriage [of the princess with mylord] be performed as soon as possible.
⟨10⟩ "Thus are the secret feelings kept in her heart, and the vow to stay faithful is believed to be established firmly in her mind. She is indeed very much in love with mylord, no other man is considered by her. She spends her time composing lyrics of love and writing them down whilst chewing betel.
Canto 11
⟨1⟩ "Now I will tell my lord about her love to you. Day and night she is moaning and whimpering. In bed, complete with mattress and all, she feels like lying on a mat of pandanus flowers. She is angry when her cloth has to be taken off, because there are stains on the back of it. She is bewildered and tired of restraining her emotions, and looks like a flower charmed by a bumblebee.
⟨2⟩ "That is the reason I come to mylord, because your little sister is suffering, excruciated by loṅiṅ. All kinds of flowers in the garden are gathered and presented to her, hut none is accepted. When she is presented with a bunch of gaḍuṅ-flowers, she turns her face away and when she smells the fragrance of the asana, her heart seems to fall into ardour. Only the tañjuṅ-flower gets her favour, she makes garlands from it and uses it to decorate her ears.
⟨3⟩ "The more intense her feelings become, the crazier she behaves, and she is unable to control her tears to flow freely. She is out of her mind, she cries and a moment later she laughs, then she sings songs and lyrics from a kakavin. She carries a pandanus flowerbud with her everywhere, she talks to it and urges it to response. She beckons a bee passing by, begging her to stay, but why on earth should the bee be aware of her and delay [her passage]?.
⟨4⟩ "She stops beautifying her face and leaves the pimples on her face untreated, so that she looks like an unswept street. The charm of her lips has almost gone, and sorrow lingers on, because she does not chew betel anymore. Facepowder and cosmetics lie untouched and spill over the floor, because she throws [the powder pot over], and nobody cares to clear it. Her face is not washed, so pale like the moon on the second day. Only dreariness and loneliness stay on her lips.
Canto 12
⟨1⟩ "In brief, mylord should see her in the grip of passion, and extend mercy forever. Also you, mylord, should pay attention to the invitation of your aunt.
⟨2⟩ "Mylord should not think, that I rush you into action. [It is only] that Queen Pr̥thukīrtti said with emphasis that she wants Your Majesty to come very much, as soon as possible and without delay.
⟨3⟩ "Time is short, do not delay, mylord. In the story of Danārjjana, the expression reads: ’Attainment of an object should be act upon as quick as possible, [especially] in cases of transactions of girls, there should be no delay [at all].’
⟨4⟩ "When [mylord] arrives in the city of Kuṇḍina, you should right away ask for the hand of the princess. There will be no objections from Queen Sukharā (Pr̥thukīrtti). Then do not wait to carry away the honey. ↓1
⟨5⟩ "Also concerning the way of proposal. Do not take notice of religious regulations or auspicious time. You should take the advantage of the love of both parties, which is called ’the marriage of gandharvas’.’’ ↓2
⟨6⟩ Thus were the words of the messenger, pronounced with skill and full of sweetness. In words and deeds she did not exaggerate, her expression and gestures made an excellent impression.
⟨7⟩ King Krəṣṇa was delighted to listen to her. He was very much impressed and could not answer quickly. His heart seemed to refuse to beat, and he almost did wrong things due to the influence [of her speech].
⟨8⟩ So before he spoke in a friendly manner, he wiped off his lips, folded his hands in front of his chest and his words seemed to shower diamonds:
⟨9⟩ "Forgive me mylady. Do not think that I ignore you. Too much nectar has been wasted; what matters nov is to attain triumph.
⟨10⟩ "You speak as if I am not aware of what the whole population of Jambudvīpa has talked about. How on earth should I not desire the beautiful princess. Certainly a lower loves his beloved.
⟨11⟩ "Now your visit here is like torrential rain falling upon a withering tree. My love [for the princess] shoots up and thrives, bearing leaves of passion and flowers of yearning.
⟨12⟩ "The night-lotus yearns for the moon, surely the day-lotus will long for the morning-sun. The asana seems to be unaware of everything, but it will spring up and flourish at the rumbling of thunder.
⟨13⟩ "Also the honey-bee will be always yearning for the flower, the white heron will always fly towards the water. The wandering peacock will always prick up its ears on hearing the thunder, and the eagle will always fly around to reach the firmament.
⟨14⟩ "Likewise I will be wandering around in the pursuit of love. At present the fire of love will drive me away. Uncontrolled passion will fly and disappear in Kundina without being noticed.
⟨15⟩ "Queen Prethukirtti is genuine in this case, exactly like the rays of the moon which are very distinct in the dark. The rays of the sun will come soon. I am truly sensational to accept and receive her gift.
⟨16⟩ "The love and attachment of Rukmiṇī towards me is like gold kept and cherished in [my] heart. It is like the essence of her sweet words and the sympathy of Queen Pr̥thukīrtti is like the brilliant shine."
Canto 13
⟨1⟩ Thus he said. King Krəṣṇa had spoken (his words), then he turned gloomy, overvhelmed by tender feelings and struck by ave by the thunder of affliction; thrilled by overflowing passion and swept by a flood of sex-lust, [caused by] endless rain of pangs of love, he wanted to take refuge in the warmth of the bossom [of the princess].
⟨2⟩ He had expressed his hope to marry the princess and live in love forever. Passion and desire to caress the waist of the princess in coition with offerings of blood stained on the fragrant smelling cloth, together with a shower of face-powder and the hairknot that came loose like a ’kupat luar’, disturbed the king.
⟨3⟩ Thus he pondered upon the way to come to Kuṇḍina. He wanted to come quietly and slip into the city furtively, pretending to make a pilgrimage with only two, three or four attendants who carried the betel-box and writing utensils; and live from earnings from [selling] garlands and singing performances. ↓3
⟨4⟩ Not much attention would be aroused by a wandering minstrel, who had interest only in the beautiful spots [of the country], find work at parties and shelter at quiet buildings. The interesting part would be, when he be approached by brokers [of parties] and yet could get away again and again, and [be able] to send collyrium, cosmetics and teeth-blacking sets together with betel [to the princess].
⟨5⟩ Further to receive in return young leaves of the aśoka with writings and signature attached together with waistband and red loincloth, nicely and tightly wrapped. The letter should be bidden very well, because it contains the proceedings of the escape agreed upon. It should be smuggled out, concealed in the folds of the kain of the messenger.
⟨6⟩ Because the situation of Princess Rukmiṇī was incredibly precarious. She was in the palace, exceedingly well-guarded as if it were a lion’s den. Further her brother added more guards to that of King Bhiṣmaka, He [King Krəṣṇa] would be burnt to death like Smara (the god of love) if he Came like that. Why should he do that?
⟨7⟩ Certainly the kings of Cedi and Magadha would be the greatest obstacles, because the sons of Wrəhadrətha were his enemies from olden times. That was why he decided to go with guards and armed forces. According to the teachings of religion, there was nothing wrong [for him] to bring presents [for the bride].
Canto 14
⟨1⟩ Thus were his considerations. (It was related that) the sun had set, the weather became cooler. Then the ḍaḍali-birds appeared, flying around in the sky. The clouds were the forerunners of the twilight. Its colour was yellowish red hovering thickly above the city-gates. There on top of it, the sun was shining, not so brilliant anymore, just like the flicker of an oil-lamp.
⟨2⟩ In the city the evening air vibrated with the noise and tumult of the people. Those who would go along with the king in the morning had been decided. That was the reason that armoury, weapons of all kinds and vehicles were prepared in a hurry. All the people of Dwārawatī received their orders, to be carried out without deliberations.
⟨3⟩ Likewise the Yadus and Wrəṣṇis who made their audience [to be briefed] were given their instructions. Also King Baladeva, most important amongst the king’s allies, was already informed. Two things should be considered. One should not have fortifications constructed only from pleated palm-leaves, and [the second is] one should consider carefully the predicaments. As long as one had taken account of everything carefully, he would not be overcome by his enemies and be left without friends.
⟨4⟩ Soon the night came. The sun had set entirely and the moon came up shining brilliantly. The cemented walls looked brighter and whiter, imparting gloss around. The shadows of the camara-trees, distinctly cast upon it, sprawled over and covered the city-gates. The fire-flies swarmed up marvellously as if they were the sparks of the rays of the moon.
⟨5⟩ When the air turned cold, [at that time] the king was in the grip of longing in a pavillion where he used to entertain himself, part of which was built like a bridal-suit, linked to the bigger main building. Next to it, a pond was built, beautifully dyked with a wall of white crystal stones all around. Fishes of all kinds, sprinkled by water from a waterspout, moved around chasing one another. They shone and glittered reflecting back the lustre of the moon-stones.
⟨6⟩ At the side [of the pond] the walls of the golden pavillion gleamed brightly affected by the flame of the lamp. There was a fragrant smell coming from the gaduṅ-flowers, climbing and creeping along the eaves. There the king directed his steps, his heart stirred by hope and anxiety, as if he would meet the object of his yearning, lying there is agony discarding her clothes.
⟨7⟩ The yearning of the king was unfulfilled, arousing grief in his heart. The movements of young leaves touched his heart like the beckoning [of the beloved] ‚ urging to come near. The sound of the house-lizard aroused pangs of love, inciting him to jump onto the nuptial bed. The cries of the bats and the sound of their wiṅs reminded him of the rustling sound of the kain. It kept him awake.
⟨8⟩ The glittering of the lotus moved by the wind, awakened in him the fire of lust. The sound of gold ground to dust to make cream to keep the body warm was the rattling of cloth caressing the body [of the princess while walking]. The drops of dew at the verge of falling down looked like the jewels at the edges of the sash [of the princess] . The fruit of the asoka, sandwiched nicely between the flowers looked like trembling of fear.
⟨9⟩ Also in the month of Kārttika, a bit of drizzle came. The buds of the vuṅu-flowers did not bloom yet, though they were almost open, as if only waiting affectionately for the thunder. [However] the buds of the asana-flowers seemed to feel cold and got goose-flesh, issuing young leaves shivering in the wind. [On the other hand] the jamines gave rise to delight as they enjoyed themselves in the cold rays of the moon.
⟨10⟩ The night passed. The fog that cowered the trees of the forest thickly was entirely lifted. The blue lotuses which were soundly asleep, began to move with the disappearance of the fog, only the lotuses were moving to and fro, as the bees were crowding on them, imitating the slow movements of girls sleeping together with their lovers.
Canto 15
⟨1⟩ When a bright day arrived [at the folloving morning]. King Krəṣṇa had already washed himself there in the pond. Facing eastward (the direction of the sun) he engaged himself in prayers in the remembrance of God Śiwa. From gloom he was brightened by the rays of the morning sun, like the day-lotus opening up in the morning. He enshrined the sound of the syllable Om which rang like the buzzing of the bee, in his heart.
⟨2⟩ Teng. The bell of the hour rang. At once the banner was raised [as a sign] of departure. The sound of the drums was booming, and that of the various trumpets was roaring. The horsemen were ordered to move first, quick but orderly. The pages were sweetly calling each other, which culminated into a roaring cheer.
⟨3⟩ When the armed forces were on the road, they had to stop, because [the road was] too crowded. They had moved at the same time and were competing with each other to reach the city-gates. They shouted at each other, and were very agitated, because they wanted to arrive in Kuṇḍina as soon as possible. Those in front shouted a warning: ’Be careful with your lances and make room’.
⟨4⟩ Soon the Yadus were far away from the city, which was quietly left behind. Only the people playing on the portable gamelan to accompany the king were still waiting, producing sweet tunes. So after all the preparations were made, the king, already in his journey attire, was ready to leave. He [only] waited for the exact time for an auspicious departure, which was decided upon by the priests.
⟨5⟩ The royal vagon was harnessed with two rows of horses, because it was drawn by four horses. So it was said, that they were very strong and were called Sonya, Sugrīwa [which were close] to the wagon. Then Walāha was not inferior to them as a horse. Furthermore Meghapuṣpa was praise-worthy. People said that they were able to pass through dangerous mountains and water, not to mention [fighting] in the battlefield.
⟨6⟩ And the powerful charioteer of King Krəṣṇa was called Dāruki, famous in the world in being very skilful in managing large wagons, adept in the knowledge of taming horses and his speciality was the ease with which he performed everything. If the road was dangerous, then he turned around towards the sea.
⟨7⟩ So, first he loaded the wagon with all kinds of weapons, e.i. bows, all kinds of arrows, creeses, swords, disc and shining lances. The disc Sudarśana, which was so sharp and shone so brightly like the moon, and the unequalled Pāñcajanya were already in position. All armaments were complete.
⟨8⟩ The king mounted in the wagon with an attendant carrying the fruit-bowl. Also there was a young priest called Megbadhvaja, who was ordered to come along. He was the highest in rank adviser to the state and proved to be successful in giving advice [to the king], because he was an adept in knowledge, highly qualified and well-liked by the people. Furthermore he was courageous and never negligent.
⟨9⟩ With the pretence of evading dangerous omens and procuring praise, he briefly designed the stratagem of the porcupine, namely though the mind was troubled by turmoil and inimicality, outwardly nothing could be noticed. The mind [should always] be prepared to face difficulties in attaining success with the support of knowledge, religion and literature.
⟨10⟩ .......... The quarrel between the soldiers on wagons, other than those crazy of fighting and the umbrella-carriers were not taken into account [by the king], because the horses were eager and wanted to move speedily, as they were too long out of action. Their neighing was countered by others as if they were indignant and seemed to incite [everyone] to depart.
⟨11⟩ So the king in his wagon bedecked with jewels and precious stones, set out with a nice and pleasant pace, bearing in mind that there were attendants who came along more than once. Some had to return as quick as possible, and they could not defy [the order], because when they left hurriedly, they left their weapons at home. Why should they not return home?
Canto 16
⟨1⟩ Swiftly the wagon ran through forests and planes along the coast, also through the northern slopes of mountain Rewata [aloṅ roads] looking down the planes at the foot of the mountain. The king turned back his head again and again to see the beauty of the capital city which the further he went, the more indistinct it became. The trees seemed to glitter [in the sun], so that be had to put his hands above his eyes.
⟨2⟩ Wherever he went through, thc sceneries were picturesque, the crop was just brought in and the straw was still left on the field. The dykes were broken at several places, like the line of the eyebrows dotted by power. Thc tall grass in the valleys, blown by the wind, was like loose hair just tussled [by tbe hand]. A thin cloud cowered the hill-side like body-cream spread over the breasts.
⟨3⟩ He went through a village of exceeding beauty with a large population and nearby market. At the south there was a hermitage, just over the ravine near a vaterfall. The tree [closeby] was a banyan-tree, which was always a landmark [for the hermitage] from far away, and the bamboo-groves [were an indicator] from near.
⟨4⟩ There was a man at the ’bhaganjing’ (hermitage) who could read or recite poems aloud, but also always active in writing [poems(?)]. He chose the sharpest writing-knife he could get, still wet from being sharpened. His biceps were all muscles and when he sat in thought, desires [of worldly things] crept in his mind by lack of control of the senses. Indeed he had chosen the wrong occupation, he should play the flute or sing as a professional, because he was not established yet [in renunciation].
⟨5⟩ There was a valley of the mountain with a lake, its water tossing and waving. It was greatly scenic and a resort for those who came to bathe while indulging in romantic adventure, enjoying the sceneries from the rocks and the view of the lovely lotuses, or went to the holiday resort island. With delight they could roam around on foot or float on the water or swim.
⟨6⟩ The far end of the hermitage was floored with sand brought there by the breakers, its strand was as if dyked around in rows. At the sides the swans were lying low as if asleep. They laid eggs on the lake-island or hid them in the crevices of rocks. Not to mention the chicks which were floating on the water like kələpu-flowers.
⟨7⟩ .......... However only roses were found there, rubbing against the wuṅu-tree. There was a stream flowing strongly, emerging from a cave in the holes of the ravine [near] the hermitage. A boulder, partially portrudiṅ [from the cave] looked formidable like an elephant with a root of a tree as trunk.
⟨8⟩ Its water was clear, falling from above, but reddish yellow of colour. The sand was clean, red-colored like wax, and a pair of doves were picking something on it. It was a pretty picture, enjoyable for those coming for a pleasure-trip whilst looking for delights, wearing ferns as ear-ornaments and then hunting for birds’ nests, followed by wandering in the bushes of the kajar-plants.
Canto 17
⟨1⟩ Leaving behind [the people looking for delights], let us look back at the boulder sheltering [the stream] found before near the hermitage. The water of the stream showered down, looking like water falling from the edge of the roof. In a crevix of the paras-wall a sənə̄-tree was growing vigorously as if being sprinkled. A ḍaḍali-bird flapped its wings and flew accidentally into the shower of water and had to shake [its body] to dry.
⟨2⟩ There was a snake hiding in a pile of slates from fear of being seen. The waterfall spread around rays of vapour, as if the snake spitted out precious diamonds. The rays of vapour descended like smoke on the young leaves of the aśoka which quivered like being sprinkled. A cataka bird flying high up [in the sky] seemed to persuade the drizzle to evaporate to join the rainbow.
⟨3⟩ So King Basudevaputra (Krəṣṇa) got carried away by the enchanting scenes of the sea. The journey became a pleasure-trip to entertain himself, and he forgot entirely about the original purpose. However the priest Meghadhvaja was not negligent; respectfully and calmly he asked permission to give counsel: "It is indeed the truth, that the purpose of being in the service of the king is to be constantly aware of the wellbeing of his master.
Canto 18
⟨1⟩ "Listen to my words, oh mylord. This is not the time, that mylord be carried away by the beauty of nature and forget an extremely important matter. Mylord, please remember your business, do not be negligent. Do not indulge yourself in pleasure-trips, there are too many negative points to it. ↓4
⟨2⟩ "Proceed with what you have first in mind, do not delay it. There are a lot of things that can bring a person to regret, if he is not resolute. However if he is persistent, for sure everything will be successful. There is nothing that gives trouble to a man with an iron will.
⟨3⟩ "Furthermore, the country we are heading for is [still] far away. The king of Cedi might already be there, the day of the royal function is approaching quickly. If I [were you I] will be very shameful and unhappy if I came too late.
⟨4⟩ "The best thing that you, mylord, has to bear in mind is, that your visit to the king of Kuṇḍina is full of peril. Mylord has to take care of the concern of the queen of King Bhīṣmaka, who has been in fear, and very much hoping for assistance.
⟨5⟩ "The problem of discussing stratagem is because there is no subtle way at all. That is vhy I appeal to you, mylord, to be careful. Consider deeply what you will say. Who knows that the secret will burst into common knowledge. Your true intention should be hidden in all your conduct.
⟨6⟩ "A man who is thinking of hiding gold, gives the appearance of being a poor man. Then how can he be known that he is a rich man? He talks a lot to hide his intentions, which is comparable with diving in clear water. Why should be not be detected? ↓5
⟨7⟩ "Mylord takes the opportunity to visit relatives, because of affection and feelings of fraternity in times of adverse circumstances, such as that might come up in royal functions. It is appropriate or better still that you bring a gift for the bride, because it looks incongruous to come without being invited.
⟨8⟩ "Well, mylord comes here without the invitation of King Bhīṣmaka. Mylord comes just like a commoner comes to another one. Pretend to be ignorant [of what is happening] whether they are friendly or not. Just play the fool, like Garuḍa disguising himself as a sage, striving to achieve his goal.
⟨9⟩ "Prince Rukma is known to be very clever. For sure he will not be pleased and will do everything [possible] to be obstructive. The more so when he sees the great number of Wrəṣṇi host with elephants, vagons, horses like a task-force unit [ready for invasion].
⟨10⟩ "In brief I would advise mylord not to be without care, not to delay further the journey and do attempt to arrive [in Kuṇḍina] before the king of Cedi. Come in time, before the function is over.
Canto 19
⟨1⟩ "Also mylord has to consider the princess, who has been too long waiting for the response from mylord towards her feelings. Mylord can imagine, because she has been suffering for so long from being faithful to love. She is restless like waiting for the groom to take her in his arms.
⟨2⟩ "That feelings of love have grown, because she is truly a princess and a virgin. Sorrow is not good for her, like a poem for a child. She has no experience of love, union and loveplay. If she wants it and it happens to be available, why should it be wrong that she takes it? ↓6
⟨3⟩ "Because if you consider the agony of one in love, there are many, e.g. the art of taking a wife by oral persuasion or by force; to have the heart to see the beloved in agony of being deflowered, turning her face away angrily and does not reply [when addressed]; to hear the heartbeat of the girl who is on the verge of loosing her well-guarded kain.
⟨4⟩ "For a change when you prepare for sexual intercourse [with a virgin], it is much better to be without light. Embracing, moulding and pinching the hard bosom makes the girl have gooseflesh. She will writhe and wriggle, she will agree to sit on the lap, but keep you at armslength, with no concern at all that [by her struggle] her kain is pulled away and eventually thrown away.
⟨5⟩ "however [if the girl] has overcome her prudency, and does not mind to make love, the embrace of a couple in love is like the petals of a pandanus-flower. It is as if the campaka flower squeezed between the breasts is grounded to dust. The union is close and tight, the heart-beat of both [lovers] in harmony".
⟨6⟩ Thus were the words of Priest Meghadhvaja to the king, who seemed to smile, because he [perfectly] understood the hint to go to Kuṇḍina more speedily. It seemed that his heart was also burdened with longing. Signs of passion were visible, he looked like burning coal consuming hay. ↓7
Canto 20
⟨1⟩ The king left the mountainous forests, heading for lower grounds in his wagon speedily. He ran along the coast-line and these regions too were already passed. He did not cross over the mountains again, but took the route through the planes, because his heart was filled with love-sickness. There was nothing that hampered his vay, he wanted only to arrive [in Kuṇḍina] as soon as possible, because of the pain in his heart.
⟨2⟩ The road along the coast was deserted, its sceneries were awe-inspiring. A big river with turbulent water from the mountains rushed down onto a rock at the estuary and made a hole in it. Inside [the hole] the water sounded ṅek ṅok like the pining of geese taking turns regularly. The water waved and whirled around with astounding roarings, so that the mist turned and twisted along with it.
⟨3⟩ What kind of ivory coconut tree was it that grew all by itself on a rock? Its leaning trunk was covered by mist whilst its leaves were swishing, blown by the strong wind of the waves. Its roots were marvellous, looking like creepers, its fruit was ripe and there were plenty of flowers. A pair of vhite herons sat closely together perching on its petiole.
⟨4⟩ The peaks of rocks and mountains looked statuesque covered by a forest of pine trees. The water from the mountains rushed roaring down and pressed by the wind fell with a blow on the waves. The water-drops spraying upwards formed a drizzle, gray-colored, [but] turned into the colours of the rainbow when the sun-rays fell upon it. The kat-kat came and went, but because of the strong-blowing wind, they had difficulty to find their way.
⟨5⟩ A nice-looking building with a roof in tiers was in ruin. What did it look like formerly [nobody knew]. The gates were almost collapsed, overgrown by handul-creepers which were blooming furiously. The walls also collapsed, falling into pieces, because repeatedly the breakers sent showers of sea-water unto them. The images of the deities were broken, because they were covered, penetrated and crushed by roots [of trees].
Canto 21
⟨1⟩ There was an island, clearly seen, because of a hill topped by trees and vegetation. The sound of peacocks and nightiṅales was audible from the coast. There on the peak stood a rest-house, so picturesque [partly] hidden. The roof, blanketed by white clouds looked so pure, like the buds of mushrooms just opening.
⟨2⟩ The sides of the rock [walls] looked fabulous when the water-line retreated back further. The rocks looked so nice as if intentionally carved in the form of a drummer and another one that of a puppetteer. There below, on the water, kalaka and səkartaji flowers were floating together with a handle of an old umbrella. Withering and dry lotuses were mixed up with aśoka-flowers, whilst kapipir-flowers blended [nicely] with betel-leaves.
⟨3⟩ On the banks of the sea, at the [end] of a road up the hill, there was a hermitage, old, lonely and neglected. The roof was totally destroyed by [rain]-water and smashed into five parts by storms. The hearts of those to see the ruins of the building would be emotionally affected, because it was leaning to one side and almost overturned. Only roots that came down from a tree and wound themselves around the pillars kept it upright.
⟨4⟩ There was a rock which was so pleasing to the eyes. It was as if [someone] bad swept it tidily and the sand was so smooth. The pandanus’ were creeping along everywhere, sprayed and soaked by the water up to their branches, moving slowly up and sideways shaken by the waves. Their flowers were destroyed and thrown into the water, their pollen fell showering around as if being shaken.
⟨5⟩ The sea with its fragrant smelling sandalwood-tree was like a pundit with a clear and spotless [mind]. Shells and tripod stands were there everywhere and the kijings served as the books. After bathing the reverend guru [would] calmly go to the rock to pray to the Sun-god. The snails washed themselves while taking the water by handfulls, pronounced their prayers solemnly.
⟨6⟩ The white heron was like being burdened with sins, flying around the rock, looking for the hermit [to deliver him]. The roots of the trees were winding on each other and the little nests of the birds were intricately stuffed in between. A pack of maniṅ-tiṅ-birds was fighting fiercely for a prawn against the tilil-birds. The buntək-bird was confounded, because of his round belly he could not find a way to part thc quarelling parties.
⟨7⟩ For a while the king slowed down the speed of the wagon a little to look at the amusing scene, but the glittering ripples, rushing after a lotus reminded him of the flying kain of the beloved, running and begging to go along with him, [The kain seemed] to go in flame flickering like lightning resembling a red cloth signalling him to stop. The sails [of proas] came and went by like a lethargic person wrapping himself [in a sarong].
⟨8⟩ Suddenly the one enjoying himself in the beauteous sceneries of the beach (Krəṣṇa) remembered the princess. The flying white herons reminded him of a row of girls standing closely together with open shoulders. The pandanus lying upon the elephant rocks reminded him of fragrant smelling kains. Two blooming pandanus-flowers made him so lovelorn, because they reminded him of the two legs of a girl riding on horseback.
Canto 22
⟨1⟩ After the journey along the coast, he followed a road leading to a dam. Without difficulty the wagon rolled along, kept in control by way of holding the harness of the horses [firmly]. Well, the speed of the wagon, the day turning cold and the sun setting were not related. The flowers of the varu-tree fell in heaps everywhere along the road.
⟨2⟩ From a village at the top of a hill came the lovely sound of people pounding rice. However only a vaduri (expert) would know from what wood the rice mortar was made, whether it was vaṅvan or iñculuk-wood. Leisurely a water-buffalo with a boy on its back was walking in the valley, which was an interesting sight to see. Thc contrast of the sceneries [of the hill and the valley] came to rest there in the depth of the ravine.
⟨3⟩ There was a brave man who [still worked] in the middle of a dry rice-field feared by the villagers. [He just] started to burn the hay and the smoke was only very little at first. Slowly it spread around. The wooden kulkul (signalblock) in the watch-tower rang rather soft, announcing the hour. [On hearing this] the cattle returned to their stables from the paddocks one after the other.
⟨4⟩ His journey went further and further, pleasantly and without being aware that the region of Dvāravatī was left behind and he arrived in the land of Kuṇḍina. He came to a beautiful village with many great mansions of the ruling elite. It was known by the name of Dharmmasabhā, extremely famous of its set-up, because there were so many great buildings.
⟨5⟩ Directly north of the groups [of these mansions] was the market, very close to a great river. There the king stopped to stay overnight and all the army etc took their stay in big tents. The quarters of the king was distinguished by ropes all around. There the attendants came to make audience, when the king was sitting, fascinated by a picture.
⟨6⟩ It was really an enthralling picture of a girl overvhelmed by pangs of love. The king was afflicted by grief, as if his heart were in pain. The picture was so lifelike, so that the king seemed to be spell-bound. He looked like being possessed, just by looking at it, perplexed and dazzled.
⟨7⟩ When dark was near, dinner was served on golden dining tables. All kinds of food, carefully selected were dished out in perfect order before the king. Then food for the religious teacher was brought in, in the form of an offering. Clearly the kind of food for a priest was known to the attendants, and in fact borne in mind all the time.
⟨8⟩ All the Yadu-soldiers were facing their own tables, arranged in rows. There the left-overs from the king’s table came and served them. The men were eating greedily without talking, only their lips were smacking in rapid tempo. Some had the hiccup and were beckoning the waiters asking for water.
⟨9⟩ There were two officials who were given seats wroṅly (not in accordance with their rank), namely below their ranks without prior notice. This made them angry, they grumbled but the words were not clearly audible. They sat with their heads in their hands, sulking, turning their heads the other way and did not like to accept the drinks they were offered. A friend of the two, who was also seated below [his rank], spoke with a drunken voice:
⟨10⟩ "Do not be sad, do not be angry. Eat and drink! It is no use to be indignant. Whatever the place, if it is a jewel, it will be priceless, even if it falls into wine. Eventhough one is high up there in the sky, if he is not excellent, he is worthless. Behave like Garuḍa, says the wise man.
⟨11⟩ "And you better listen to what I hear from the pundits: ’The Brahmins are the old people established in all kinds of knowledges and religions. For the people of the kṣatriya-caste, power is most important. For the vaiśyas (merchants and farmers) it is wealth. However foremost amongst all of these is old age. For the sudras there is nothing (to be mentioned)’.
⟨12⟩"In brief, if you [think you] are a kṣatriya, your virtue is your rank and your courage is your wealth. King Krəṣṇa is indeed vise, very appropriate to be taken as example by those to achieve happiness. In the battle-field you have to try very hard to sacrifice your life, if you are striving for happiness, because reward is only for those with virtues. It is useless for those without virtues".
Canto 23
⟨1⟩ There were others who were chattig under the fenced banyan-tree. Cheerfully they offered each other drinks and snacks, very amiably. Then one said to his friend while drinking with ease. Holding his cup and keeping himself in the shadows, he spoke:
⟨2⟩ "What do you have in mind concerning things to do for the preparation of moksa (liberation) in the framework of your devotion to His Majesty, who is an expert in the knowledge of heavenly Bliss. At the moment, you have to stop thinking about [any-body you] love; stop thinking about trade (business) as it will hamper you to remember [God]. Detach yourself from the desire for courage which leads you to power or position.
⟨3⟩ "Just remember how long your life-span would be. Silver, gold and jewels are fleeting things (perishable things). Establish your knowledge on ’the Truth’. Control tamah (sensuality), do service [to God and others] while you are alive.
⟨4⟩ "Because even when you are still young, you have already to start performing dharmma (religious observance). Afterwards artha, that is gathering wealth has to be carried out. After you are wealthy, then you can marry (saṅgama or kāma) [establishing a household]. When you reach old age, you have to strive for heavenly Bliss (mokṣa).
⟨5⟩ "Thus it is very good, if you start early to prepare for the end [of life]. Talk to your Self, be detached from name and fame. Even towards your child or wife, do not be too attached. Although your wife is always ready to serve you, do not indulge in sex-lust.
⟨6⟩ Let us leave the lively conversation of the soldiers. There were [others] who talked about fightings, dramatising them fiercely, giving demonstrations of how to parry swords or lances. His drinking companions were amazed and absorbed. Repeatedly they stood up, but never come to leave.
⟨7⟩ After finishing his drink, the king went to bed. Those in the camp looked also for a place to sleep in a fuss. Those who did not want to sleep yet, looked for shelter under the trees and shaded areas. [Public] buildings and guest-bouses were full of people talking boisterously, confused and drunk.
⟨8⟩ Time passed. After a while the loudmouths even stopped [blubbering]. Everybody was asleep soundly. For sure at 4 o’clock a.m., the world was quiet as if spellbound. It was as if the spell of ’silence’ took effect, the people asleep were so quiet like dead.
⟨9⟩ Then it turned colder and nothing seemed to stir. Only the kapok-tree was shriekiṅ and screaming, giving rise to fear, as it was blown by the wind. The branches, rubbing against each other shrilled and screeched. The gecko, hiding (there) at the gate, squealed in certain numbers.
⟨10⟩ Wind carrying dew.......................................... The bees eager to acquire honey were buzzing busily, proceeding from one flower to the other.
⟨11⟩ The moon, growing pale, was like a person who has lost a high position, and looked pitiful. Its lustre disappeared totally. The bard sang ................................................................
⟨12⟩ It was day. The bard did not sing anymore. The darkness caused by the trees disappeared as if cut away. It was all fine and bright. The morning rays shone red and the host of army prepared themselves [to leave] ........................................
Canto 24
⟨1⟩ The mind of the head-men in the neighbouring regions were .......................................................... Also King Krəṣṇa went on with his journey firstly in the morning, because he wanted to see so eagerly the well-built dam.
⟨2⟩ .............................................................................................................at the religious domains. The helpsters of the female hermits were charmed by all the nice things they saw, and all of them were overvhelmed at the sight of the king. They talked sweetly discussing the king invested with superhuman powers.
⟨3⟩ ..................................................................................................................................flowers which looked like betel-[flowers] smelled fragrantly and the sundarī screamed so loudly. The wells were shady and cool with only a few thorny plants. The weather was still cool, yet the katimaṅ-trees were [already] aggressive and destroyed everything that stood in their vay.
⟨4⟩ .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Suddenly her husband came, without looking right nor left walked quickly by. It seemed that they both had sold their merchandise and now were looking for other things to do.
Canto 25
⟨1⟩ ........................................................................................................................................An offering-place was found there, lonely, covered by heaps of ashes. There were a lot of flowers [used as offerings]‚ spread throughout the yard and a dead tortoise was hung on a tree.
⟨2⟩ ........................................................................................................................................................at the graveyard. A kapok-tree which just had grown sprouts and leaves was surrounded by suraga-plants and had an offering-pad on which a betel-box was found. On the crossroad betel for offerings was laid on a stone.
⟨3⟩ [The place] was quiet and forgotten. There was not a single person in the yard. Even more it was hot. The paṅgaṅ and kasine trees had [their branches] felled and stood there bare. A stretcher was green with moss and another was rotting. Gak-gok-gak were the cries of the vultures in the bamboo-groves, resounding so sweetly. The boughs of the kəpuh tree inspired fear, as blown by the wind, they seemed to threaten [anyone coming] by roaring furiously.
⟨4⟩ This was the description of the old road, full of grass, and the lamura grass grew thick and hairy. The pandakakis were everywhere, the fruits of the jaha were in plenty and were collected in baskets by wrinkled elderly people. The branches of the turi-trees grew twigs and sprigs, withered like thorns, the galigas trees were almost cut off. An old broom was leaning on a kəmuniṅ tree in front of a small temple.
⟨5⟩ The king almost reached his destination, only a small distance had to be passed. The sound of the drums in the city could be heard vaguely, arousing pangs of love in the hearts of those hearing it. The roads were full of people in groups. When they were asked, what they coming for from so far, they answered, that they wanted to see the wedding of Princess Rukmiṇī with the king of Cedi.
⟨6⟩ When King Krəṣṇa arrived at the capital city of Kuṇḍina with his host, vehicles etc, the main road became more and more crowded with those coming along. The line was endless, and its sound was like that of a waterfall in the ravines, booming and roaring like thunder. The ornaments of the wagons were like asana flowers, arranged and composed in gold.
⟨7⟩ It was indeed great to see how they marched along the roads in units, one after the other. The men on parade were filling and even spilling over the roads, moving in long columns with great decorations of gold. The sounds of the gaməlan instruments were disturbed by the resounding bells of the elephants which were heavier than usual, confused and mixed with the neighing of horses.
⟨8⟩ The drums and trumpets carried by soldiers as vaṅuard of the king were marvellous. The whole population of the palace compound was in turmoil at the news of the arrival of King Krəṣṇa. The people were running and racing each other, while shouting that they wanted to see [the king]. The thieves were also running when they saw people running, but they ran away with the property of someone else.
⟨9⟩ The women-folk of the capital city were racing each other from fear of being too late to see [King Krəṣṇa]. Those busy with their makeup, put wroṅ things on their faces, those reddening their lips suddenly stopped doing so. Likewise those busy to knot the hair, before they were ready, they were already gone. And the funniest part of it was, that the hairknot got loose, and yet while running, they were trying to pleat their kains.
⟨10⟩ There was a beautiful young girl, still groving up, and too young to have sexual intercourse. Then she was attracted by the news [of the arrival] of the king, so she wanted to see [him] . Before her mind was not touched by love and though very much instructions were given, she was beyond persuasion. However the minute she came home from seeing King Krəṣṇa, she called out and asked her husband to make love to her.
⟨11⟩ There were others who became confused and all of a sudden fell heels over ears in love. She left without waiting for her maid to accompany her, who ran after her. Still she did not stop. Her fragrant smelling kain flew in the wind, exposing the calf of her legs which resembled pandanus flowers. Her pretty shawl was like a book [of lontar leaves] held under the arm touching her breasts.
⟨12⟩ Then when she already arrived at the look-out to wait for [the guest] just coming, her behaviour and mind were very proper. She sat with her arms straight down to her thighs. Moaning she struck on her head with her elbows, taking care of not smashing her eyebrovs. Because of her affliction she took so much care of her eyelashes to be in line with [the curves of her] eyebrows.
⟨13⟩ Another lady looked also great, in beauty her equal was nothing less than a lake full of lotuses. When she threw a glance, the smile seemed to go with it, imitating the pollen of the day-lotus. The leaves of the blue lotus were like her kain blowing in the wind. She acted so sweet, swayiṅ while complaining of weariness, like a swan riding on the ripples of water.
Canto 26
⟨1⟩ When he passed by, the one looking like the moon was shining brightly. The ladies in the look-out were all enthralled at the sight of the king. Others were not aware that their cloth got loose or their kain was in disorder, because their minds were so fascinated when standing in the front row watching [the king come by] so clearly. ↓8
⟨2⟩ There was a lady who heard about the fame of King Krəṣṇa throughout the world. Now she could see him in person, exactly like the manifestation of Kāma (the god of love) on earth. That was the reason that she remained quietly in thoughts, whilst her eyes followed him all the way. "Ah‚" she said. She bowed her head in amazement, uttering the syllable "uh-uh” to express her admiration.
⟨3⟩ More womenfolk of the capital city of Kuṇḍina came like an avalanche of mountains. They seemed to fight against the Yadus, parrying each other with the sharpness of their eyes. They stood upright with the calf of legs straight like the bow of God Smara. Their curving eyebrows were exactly like arrows drawn to destroy love-sickness.
⟨4⟩ There on the walls, which were like hollow rocks, there were numerous onlookers resembling bees sucking honey from flowers and not being quite satisfied disappeared into them. Also the fragrant smell was so mystifying as if mixed with their drunkenness which showed up in the glitter of their eyes. The [infatuation of the] onlookers was capable of destroying its sweetness if there were attempts to hide [the drunkenness].
⟨5⟩ All of them were affected by love-sickness, not even one was not looking for fulfilment. The flame of desire was hidden in a friendly appearance, like the detachment of a sātvika (vise man). They pretended to be hermits, but they were caught [in the ajct] of throwing glances. Passion and desire were deeply buried in their hearts, but they escaped forcefully, reflected in the movements of their eyebrows.
⟨6⟩ A man ran to the stables to hide, because there was a woman stealthily waiting for him. They performed the ’act’ of love under the cover of a heap of gadung leaves. Their passion was clearly seen in the expression on their faces which were so close together, kissing each other on the cheeks ornamented with fragrant jaṅga flowers.
⟨7⟩ Then there was a couple who purposely rubbing their bodies against each other in the look-out, harmoniously, savely and with great delight. Both were wearing red clothes and drawing them up to cover [the act]. They were enjoying betel, but [one of them] was wearing a rod of withering young coconut leaves. The woman bent her body forward slightly to remove the difficulty of penetration. When one looked at them, they pretended to be just standing together.
Canto 27
⟨1⟩ The king had gone by without paying attention to those people affected by physical affliction. He remained well-disposed like an asana flower in bloom well away from decay and putrefaction. Sweet like the moon on the fifth day [of the dark fortnight] he removed the darkness of the mind of the lovelorn. The sun set in gloom, because the king seemed not to pay heed to him at all.
⟨2⟩ He looked divine, that was why the people having seen him began to talk [about him]. In a short time his good looks were praised all over the city and reached the ears of the princess. From the first [time that she heard of him] she enshrined love for him and when he came, she welcomed him in her heart with desolation. She installed him in the bud of a pandanus flower and regarded him as a companion in delights.
⟨3⟩ [All the people in] the whole city seemed to agree whole-heartedly [in their praise] and adored [the king] passionately. The king was like the moon since he prepared the march [through the city] on arrival. Viewed from the palace he appeared amazingly handsome, leading the procession, resembling a lotus in the middle of a lake swarmed by [thousands of] bumblebees.
⟨4⟩ What should be the reason that he would give for his visit? Queen Prəthukīrti was his aunt, a younger sister of his father. In fact he was the first generation cousin of the princess [Rukmiṇī]. And that should be the reason that he came for the wedding, to convey his congratulations, because of family relationship.
⟨5⟩ As for the danger of his visit to express his congratulations should be realized. At the time that he entered the living quarters of the princess to pay his respect and be entertained by her, the beautiful one (Rukmiṇī) would be so close to the handsome one (Krəṣṇa), and that might inspire desire. One should be extremely alert, when black sugar-palm fiber was placed too near to fire. Why should there be no trouble?
⟨6⟩ Moreover, there was a vague rumour, that a certain lady had told in secret, namely that the queen had preferred King Krəṣṇa as son-in-law, no one else. Also that the princess’ love was nurtured and supported by her mother, with the result that the curcuma plant grew like the calyxes of a flower, starting to open at the rumbling of thunder. ↓9
⟨7⟩ Thus was the rumour. However King Bhīṣmaka was the father and should be respected. His decree was [that Princess Rukmiṇī] should marry the king of Cedi, a young monarch who was very appropriate [as husband]. [On the other hand] the passion of the son of Basudeva (Krəṣṇa) was as big as a mountain, how should be not be restless. It was like being on a journey without knowing the route, and did not know where to turn at the junction.
⟨8⟩ As for [the mind] of the King of Cedi. He was like a leafless tree waiting for the rain. How could a sprout of the jəriṅ plant escape from his hands, for sure he would be able to seize it. He always cherished the hope to meet the jewel of the palace [of Kuṇḍina] in marriage. His heart was full of expectations like Abhimanyu waiting for his sweetheart.
Canto 28
⟨1⟩ This was the talk of the people, sayiṅ that King Krəṣṇa had been driven into a corner. This entire host of Yadus and their powerful leader King Baladeva, were never separated from him. Soon he was allocated a place to camp outside the palace compound, because the royal square up to the audience hall had been totally occupied by the forces of the king of Cedi.
⟨2⟩ Night came. First the king of Cedi and King Jarāsandha who was never separated from him, were regaled in their quarters, because they were the guests of honour. Food and drinks and so on together with betel, clothes and cosmetics were brought in. The womenfolk of the palace also made their audience to pay attention to the groom to be.
⟨3⟩ Likewise King Krəṣṇa was presented with all kinds of services, but his position was that of a guest, and he was treated as such in food and drinks, fit for a king, fully and lacking nothing, down to the Vrəṣṇis and Yadus and the heroes from neighbouring countries. [In fact] King Bhīṣmaka was sincerely fond of the son of Devaki (Krəṣṇa).
⟨4⟩ Then King Krəṣṇa sent a mediatrix to enter the palace insidiously. [She was a] lady, skillful, mindful and extremely capable in concealing the mission. She went quickly, betraying no fear of death, because of her devotion [towards King Krəṣṇa]. Her journey passed smoothly without hindrances and soon came to fruition.
⟨5⟩ The reason was that Princess Rukmiṇī was all alone in the garden, entertaining herself; to while away the disturbances of her heart which for a moment made her lovelorn, [and in need] for solace. When it was almost twilight, the reddish colour of the young shoots became more apparent. The peacock cooed ... A couple, man and vife went home to pursue their love in bed.
⟨6⟩ The day-lotus which was in bloom a while ago in the middle of the pool closed its calyxes in disgust, trembling and shaking, because a bee was too ardent and intoxicated by its pollen. The light turned darker and darker, and the shadows covered more and more the young shoots of the aśoka plant which crept to every direction. The red lotuses were completely covered by the asana flowers resembling a golden image, colour fully decorated.
⟨7⟩ The tendrils of the jaṅga plants reached for a branch and wound themselves around and around leisurely like armlets. The flower of the pandanus was matching straight calf of legs just being washed. Its fragrant-smelling pollen, brightly coloured like burning ash, showered down like ash, giving joy to the kuraṇṭa flowers, because they prepared the pollen to become the face-powder of the jīva-jīva birds.
⟨28⟩ At the beginning the princess was sitting alone and in grief on the retaining wall around a nāgapuṣpa tree. Then the king of cedi [a messenger of King Krəṣṇa in disguise] came and made his (her) audience nicely, sitting beneath her and paid respects with folded hands. Quickly he (she) handed over a letter to her, while saying that he (she) was sent by King Krəṣṇa. Unlimited was the skill [of the letter] in conveying his sweet words, which were cut short by the lovelorn one.
Canto 29
⟨1⟩ (The heart of) Princess Rukmiṇī was exceedingly happy, her melancholy disappeared [entirely]. Full of delight she returned to her quarters, as if she was never in grief before. She looked more closely and lovingly at the beautiful letter and read it [again and again] to enshrine the contents firmly in her heart. It was as if her countenance was casting off jewels, as she bent over the lines of the epistle.
⟨2⟩ "If you were to incarnate into asana flowers and be composed into a beautiful [flower]-image, I will kiss you and regard you as a child [whilst I will be the] nurse entertaining you in the garden. And if the weather is overcast and thundery, certainly I will be annoyed [too]. Then I will not be separated from you, I will take you in my arms, lull you and nurse you.
⟨3⟩ "Mylady, look at me, weary of lovesickness, sleepiṅ together with a letter. I do not feel well, intentionally using the letter as pillow and covering myself with an eyecover. Sorrowful and sad, I sob myself to sleep. Please come quickly and bring [me] chewed up betel. [You] do not see [my] tears flowing down to [my] ears, until I drowse off to slumber.
⟨4⟩ "I know that you respect your father and mother. There is no way that you could disobey the king. Your friend [the king of Cedi] is accepted [by your father] to be your husband. It is unlikely that it will fail, it is like face-powder in the hand. Yet I wish that you might have a little bit of tender feelings towards me, because there are many people who leave the fragrant smelling gadung for the sake of harbouring the vuṅu [in their heart].
⟨5⟩ "It is a pity, my sweet, that you will be given away to someone else, notwithstanding my sincerest hope [to the contrary]. Formerly I brooded to see the beauty of your bosom and caressing them slowly in the form of the ivory-coconut. [I get the vision of you as] a sweet-smelling campaka, my love, being unrufflled by the wings of the honeybee. Then it changes form, I see you secretly leave to join me.
Canto 30
⟨1⟩ "My little sister, my love, who is like the mistress of the asana flower, waiting at a dangerous and inaccesible island so far away. Ah, it is useless for me to have the desire to touch you and to ravish your beauty. It is my mind which is the handicap; it seems to be without strength and imbued with weakness”
⟨2⟩ Thus were the words of the king, expressiṅ his pangs of love eloquently, giving rise to sorrow ih the heart of the princess, increasing her yearning. The flame of desire became apparent as if her heart was quivering. It is nice [at first], but as the desire grows, the heat (fire) will consume the lungs.
⟨3⟩ Sorrow makes a girl more lovely, anxiety more attractive. Tears of yearning and passion give more artistry to the hair sticking on the cheeks. The languor of the eyes gives more colour to the tears that feel hot in the hand (wiping it off). The collyrium just vaguely left on the eyes is the only thing visible when the face is washed.
⟨4⟩ She arose and went out to the yard where a banyan tree grew. She had changed her clothes, a fine kain, red-colored like fresh blood. [She had to dress up again and reduce the tightness of her kain. Her behind looked like the lover part of a yellow ivory coconut tree, so round and full.
⟨5⟩ There the favourite maid-servant came to visit the princess with the pretence of giving her instructions in etiquette and flower-arrangement. The calyxes of the pandanus-flower were composed into an image of a child (a doll). When it was ready, then the princess took a look at it and discussed the artistry of it.
Canto 31
⟨1⟩ "Milady, I will give you a truthful advice. Do not stay in this beautiful garden all the time. Inhaling the fragrance of the flowers is dangerous, because of the schemes of the bumblebee. In short milady, do not let the signs of infatuation be too obvious, conceal your pangs of love, in case that camels come to cuckatoos and talk about it.
⟨2⟩ "Milady, now you must wear a necklace of gaḍung-flowers and your hairknot may not be decorated with flowers anymore. That is why I come here quietly to give instruction in kakavins and to introduce you to their art. It is like this, milady. Your infatuation towards King Krəṣṇa is known and rumoured by the people at large. People say, you wear ’two sumpiṅs’ (two lovers), [or] you hide a pandanus-flower in the knot of your waistband.
⟨3⟩ Princess Rukmiṇī was really moved by the expression of concern of the maid servant and tried to follow her advice, because it came from someone who really knew the prescript to the letter. She felt slightly annoyed, but concealed it in her heart. Outwardly she revealed a smile. Both the bitterness of her heart and the curving of her eyebrows were dissolved in [a smile sweet as] honey.
⟨4⟩ The ladies in waiting came to see that [the princess] was kept there and could not go away. Almost like guarding a jewel, [the princess] was watched, bearing in mind the love of the princess [towards King Krəṣṇa]. Every notion and thought could be noticed in bad and good actions. And that was why the princess pretended to be good, any token of love [towards King Krəṣṇa] was hidden and not revealed.
⟨5⟩ Thus Princess Rukmiṇī whiled avay her pangs of love, though repeatedly feeling to fail. Happily she looked at the well-cared for garden, bathing in the moonlight, shining brightly like by day. The sweet smell of the kəmuniṅ flowers was brought by the wind which also stirred the leaves in motion with soft rustling. The (calyxes of the) kəmuniṅ flowers were like small pieces of ivory spread everywhere all over the level surface of stones.
⟨6⟩ Also the offerings-place on the elephant rock was beautifully decorated. Smoke emerging from the firewood [in the offerings-place] whirled around and spiralled upward resembling the flickering sparks of longing. The young leaves of the tejamantən tree were so brillant and colourful, after the dew had dried up, glittering so sweetly and tenderly but so bright as if reflecting the rays of the moon.
⟨7⟩ The ladies of the court delightfully sought their amusement by gathering flowers noisily, but those gossipping about the behaviour of the princess talked in a low voice. They were afraid to speak about [the princess] being in love, they wanted to ask about it, but [the princess] behaved like a lady-hermit. Two sisters, wearing ornaments of flowers, were playing the saṅghani so loud.
⟨8⟩ There were a lot of notions expressed and one of them acted as a conductor at an amusement house. The others were still young girls, they were noisy like children and acted like children. It made one happy to listen to their chatter which resembled the cries of the vultures. For sure the feelings of one seeing the girls carrying yam would grow freely.
⟨9⟩ Let us relate the one wearing a veil of light material, sitting in their midst. Her face looked like the moon with a ring around, but cowered by thin clouds. Those performing the dance of pañji (or those performing the mask-dance) were so marwellous, sweetly [the movements] of their fingers resembled the blooming bakuṅ flowers. There were also a number of girls playing kilusū ruyuṅ, displaying the calf of their legs which were equal to exposed pandanus-flowers.
⟨10⟩ There were some [girls] enacting Ratih (the goddess of love) followed by her attendants, scaling the mountain with great difficulties, which brought about hilarity. Not to mention the one in whispering voice, almost inaudible, lamenting about her love. Feebly she turned into ashes, covering nicely the cheeks of those present there.
⟨11⟩ There were others who weary of wanderiṅ around took a rest, reclining on a flat stone. Śrīdanta flowers and dew fell upon them, but they seemed not to care. Their loose and unorderly hair, flying in the wind, presented a delightful sight. Slightly risky were their ear-ornaments, jasmines with fireflies inside.
⟨12⟩ It was late at night, yet those looking for amusement in the park were still many. They danced and sang with sweet voices, others were resting in the verandas with the excuse of being tired to the ultimate. Those singing unduly loudly, gave rise to laughter without apparent reason. The elderly women in the women-quarters who wanted to sleep, were disturbed and asked them to stop.
⟨13⟩ When it was almost morning, the air turned quiet. It was six o’clock. There, in the cages, the birds were singing, responded to by those living in the wild. The planet Venus came up, shining brightly as big as a tañjuṅ flower and as fabulous, resembling an earring. The Sun-god was nicely taken into the lap [of the sky], covered sparingly by a thin cloud.
⟨14⟩ Then let us relate the princess Rukmiṇī. She awoke with a tremulous heart, because the day that the wedding ceremonies would start had come. Gloomily she sat with her head in her hands, only in neglige, because she did not pay heed at all that her hair was loose. Teg...ssst. Suddenly her heart beat faster, because someone was coming. ↓10
⟨15⟩ Well, the pavilion in which the princess would be paid homage and waited upon was ready. However, only the lady in waiting, who had something to do with the decoration of the throne [was allowed to be present], because nobody else knew what was in the mind of the princess, and she was very able to direct the things to be done, because she was really a leader.
⟨16⟩ The ivory tabouret had arrived. Also the bed was ready, complete with overlapping screens. The golden bed became more and more beautiful, with the edges of the screens lined with golden thread. There, the lovely pillows were laid together with trays of jewellery and clothing. Also an ivory vaistband, carved exquisitely, appropriate to the jewellery-box was set at its side.
⟨17⟩ The silken waistbands in reserve were suspended on a line and the sweet smell spread everywhere. The pictures on the draperies were truly fantastic, e.g. the wandering cuckatoos seemed really to be able to speak and the dragons with open jaws and winding around each other at the ceilings looked real. On the head-[side of the bed] there was an image of the god of love with a crown [on his head] and a sword and bow [and arrows] in his hands.
⟨18⟩ There below was placed a dining set, colorfully decorated. An unblemished washing bowl filled with water was so gorgeous, that it seemed to be a jewel filled with nectar. Reliefs of red lotus with leaves made of precious stones gave delight to the eyes, as they glittered and glowed brightly. Why should it not flare up if touched by the rays of the night lamp.
⟨19⟩ The lustre of the jewels was like [real] lotuses emerging from the water. The smell of ground ferns lingered on like the humming of a swarm of bumblebees. A simbar, made of golden plates, opening slightly, poured water down onto a pumpkin, gave the effect of a moon-circle. The jewel stones flashed their light like stars winking at the stars in the sky.
Canto 32
⟨1⟩ It was seven o’clock. The moon had long since gone. The (sound of ) people waking up in the east and west-side (everywhere) was clamorous. Those going to work asked for their breakfast, and the sound of well-sweeps were slightly audible contrapuntally.
⟨2⟩ When it was broad daylight, the sky was clear and bright. The stars disappeared like the śrīgaḍiṅ flowers thoroughly swept away. The clouds were wonderful like clothes of all kinds of colours, red, green and others. The orb of God Aruṇa (sun) came up, shining like a red pot.
⟨3⟩ The city became busier and busier and the garantuṅ (music) became louder and louder [mixed] with the neighing of horses tied up to the big banyan trees. The sight of elephants, one after another [heading for the river] to be bathed was magnificent. Their bells rang in double counterpoint, responding to each other, and also to the deep sounds of the gongs.
⟨4⟩Those in charge of taking out famous regalia, made their preparations. The lampuran tower in the royal square was a feast to the eyes. The offerings were placed there outside the palace. And the tents, erected in the royal square had roofs of all colours.
⟨5⟩The buildings for the performance of the royal function were perfectly well-built and well-arranged in a cluster. In the middle was a building in the form of a meru, tall like a mountain of gold. The draperies resembling the clouds were flying in the wind, giving rise to tender feelings. The creepers [made of chains of] pearls bore the resemblance of the water of the fountain.
⟨6⟩ Let us describe the multitude of common people who came to see [the festivities]. There were people who came in extraordinary vehicles [not usually] for transporting human beings, because they wanted to arrive quickly. Others were walking accompanied by their wives striding ahead. Carefully they took the hands of their children and when [the women] were too far ahead, they called out to wait for them.
⟨7⟩ They wore extraordinary bright and colorful dodots, which they stored away very carefully, the reason why the motives stayed in tact. Only [on special occasion like] cockfightings, they wore thc dodot. [That was why] when they wanted to stand up, they came to a miserable surprise, their dodot was torn in the middle.
⟨8⟩ There were a multitude of stalls [exhibiting merchandise or amusements]. One of them attracted a [large] group of people. They went to see a mask-dance, then moved further to the vocalists stalls. It is the nature of people from the rural areas that they got easily stupefied at what they saw. They pointed enthusiastically at everything they saw, they were even delighted to see a banner.
⟨9⟩ Others stopped by the place of offerings for the demons etc and gathered into a big crowd, but they did not [care] to listen to the maidens singing lovely hymns. The priest cut the ceremony short, because he was afraid of the big crowd. He rang the bell frantically while pronouncing the formulae of redemption.
⟨10⟩ It was already late when the princess wearing her woollen attire departed hurriedly, accompanied by the wives of high-ranking officials and those‚ wantiṅ to make their audience in the palace. The van-guard with drums in front was already arranged outside, and ready to march. The Śivaite, Viṣṇuite and Buddhist priests began to depart.
⟨11⟩ The princess looked more and more like the embodiment of beauty, the queen of loveliness, when she sat in a sedan-chair in a position of serving offerings, motionless and voiceless, she quietly performed the rituals of worship. Her lips gave a glimpse of a smile, sweet like the image of a goddess.
Canto 33
⟨1⟩ Who would be the person not be infatuated on seeing the grace of the princess, who became more and more lustrious by wearing all kinds of jewellery and ornaments? Indeed she shone amazingly so brightly like clouds showering gold. She looked like the goddess Sandhyā (twilight) whenever her (upper) arm-band glittered.
⟨2⟩ Her hairknot was so attractive, overlaid by ornaments of gold and precious stones, e.g. a səkar-taji flower [of gold] shaped like a lotus with extremely sharp points. When it reflected the glitter of the ūrṇṇā (a jewellery at the top of the hair-knot), its beautiful rays were so sweet, increasing the refinement of her face, boosted by the shape of her well-formed shoulders.
⟨3⟩ The bracelets winding around her arms were in the form of snakes in a coil. The golden anklets were nicely encrusted with precious stones. A waistband of silk tightly held her kain as it should be and the paṅucals were decorated with soft-shining nīla stones.
⟨4⟩ The stones on her rings, decorating her fingers, shone spotlessly clear. [The colour] ’yellow’ is supposed to remove all faults as a result of touching by hands. Her earrings had brilliant diamonds, shining extremely intensely. It is clear that the purpose was to ward off all flaws that come through the ear.
⟨5⟩ At noon when it was quite hot, [the mind of] the princess was restless. Sweat flowed freely down to her bosom, like liquid that came out of a jewel, very subtle, increasing [her] sweetness. The rays of the diamonds were like panu (white spots on the skin) spread all over her chest.
⟨6⟩ The hundred concubines [of the king] behind him were like Ratihs coming together. They were like flowers of all kinds, spread all over the place, discarding penetrating fragrance, so sweet like jaṅgas, aśokas, lotuses, vuṅu, tañjuṅ and asanas. The wings of the bumblebee were appropriate to be likened to their kains worn in such a graceful way.
⟨7⟩ There was a lady resembling a pandanus-flower composed as a garland around the neck. Also her countenance was so lovely, o, it was without equal. (The heart of) those to see [her] would be desirous and would want to dispose her kain, to embrace her and become her slave. Her charm should be absorbing if she were an opponent in the battle of love.
⟨8⟩ Another rose up, because there was not enough room. Her behaviour was so enticing, as she appeared restless, her body tightly wrapped in her kain. A man was charmed by her beauty and wanted to impose upon ber‚ what made her only angry. However her annoyance only increased her attractiveness.
⟨9⟩ A lady, whose growing breasts resembled round ivory coconuts, curved her eye-brows so sternly that furrows came to her face. The passion of those charmed by her abated [a little], and the hearts of the wives [of those men] were like being cut to pieces, seeing the new women [in the life of their men].
⟨10⟩ Then there was a beautiful and young maidservant, carrying a betel-box. She looked so sweet, as if offering smiles while throwing side-glances. However she behaved still like a virgin who cried a lot when hurt. In fact she loved to be taken on the lap, embraced and to sleep together.
⟨11⟩ Another beauty was continuously attending [the princess], offering flowers, but when she moved further away, she sat on the wrong side, and all the offerings were permeated with [magic], [so that whoever made mistakes] she would get nightmares, but those who were attentive and correct in their conduct said they had good dreams.
⟨12⟩ Those having to do jobs in the dressing room were not less beautiful. When the night arrived, they sat with their heads in their hands as if they made an oath to refrain themselves from sexual intercourse. They talked noisily about to become a virgin again and another about how to narrow [the vulva]. They took their leave with folded hands and then went home after change of duty.
⟨13⟩ Time passed by. The sun came up from under [the sea]. All those waiting upon the princess went home, because she had been cared for sufficiently, although the coolness [of the air] at that time was like that at the time of low tide (of the sea).
⟨14⟩ As for the princess, she was left alone and seemed disturbed and in grief. Furthermore passion came to torture [her] ‚ like darkness arriving to enter [her mind]. She longed for King Krəṣṇa and hated the king of Cedī lands. That tender feelings [toward King Krəṣṇa] and enmity [towards the king-of Cedī] were raging inside, each one trying to subdue the other.
⟨15⟩ The maidservants, beautiful wives of officials, were always at the side of the princess, trying to console her mind as they knew very well how to serve [the mistress]. All their actions [were aimed] to make her happy, e.g. they were sveet and entertaining or playing chess or dakon. ↓11
⟨16⟩ Near the princess there was a female hermit, batikking calmly. She was new in the service, her hair was tied up [like a hermit], but she was not old. She was once a lady-companion of the princess and was very devoted to her. After the death of her husband, she returned to the service of the princess.
⟨17⟩ That was why she attempted to console the sorrowful and grieving princess. Her sweet talks were aimed to stop her from worrying. So she expressed herself in mleccha-language, whispering to her distressed companion. The princess understood the sign-language and looked at her eyes which were like saying:
Canto 34
⟨1⟩ "Milady, listen to these words which are expressed in an uncommon way. At the waning of the moon, your sister [that is I], will go away. So I ask leave of you to go for a trip, to travel with King Kresna on my own decision to serve at his feet. It is the palace of Dvaravati where [I], the one wishing to serve, wants to go.
⟨2⟩ "People say that the city is fabulous, because it is close to the sea and also near the mountains. It is ruled by King Janarddana who is very outstanding and extremely powerful. Perhaps there is something that I can take to give to him from you, milady. Feel free to give it to me. Even if I be driven away from here, I will give it to him.
⟨3⟩ "Understand these words fully, they are not intended for those who are not instructed in it. It is Dvāravatī of whose beauty I am talking about, according to the person that has told me. For ten days I have served him, never separated wherever he went. He is a good friend who accompanied me to enter and look around in the palace.
⟨4⟩ "Afterwards I travelled again, [this time] to the bushes of the mountains, wandering around freely, [whilst] happily enjoying the food along the way, which was doubly tastier than [the food in the city]. Accidently it was the month of Kārttika, when the fragrance and bloom of the flowers was at its prime. I and the bee were passionate, my dear, never satiated in enjoying flowers of all kinds.
⟨5⟩ "Because if you say that the flowers on the coastal areas are not fragrant, for sure you have just to see the sweetness of the kanigara flowers. flowers just opening their crowns, impart fragrance. Why should they be left [alone] ? Even the maṇḍalika plants creeping at the fences perhaps give also rise to enjoyment.
⟨6⟩ "In the case of the vuṅu flowers, they are beautiful in the morning before sun-rise. It is as if they are awaken by the fall of dew mixed with the rumblings of occasional thunder. Do not cut the stalks [of the vuṅu flowers] with a knife, just break them off together with the buds, and carry them along while walking on the slopes of the mountains, while hunting for flying white ants.
⟨7⟩ "If we talk about the asana flowers, when it is broad daylight, then their beauty becomes apparent. The cloudy fog has just disappeared in the air, and substituted by the honey-sucking bee. To really enjoy its loveliness, you have to cut the twigs altogether, laden with flowers. When it does not look beautiful anymore and withers, leave it at the resthouse.
⟨8⟩ "A girl can use the aśoka and the lotus to deck herself at all times. If you pick them up, it is best to make a bunch of them, and if you string them, then it is best to wear them in the hairknot. A woman as old as your sister here (I) still thinks that she is as old as an aśoka flower. The fragrant blue lotuses are more attractive than the eyes in a pretty face.
⟨9⟩ The ciṇḍaga flower is gorgeous when it is blooming, but it should he picked when it is still young and not yet fragrant. At sunset is the best time to make them into a doll. The cāmara’s beauty is at its peak when the heat of the sun is almost gone. They are used as ear-ornaments by those, who after making love are sitting with their heads in their hands, moaninng in satiation.
⟨10⟩ "When the sun has set, the dalima flowers are blooming and best to be used as scatter-flowers. The sweet-smelling jasmines usually blossom in the evening, look divine and exquisite in the darkening light. Normally the kemuning is best when it is whiffled by the night breeze. It is good to be worn as ear-ornaments by those lying on the ground and using their hands as pillows, want to enjoy the moon".
⟨11⟩ Thus were the words of the female hermit consoling the mind of the princess. Also those sitting in the audience were telling stories about their own happy experiences which brought delight to the princess. Nicely they related in songs an ancient story, very sweet to listen to, e.g. the stories from the Mahābhārata etc, its significance composed and related in a pleasant way.
Canto 35
⟨1⟩ Then there was a lady in waiting withexcellent behaviour, just taken from the enemies and brought to the palace. She was the chief official in charge of sexual affairs in its broadest sense. She responded to the story of the lady hermit [as follows]: "Why [should we] talk about the beauty of flowers? It does not inspire passion, nor inflame penetrating emotions, and lacks sensual gratification.
⟨2⟩ "If my little sweetheart looks around, then there is nothing that can surpass the art of sex. It was night when I came to know about the enjoyment of love. A new kain became so worn out spoilt by perfume and the smell of cream. Only there on the breasts, the pain as a result of nails had not yet gone.
⟨3⟩ "The significance of the morning is that it is the arrival of a [new] day. [The lover was] in a hurry, from fear of coming too late at work, and reached for his kain. However his legs were weak and I used his arm as pillow. Just as he wanted to rise, flowers showered on him, from my hairknot which came loose. Then I rose up, made my kain right and came out, [a shawl] covering [my body] and looking relaxed.
⟨4⟩ "After bathing I started to dress up together [with my lover], sitting nicely side by side. Because we were sitting with our thighs one upon the other, we were afraid of making the lines of the eyebrows of each other, but it is nice to see how we tied each other’s hairknot and inserted a campaka in it. Out of passion our kains fell down, we wanted to straighten them, but failed, because we bent down [at the same time] and embraced the middle of each other.
⟨5⟩ "However, if it is just 7 o’clock, then it is best to stay in bed. The feeling of being in bed so near together gave rise to passion and we started a pillow battle. When sweat came out, though only a little bit, we wiped it off, starting from the face down to the inner sides of the thighs. It was nice to sing and to play with the flute while his fingers were roaming through the chest and playing with the breasts.
⟨6⟩ "When the day turns cool, then it is time to go to the garden, out of the bedroom. Take refuge in the shade of a tree to cool down, to air the atmosphere of passion. In my case, I felt tired and weak, and sat close to a pandanus flower. I was naked and at the peak of passion. He came from behind and I did not notice him. Suddenly he grabbed me and cowered my eyes with his hands.
⟨7⟩ "When evening came, I leisurely went to lie down in the rest room. I was weak. When he approached me in a very nice way, I pretended to be annoyed and said that I was sick. Then he came to console me by holding my hands, tried to seduce me. He seemed to be aroused; while massaging my arms, he asked about the cause of illness.
⟨8⟩ "In the evening after 8 o’clock it is nice to go to the garden to cool oneself. The jasmines were almost opening [and I put some] on my ears, sweetly wafted along by the breeze. I was absorbed looking at the moon, not yet shining brightly, just coming out behind the branches of a tree. Then delightfully I returned to the house, because my lover came and called me by sweet names.
⟨9⟩ "On the couch usually we met together, because he waited for me there, welcoming me with a smile. I came and sat on his lap while looking into his adoring eyes. Quickly he gave me a flower with his right hand and when I took it, he reached for my breasts. His mouth offered me cheved betel, kissing me on the lips and cheeks.
⟨10⟩ "When the moon was about four meters high, then it was really good to make love. It was not so fitting to do it on the couch, so we moved to the yard. There we sat very close together, drinking and eating, just the two of us. We poured each other liquor and fed each other too".
⟨11⟩ The two ladies in waiting were sitting, facing each other, in front [of the princess] and both were very good in psychology. And a jəṅgi girl sweetly waited upon them with a betel-kit on her lap, sitting in unerring attitude. Everything enjoyable was served on trays, lacking nothing, e.g. citroen leaves as lalab that went with warm dishes ordered at a short notice before.
⟨12⟩ "When we almost finished our fourth or fifth drink, the hour struck three. The betel came up nicely, mixed with kapulaga and without fail the lime, served in a refined ornamented cloth, because people who were fond of chewing betel, ready prepared, did not want them to be served in a fruit bowl".
⟨13⟩ When the beauteous moon was setting and almost gone, thin clouds were covering it lightly. It was quiet, not a single sound was heard in response to the cry of a rooster. There, the maids were asleep in a sitting position, as if intending to induce [the princess] to sleep. Let us relate the womenfolk who appeared so lonely, amusing themselves with stories of their experiences which were interesting to hear.
⟨14⟩ "When it was my turn to sleep (free from watch), I was passionate and went home as quick as possible. After I entered the bedroom with my lover and had made love together, ve did not sleep soon afterwards. We did not go to sleep, but straightened up the hairknot that came loose, filled the lamp with more oil to brighten it up and watched the flickering flame attracting mosquitoes.
⟨15⟩ "Furthermore the benefit of staying awake was to be absorbed in the sound of the music. It was the second of the dark fortnight, the moon was bright and seemed to bring along moisture with its sweetness, not like at full moon. I walked along slowly and the servants were also in couples, all in the mood for love, and I was alvays with my lover. Then we made love [again], followed by the servants in concord.
⟨16⟩ "So it was undescribable how we gratify our passion, because the night is overwhelmingly romantic. The mind of those seeing couples matching in every aspect as foreseen before, would be satisfied. Yet I was troubled like King Krəṣṇa [at present]. Although he is without equal throughout the kingdoms of Kuṇḍina, further he is endowed with excellent virtues worthy to be given the princess in marriage [yet he is not]’’.
⟨17⟩ Then there was someone who responded that the king of Cedi could surpass King Krəṣṇa in the world. "Ah, you are crazy, my dear. He is far from being his shadow, let alone to match him in splendour. It is as if [the king of Cedi] is a creeper in the forest. How could it match the offshoots of the gaḍuṅ? Also [look at] the buds of the trikañcu. How could it be compared with that of a campaka?”
Canto 36
⟨1⟩ The princess looked happy to hear the conversation of her attendants. There were traces of laughter on her lips, but disappeared quickly like powder [on one’s face] when washed.
⟨2⟩ She was afraid of being called light-hearted. That was the reason that suddenly her sorrow emerged. Resembling the calyx of an asana flower she spoke with a broken voice. Her glance was without glimmer.
⟨3⟩ When it was almost time [for the pamidudukan ceremony] she washed herself and dressed up. Then she was prepared [for the occasion], because the time had come. The moon looked pale and was already at the western horizon, and the clouds were yellowish in colour like that of rust.
⟨4⟩ The clouds were thick and widespread, clearly visible in the last rays of the moon. The lightflashes were only mild, not significant, like the winking of crying eyes with long intervals.
⟨5⟩ The one overvhelmed by love and affliction became more upset, seeing tbe splendour of the ten directions. The thunder boomed so remote, like the yawn of someone woken up from slumber after intercourse.
⟨6⟩ So all the decorations were quietly illuminated [by the sun]. She went to the bathing-place which was grotesque provided with a gate with doors. There inside, the ceremony would take place.
⟨7⟩ There was a pavillion which matched the mar wellous abode of the goddess of love. It was small and isolated, but nicely decorated with carvings. The structure was made of the inner part of blackwood; the roof was superb in being decorated with ivory.
⟨8⟩ The jəriṅ creepers growing on the upper part of the roof were sprouting everywhere, interspersed by those of the asana. The jaṅgas were flowering on the eves. The garagat flowers thickly shaded [the pavilion].
⟨9⟩ There were plenty of stones arranged in the garden in the form of an oblong box with sand of firestones. The yard was never swept and the rubbish debris of surabhi, rajasa and tañjuṅ flowers was there in heaps.
⟨10⟩ The princess went there, looking like a withering pandanus flower, which was almost dry. Passion was marifested more and more in her heart which was soft from yearning for King Krəṣṇa.
Canto 37
⟨1⟩ "Ah, my dear one who went away when I woke up from my dreams by [the rumblings of] thunder. If there are things that disturb you, look for [me] in the pandanus flower. If you disappear in the thick clouds of yonder, let the kalaṅkyaṅ bird call [me]. If you disappear in the folds of letters, then inform [me] and I will obey the directions of the writing pad.
⟨2⟩ "It is true that you are a divine king, and everything around you gives rise to beauty. In the beginning of the month, the atmosphere is so distressing as if clarity be darkened by haze, the embodiment of thunder in the boat is shaken by the onslaught of the rumbling swell. Your charms lie in the enchantment of the rainbow created by the last rays of the setting sun.
⟨3⟩ "Your image in the picture is small like a dwarf. Not all the body is [in the picture], only the face is clearly seen. In the mirror you are seen standing on my breasts. You are always in my mind and if I think of you, tears well into my eyes.
⟨4⟩ "Whatever may happen, please come and cut away all my fears due to my love [towards you]. How could I find the fulfilment of my love, because it is so difficult [to attain] and there are so many obstacles. I know that the bee cannot kiss the campaka hidden in the hairknot. Why should not the bumblebee, desiring to touch and caress the jaṅga flower, disperse an ear-ornament?
⟨5⟩ "My dear, I know that you want to see me when I am naked, for sure you want to see my waist, which shape is only visible through the wrappings of the waistband. And you will be so delighted to see my belly uncovered while I am dressing up the hairknot. In fact [I will] agree to give you chewed up betel straight from [my] lips.
⟨6⟩ "Ah, the significance of family relationship is meaningless, the fear in my heart breaks them apart. In the kakavin (poems) it is said that the ashes of men are the same as the powder of the pandanus flower. My brother, in the letters, although we breathe the same air, [the wind] separates the flowers. It is better that they [the flowers] be in the same place, unseparated. Not just staying in a house with just a picture".
Canto 38
⟨1⟩ When the princess was in tears, a messenger of her mother arrived (at that time). She came and sat beside her and spoke in a friendly manner, her words full of wisdom and expedience.
⟨2⟩ "My dear child, I am the messenger of your mother, and I come to give you advice. Your mother said, that you should consider [it] carefully to meet the invited one as soon as possible.
⟨3⟩ "O, my dear, you must dress up quickly. The time agreed upon has arrived when darkness falls at night, and the clouds are thick in the sky with occasional thunder.
⟨4⟩ "My dear, what would we do? Have you thought of one good course? Have you chosen a friend in the undertaking or have you thought of other ways or possibilities?
⟨5⟩ "When you fail, my dear, I fail too. Clearly all my family will perish. Also all the relatives and friends will be finished. Who should not be afraid of being caught in planning [an escape] ?
⟨6⟩ "Your escape at present is indeed extremely difficult. What good guidance and excellent directives should be taken? All the doors are carefully watched and the guards in the palace compound are well-armed.
⟨7⟩ "The king of Cedi is at the fences, withall his well-equipped and treacherous soldiers. King Krəṣṇa, your destination is so far away. His deliverance might not come quick enough.
⟨8⟩ "However what preference do I have? My mistress, do not think that I will not go with you. I am your faithful and devout servant. I will be happy to die at your feet".
⟨9⟩ The maidservant spoke, while holding her tears. The one she spoke to (the princess) remained silent as in mauna (a priest performing the oath of silence). It is true, she is only in mauna outwardly. Outwardly she is silent, but inwardly she is in turmoil.
⟨10⟩ What made her so heavily burdened was her true love tovards her mother. She was not so afraid of her father’s discountenance, and also she considered carefully the anger of her brother.
⟨11⟩ Prince Rukma was really her older brother, to whom she should pay devotion and love, because he always gave her advice in good behaviour and protected his younger sister sincerely, as he was careful in looking after his sister’s feelings.
⟨12⟩ The prince of Cedi was his (Rukma’s) good friend. He was his choice, no-one else. However the princess had not the same idea. She accepted him as husband, not because she loved [him].
⟨13⟩ The princess loved her father and mother dearly. Her fear for her brother was mixed with affection. However, these feelings were swept away by [the feelings towards] King Krəṣṇa. Because of this, she had to leave them today.
⟨14⟩ The maid-servant spoke again: "What is your choice, my dear mistress. Express your directives which come from deep consideration. I am in suspense and confused.
Canto 39
⟨1⟩ "I have an idea, my dear. You have to go in the disguise of a lady-hermit. Your hairknot should be tied in the way of a lady-hermit and your beautiful breasts should be covered by a veil. Use ashes sparingly on your cheeks to conceal your lovely face, so that you will not be recognized. Walk slowly wearing a nice waistband in the disguise of a lady-hermit.
⟨2⟩ "Your mode of escape should be considered [carefully] if [the aforementioned] is not good enough. Refuse it, but if it is alright, let us do it. So, my dear, take off your kain, and wear this cloth, tie the waistband tightly. Throw away all the ornaments of your hairknot, e.g. the ribbon of silk, the jasmine-flowers, and also the ear-ornaments. All your behaviour as a princess should be hidden, so that [you can] pass all the obstacles that may arise".
⟨3⟩ The exalted princess replied (to the words of the maid-servant): "My sister, why should I disguise myself as a lady-hermit, as you say? It will not do, do not expect too much from it. For a kṣatriya it is better to die for the purpose of attaining his or her aim, and that is by upholding the correct way. So, look at those, vhose heads were severed, because they fought for the honour of a kṣatriya.
⟨4⟩ "Let them attack me, sister, if they discover my plan [to escape], but me only. It is already known and everybody talks about it in the city, moreover in the palace, that I do not look forward to the wedding, and that I hate the golden umbrella. I am afraid I am trembling from love, why should I be in fear to bear about danger?"
⟨5⟩ The maid replied: "What use are luxuries of the palace, if you have to loose the love of whom you send letters and poems? It is difficult to decide of going along with someone who claims to be a good friend, but in the end lets you down, [only because you are] afraid that people will talk and gossip about you and raise their eyebrows?
⟨6⟩ "It is better to live in peace in a hermitage in the village with a temple full of vuṅu flowers, and to enjoy life together, even in danger of being traced by the father. [It is better] to go in hiding in a house in an isolated place, unknown to relatives, then waiting for a messenger to come with an order to come home to pay respect [to a husband you do not love] ‚
⟨7⟩ "Ah, my dear, I talk rubbish. Well, give your decision to be carried out. It is better that you break out, my dear, and do not be long. Take heed to the words of your servant. Truly, King Krəṣṇa without fail and for sure, will be waiting. I will go ahead to inform him, where to find you and about the danger".
⟨8⟩ The words of the maid-servant were friendly and made good impression in the heart of one planning to escape. Moreover there was the chance [of escape by mixing up with] people going in and out. All her trusted lady companions waiting upon her, asked her leave to sleep, but the princess nicely refused to retire.
⟨9⟩ Furthermore, her mind was not as ever before, she was occupied with the plan of escape. There was no paper on her lap anymore, which she brought along to read withi nterest. She set aside the book together with the young yellow coconut away from her (breasts). The young yellow coconut was a baby-doll she was nursing. Now she stopped nursing it.
⟨10⟩ After she took off all her clothes and ornaments that might betray her, and already dressed in disguise attire, she stood up. Facing the direction of her father’s quarters, she made her salutations respectfully. Then she went away quietly, only accompanied by her maid-servant, pretending to go to the garden. After a while, she walked as quiet as possible, as if she was pulled by [the power of] love.
⟨11⟩ She passed all the obstacles [of the way] without mishaps. She passed through a secret door, and quarters of womenfolk [of the palace] was already far behind her. Tbe fear that invested her heart disappeared and turned into encouraging expectations of happiness. It was as if she bad just crossed a deep and dangerous river. Her heart beat faster from excitement.
Canto 40
⟨1⟩ Madhusudana (King Krəṣṇa) had been waiting for a long time. Then the maidservant who went ahead came and informed him of the arrival of the princess, briefly and softly.
⟨2⟩ Quickly King Krəṣṇa came to meet Princess Rukmiṇī who walked wearily. He (came and) took her in his arms and carried her into the wagon and then speeded away.
⟨3⟩ The enjoyment of happy feelings, love [etc] if mixed with danger could push aside emotion. It was true that they were sitting side by side very close together, but their minds were in uproar and fear.
⟨4⟩ King Baladeva received the word from King Krəṣṇa to stay behind, to oppose the king of Cedi as long as possible, because for sure he would be furious and would want to attack.
⟨5⟩ Who would not be struck by great sorrow, if he lost something valuable that disappeared through his fingers. Furthermore he was so close to his gaol. The sorrow of King Cedi was like that.
⟨6⟩ When it was known that Princess Rukmiṇī escaped from the palace, all the people (of the palace) were in uproar. "What has happened; why and what is this. It is so and so," they said, without knowing the facts.
⟨7⟩ [A messenger] came to King Bhīṣmaka, without observing time and regulations. He talked already before paying his respect, telling what he knew about the princess.
⟨8⟩ The people conveyiṅ the message that the princess had disappeared, came in steady count. King Kresna was accused to be the person behind the misconduct [namely] takiṅ avay the princess like a thief.
⟨9⟩ King Bhīṣmaka could not speak, when he heard the reports of those people. He wanted to stick to the instruction of religious knowledge, [namely] only to believe in the reports after due investigations.
⟨10⟩ There were some doubts that perhaps Princess Rukmiṇī had gone to the king of Cedi, because she was in love, she could not wait for the proper procedure [to be carried out]. It is the logic of women, wrong action which brings no happiness.
⟨11⟩ That was what he firstly considered. At last the report of those who saw the princess leaving was verified and clear. She had quietly disappeared to join King Krəṣṇa.
⟨12⟩ It is characteristic for a woman that love for her husband is greater than that for her father or mother. Where else should the sight of the princess be directed to [that] she forgot about her love towards her father and mother?
Canto 41
⟨1⟩ So it became clear that the princess had gone. Soon the news spread and became known everywhere. The orchestra ceased instantaneously, and numerous people were on the road coming and going uproariously.
⟨2⟩ They said that clearly there would be a great war. The king of Cedi obviously would be extremely angry, and those in anger usually are ready to die, because a courageous man would not tolerate insult.
⟨3⟩ On the other hand it is appropriate to consider the facts. The princess is a match for King Krəṣṇa, therefore in short ’let us leave it that way, because it is appropriate. If not, the country will plunge into chaos’.
⟨4⟩ "Ah, you only say to save the (mind of) weak people. Your mind is not the mind of a kṣatriya. Krəṣṇa is insolent, and a lion is never afraid, but quick in temper when facing in enemy. The enemy will be torn apart. Why should we be afraid?
⟨5⟩ "Because if you are soft-hearted in cases of improper conduct, the world would be permissive, because there is no punishment. In brief, kr̥ṣṇa should be sentenced to death, because it is proper like that. There will be many unruly people, if [Krəṣṇa’s] behaviour is tolerated.
⟨6⟩ "Moreover it is said, that there is something in the scriptures which says, that his behaviour is not that of a king, who should be always cautious [in his conduct]. Well, just look, even a herdsman knows how to rule. Just look, if there is a naughty cow, he does not hesitate to beat it up.
⟨7⟩ "Well, well, if I have to reply to your noisy talk, [listen to this]. King Krəṣṇa is well-known to be a lion [amongst men]. If you hunt him, he will be far from afraid, and those hunters are far from being courageous.
⟨8⟩ "Even if they are courageous enough, their death is obvious. Just remember those demons! The greatest amongst them was Kangsa, they were all killed. [Kresna] was known as the most elevated conqueror who gave service to the three worlds, because clearly he is known to everybody as the manifestation of god Wisnu”.
⟨9⟩ Thus they said, but nobody took notice or had the time [to notice]. East, west, south and north quarters were in uproar, and the noise spread and swelled endlessly to other directions dangerously.
⟨10⟩ Well, the king of Cedi was overwhelmed by great sorrow, and his friend in distress was no-one else than King Jarāsandha, who was also exceedingly sad. Quickly they held a conference and soon they prepared themselves [for battle] as quick as possible. Numerous were the officers and soldiers, who came well-armed waiting for orders.
⟨11⟩ The conference did not take much time to decide, that only Krəṣṇa had to be hunted, searched and destroyed as soon as possible. Because the decision was taken so quickly and based on anger, there was no policy of secrecy.
Canto 42
⟨1⟩ Then Prince Rukma came to make his audience in the palace, as soon as he heard of the disappearance of his younger sister, namely secretly leaving [the court] in a very wicked way. Janārddana (Krəṣṇa) had cut the eyes and broken the rope, bringing about great sorrow. That was the reason that Prince Rukma came to his father to talk.
⟨2⟩ He came before the heroic king Bhīṣmaka, who could not speak freely, because he was holding back his tears. His throat seemed to close, as if a kudu fruit was stuck inside, because of his great sorrow. Therefore he was out of speech, clearly he was very upset.
⟨3⟩ "Please, accept the homage of one who is full of sorrow, but at all times kissing the feet of Your Majesty. It has been a long time, that Your Majesty is out of composure as if without life, because of the mishap with Rukmiṇī, kidnapped by the infamous villain Krəṣṇa, a king lacking good guidance, foolish and full of pride, [only] because people regard him as king.
⟨4⟩ "Like one walking with a stick feels he has knowledge of religion, whilst in fact he knows nothing about manners. For sure he (Krəṣṇa) knows that it is wrong to break the privilege of other people, because a person who is very foolish and unintelligent is never spoken about, [but everybody speaks about Krəṣṇa]. A blind man, how [on earth] could he know the difference between good and bad behaviour?
⟨5⟩ "However, Prəthukirtti the mother of Rukmiṇī is a wicked woman. How could she know what good and bad actions are. Your Majesty is influenced [by her], why should my lord regard that act [of Krəṣṇa] as good? It does not do any good to regard [Krəṣṇa] as good.
⟨6⟩ "Thus the duty of a ’man’ is to have mercy towards his own folk, [namely] those who are devoted to him, the property of his wives who are good of conduct, very devout and faithful. Even if he is rich and young, of good conduct, it is appropriate to follow all his actions".
⟨7⟩ "Look, my child, think! How could people like me, a king, agree with the ways of an extremely debased and wicked hooligan. However, because your nature is satya (good or true), you should think only good [of others]. It is always forbidden for a king to be false, because it is exceedingly bad.
⟨8⟩ "Bear [always] these words of mine in your mind, and re-affirm them. Concerning the misfortune that has befallen you, my child, I know that. You are in a better position [than I am], because you will not be accused by the whole world of misconduct. The one to be blamed for [all these] will be me, and I will accept that.
⟨9⟩ "As for the case of being deceived, again it is not you [that should take the blame]. You have to see it in this way. There is a story from the ancient past, namely that of the renowned Rāmabhadra, who was also an incarnation of Wiṣṇu. Even Rāma was brought into great desolation by a golden deer.
⟨10⟩ "The meaning of my words is this. Do not grieve too much, my child. The mind is the reason for filth, but the mind is also the means for its cancellation. It is true that water is the carrier of impurities, but it is also true that [impurities] can only be washed away or purified by water.
⟨11⟩ "This sorrow we suffer now, clearly will change into happiness. In the mind there is nothing that can equal bewilderment and perplexity. As long as there is body-consciousness, then there is the belief of enjoying a happy life, but one does not know that he is blinded by matter, and forgets entirely [the soul].
Canto 43
⟨1⟩ "Well the truth about people who do penance and worship [deities] for want of wealth and jewellery; also making long journeys by boat, leaving behind their wives and children only because they want gold and silver, and when they become the lords of wealth, possessing all kinds of excellent precious stones and richness, is, that in ’dharmma’ it is better to be without. These gold and silver are useless.
⟨2⟩ "Let me tell you about the king of Wallabha and his ministers and officials. The reason for his sorrow, the fall of his government, and the disappearance of all traces of his good conduct, e.g. his prayers in the mornings and evenings, his worship has no faults [and everything] is in accordance with the regulation of the Lord, but his aim is only worldly power. That was what he obtained, but not for long, not for all times.
⟨3⟩ "Also the divine teacher Kaśa, who was renowned throughout the world. He had many pupils, young obedient priests and widows of the nobility, then he enjoyed [the widows], and gave away his peace and was very keen [in beautifying himself] by blackening his teeth [etc]. He wanted to enjoy the fruit of the future now.
⟨4⟩ "Thus is the story of the life of Priest Kaśa which was very difficult and full of daṅers. The harshness of destruction was experienced. If one is thoughtful about the benefit of truth, it will be difficult [for bad influences] to get near, but if in times of lackiṅ lands, one’s limbs are weary, then he will fall. Only a [few] months can he enjoy [life]. How much enjoyment could he get? Not very much.
⟨5⟩ "And if we should talk about grammar, let us discuss Saṅ Sabdika (Mr. Word). He had studied many sutras (religious handbooks) for a long time, yet could not master [them], because their objectives and applications were not clear to him. [His explanations] were not convincing, and sounded untrue. When time to make use of his knowledge came, it did not yield any good result.
⟨6⟩ "Let us talk about those champions in logical disputations, who can remember the philosophies originating from the north as well as from ancient times. They studied all the difficult words and phrases in earnest, yet they made them more confused and when they were facing each other in the contest in the hall, they became weary from looking for the meaning which was in accordance with the philosophical sect. It is nothing else than the honor and praise that they are after by their exertions.
⟨7⟩ "On the other hand, it might be better to become a poet, able to relax, come and go at will without burden, contented in his mood and if there be tender feelings from a mistress, he can respond with ardour. He does not care about power or position, wherever he goes, everything is nice and beautiful leading to deliverance, worrying only when the writing pad is hard and the paper not fertile.
⟨8⟩ "Thus is the extent of my words to you. Clear as if these words are alive. If your calculations are in accordance with the highest knowledge (or the knowledge concerning the Supreme), clearly heaven will be the result, and if asceticism and trikaya (vāk, cit, buddhi) are performed, clearly deliverance will be found. If one holds to that rule, vhatever he has in mind — [namely] the jevel amongst the jewels — it will be there.
Canto 44
⟨1⟩ "As for people like you, my dear, princes of the best origin and kṣatriyas of the best order, sons of kings of the world, it is best that you strive for the utmost merit and respect from other people.
⟨2⟩ "It is very difficult to attain the ability to influence [other] people. The more difficult pursuit is to sustain the status of a world-ruler. It is not, because one is stupid and lacks intellect, but because the world turns dangerous when one is careless.
⟨3⟩ "If there is a courageous king in the opposition, be kind to him, agree with all his efforts. Afterwards apply the dāna (presents) and bheda (soving discontent) strategy. If he is still persistent, then you can apply danda (force).
⟨4⟩ "Also do not become hot or angry when your enemies grow in number. If there is an enemy who quarrels with another, then support one of them as soon as possible.
⟨5⟩ "Furthermore the one who is to be appointed as [prime] minister, who will be the assistant of the leader and ruler, should be selected on the basis on his courage and devotion, his knowledge of the scriptures which include the science of physiognomy.
⟨6⟩ "The conduct of a king should be in accordance with all dignity. The ways of deities should be taken as example by high personalities with feelings of mercy towards the people as guidance, because that is the nature of a king.
⟨7⟩ "I will go back to my previous words, my dear son. For sure the kingdom will be yours, study and practise [therefore] the guidelines of a ruler. Be firm in the study of the śāsanas (treaties), especially on the knowledge of the Supreme.
⟨8⟩ "In the future practise the virtue of patience. When the body is very old and fragile, when the bewilderments of the senses have abated, practise regularly the highest non-attachment [to the world]".
Canto 45
⟨1⟩ Thus ended the words of advice of King Bhīṣmaka. Prince Rukma made his obeisance respectfully before replying: "Even the words of a child should be heard, if they are good. Why should I not accept all the advice of one who should give advice [to me]? (meaning my own father).
⟨2⟩ "Well, with the exception of your request to abolish my great anger, caused by the insolence of Krəṣṇa, who has thrown insult to my lord. I regard that as the meanest trick amongst the meanest ever conducted by a king, as if there is no-one who can match him in power. He regards everyone as grass, who will be eliminated [if opposing him].
⟨3⟩ "So, this is my resolve, may it be heard by Your Majesty. May the Moon and Sun-gods, God Dharmma also, be my witness to see, that if Krəṣṇa is not killed by this noble Rukma, and your daughter Rukmiṇī is not returned to our capital city;
⟨4⟩ "In that case, I will not become king of Kuṇḍina. Your slave will go away. For sure I will not want to see my family and relatives and relations, because it is like dead, if one is insulted and does not revenge it. This body of mine is useless, all his life he will be ridiculed and become a laughingstock.
⟨5⟩ "The case of the Vallabhas is a great one to me, because they have received happiness, plenty of luxuries, power and success as I do from you, my lord. If a king is in trouble and enemies come to attack, clearly he will perish, but if he has power he will burn [all the enemies] to save his life.
⟨6⟩ "It is difficult at present to find the best solution. The guidelines for a king say, that he be firm and courageous to successfully protect the country. It is useless for me to know the religious rules and yet be indecisive and in fear. A conscientious person without action is like a jewel [hidden] in the dark.
⟨7⟩ "In short, my lord, I will take your leave to go to battle. I am happy to die, the more so if I return with victory. May Your Majesty forgive my words and insolence, because the duty of a kṣatriya is not to retreat when the opposition seems to be superior”.
Canto 46
⟨1⟩ While Prince Rukma was leaving the palace to return home to prepare for battle hastily, the day broke and the sun came up, shining brilliantly. All people after receiving orders, even those from far away regions, had come.
⟨2⟩ The capital city was chokeful, flooded with people coming and going, on the highway dovn to the plains around the city, which were full with well-armed soldiers. The banners were like clouds, standing close together in rows and rows. All were standing ready waiting for the appearance of the prince.
⟨3⟩ Then the prince appeared, shining in his battle dress; bow and arrows in his hand, weapons he received as heirloom. The crown had been put on carefully, its tightness adjusted, etc.
⟨4⟩ His armour was plated with gold and fitted nicely with rubies in the form of a star, studded with many precious stones, which increased his charming good looks. His body was as if showered with light, increasing in lustre.
⟨5⟩ Then he mounted his chariot quickly, out of fear that he might miss King Krəṣṇa (made him rush). He ordered kings of the neighbouring countries to march out with all their officers. Drums of all kinds were beaten as a sign of departure.
⟨6⟩ The units of soldiers moved simultaneously and noisily with all sorts of music-instruments played, lead by the drums. The trumpets were blaring, responding to each other and the banners were flying. Regularly the trumpets sounded ta-rara-rāt-ṅek.
⟨7⟩ The chariots sped avay amazingly swift, the one after the other rattling all the way. The wagons were everywhere surrounded by a number of people; the elephants were trumpetting, the horses neighing, as they were urged to move more speedily. They pushed forward strongly,leaving behind their masters.
⟨8⟩ The soldiers were far away from the capital city in a short time, as they rushed and rushed, disregarding the difficult roads. They found the traces of the vehicles of the enemy in a certain direction and followed [in pursuit]. The soft soil of ravines and forest were totally destroyed by those countless people.
Canto 47
⟨1⟩ The prince went in pursuit of King Krəṣṇa, to kill him wherever he met him. Without fear his chariot urged his well-armed soldiers to push forward, because the king of Cedi supported him, together with the king of Magadha and their hosts. That was why the Vrəṣṇis and Andhakas came together to fight side by side.
⟨2⟩ It was true, that the king of Cedi was worth accounting for, because he was extremely powerful, courageous and heroic. Even the deities were inferior in supernatural powers, by which he could bring all the lands surrounding the mountain Sumeru under his rule. So the king of Cedi became proud of himself and disregarded the power of other people, even though he might know the strength of the Yādava forces and that he would have to face King Baladeva and others as powerful.
⟨3⟩ That was the reason that the armed forces stopped to prepare their defence lines, except the banners of the soldiers of Prince Rukma which moved around, looking for the sector of King Padmanābha, who on leaving [Kuṇḍina] with drew from sight, so that his place remained unknown, as if disappearing like the smoke of the Khāṇḍava-forest blown by whirling typhoons.
⟨4⟩ However the king of Cedi stopped his forces, remaining quietly like the stillness of the ocean, distributing the positions of the array as follows: he would be the head in the middle with all units of his guards. King Jarāsandha would be the right wing, because he knew how to act [in that position]. All the heroes were placed in the left wing position, to be the spokes was the one called Dantavakra.
⟨5⟩ The army of the king of Cedi increased steadily as new arrivals came from behind. Fully packed were the forces of the neighbouring countries [of Cedi] with their horses, elephants and chariots with special decorated upper structures. The glitter of their cūḍāmaṇis shone amazingly like the stars of the milky way. The white umbrellas [of the kings] were so close together, that they looked like white kamurugan flowers.
⟨6⟩ More and more soldiers went by, looking like the strong current of the river Yamunā, marvellously flowing continuously, increasingly heaped together on the tracks along the tree-less slopes, resembling thousands of packs of swallows, moving forward exactly like ants in transfer to another place. They sounded like packs of crows shouting together roaringly, but beard hardly at all because of the distance.
⟨7⟩ The Yādava forces slowly retreated in solid columns, not because of fear, but moving around as they were ordered to take positions, since the battlefield consisted of ravines, difficult to cross, and located close to rivers and steep slopes. That was the reason why the armed forces were with drawn, so as not to be hampered by the movements [of the enemy].
⟨8⟩ Because the plan of King Haladhara, the deputy leader of the Vrəṣṇis was [as follows]: to form units or columns [which could move] like an avalanche of elephant-size boulders, guarded by mobile units on wagons and horses, moving like dangerous high-tide of the sea, as they followed the subtle gloom of the fourth season. They did not look like hands [defensively] covering [the face], but like dragons attacking courageously.
Canto 48
⟨1⟩ The number of the Yadu host may be enumerated: there we had the most famous Yuyudhāna, Pārtu, and Akrūra, king of Wideha, Svapalka, Vikrānta, Gada and Prasena.
⟨2⟩ Others were Sunakṣatra, a Yadu hero and Prəthu, Śakradeha, the great kings Bhaṅga, Kārā, Mrədhuka, Vrəsadarbha, Vicitra and others.
⟨3⟩ The heroes were called Nirdanta, Satyaka, Śaraṇa, Vidhuratha and Krətadharma, and the most powerful Śatadyumna; not to mention the heroic chief officers of the army.
⟨4⟩ Their battle-cries were loud and repetitious, supported by all kinds of drums and trumpets, mixed with the voice of thousands and thousands of elephants and horses roaring like lions.
⟨5⟩ Their banners were numerous and of all colours. There were some amazingly clustered together darkening [the sky], like rumbling thick clouds, hovering above like a range of causeways.
⟨6⟩ Some were curving like a rainbow, others were spreading like flowers shovering down, other red banners were arranged everywhere orderly, looking like mountains aflame.
⟨7⟩ The units were really well-equiped with ornaments, and the soldiers were powerful and bold, famous amongst the enemies that they were the most accomplished warriors, in fact very appropriate to be appointed as bodyguards.
⟨8⟩They were given their positions [in the battle-array]. Others were moving to their appointed positions. Several units were concentrating to form one wing. The battle-array was [soon] established firmly.
Canto 49
⟨1⟩ The battle-array of King Baladeva and his units, became more aggressive when they found opposition. The battle-array of the king of Cedi likewise was strong and solid without flaws.
⟨2⟩ The battle started with threats hurled against each other. They looked at each other shouting [insult]. It was not a battle in real terms, [like] attacking, stabbing and chasing each other, but only striking with [verbal] insults.
⟨3⟩ Then missiles were released in great numbers, falling everywhere heavily, no different from the sound of coconuts smashed at each other. Beng-beng-peng were its sounds penetrating the ears when they flashed by. Mah–sār-teg were the sounds when they fell on the umbrellas of the kings.
⟨4⟩ The sign for the battle was the shovering of stones which fell everywhere as planned and the attack with arrows was like flying burning coal, which fell like stars with a bang.
⟨5⟩ There were soldiers hit by missiles on their jaws. They were enraged and wanted to take revenge, but they were too painful and when they retreated, spitting out [blood], they were jeered at by the opposition. Their teeth were jiggling and not firm anymore.
⟨6⟩ Let us look at those chased and stabbed at, nicely [parrying] though attacked by four opponents. "It is far from an exercise in parrying between you and me” he said, and then struck forcefully.
⟨7⟩ Priests joined [the battle] acting as messengers, spies, and observers carrying baskets. They mixed [with the soldiers] chasing and running with them. Their courage was praiseworthy but without purpose; far from being hurt, they received more fee.
⟨8⟩ There were plenty of arrows with feathers, and a lot also with coloured heads flying to every direction. They were thrown aside in all directions as if being swept off by a gigantic banner, swaying [all the time].
⟨9⟩ There came four or five units of supporting forces, consisting of farmers with old and rotten shields. The iron rims [of their shields] were broken and eaten by rust, but decorated with yellow coconut leaves.
⟨10⟩ The warriors became more and more intoxicated by the sound of music (instruments), so variatcd were the sounds of their tok-tok. The soldiers, on hearing them were shouting and cheering. Then the leader called for the food-supply attendant.
⟨11⟩ Thus was the description of those fighting with shields as weapons. They withdrew when they saw lancers supporting their opponents. Some became tired from fighting and out of breath, exactly like people separated from a brawl.
Canto 50
⟨1⟩ The soldiers without units, who carried weapons, joined in the fight. They were in front, because they were the advance task force and soon they spread all over the field, fighting. The clanging sound of lances clashing against each other was heard continuously. Those armed with shields were beating one another, trying to make a breakthrough.
⟨2⟩ Thousands and hundreds of thousands came to support [them]‚ filling the battlefield, in the front, at the rear and at the wings. The fighting went on more intensely, wrestling, boxinng, stabbing, throving missiles, striking with creeses and clubs. The battle was like a picture, the warriors were silent, nobody was speaking.
⟨3⟩ There was a brave soldier who ran amuck attacking everybody in his way. The hair on his shield were cut off and its spokes broken by a club. He was attacked by many opponents with lances, but he was not hurt, as his body was invulnerable. His thigh was pierced but got only a minor wound, but the lance could not be pulled out, as if stuck to it.
⟨4⟩ The lancers repeated their attack two, three, four times. This time with success, as at last the brave soldier fell face down. What made him fall? His neck was cut off from behind by an angry opponent, and his blood gushed forth like a fountain, spouting out upwards.
⟨6⟩ The soldiers without units were heroic, their courage was not broken. Calling for successors, they pledged to help orderly. They looked like wild beasts fighting for offering-dishes, refusing to retreat or to flee. Clubs, sticks, books, discs were snatched [from opponents] and pushed away without fear.
⟨6⟩ Let us tell about those defeated [by them]. Their heads were smashed and fell [on the ground], their mouths closed with a snap on mustaches [of others] and were very difficult to remove; their bodies rolled over the ground, then stood up amazingly, with widespread legs forcefully, as if their heads down to the neck were not severed.
⟨7⟩ The army of King Sunīti was on the loosing side and started to retreat, like clouds blown away by the wind, slovly moving backwards. They just walked, not runniṅ, like kayu-apu washed away [by flooding water], silently and in closed units. The Yadus did not venture to chase them fiercely, but stopped.
⟨8⟩ Tbe king of Cedi was seen ready and prepared on his wagon. He swayed his banner to order his guards to move forward, and all of them under the leadership of a group of senior kings, prepared for battle without making a mistake. Like flood, the elephants, horses and wagons rolled down together to crush [the enemy].
⟨9⟩ They were met by the Yadu forces and clashed stroṅly with each other, which could be clearly likened to mountains of rocks falling at each other, the sound of which rumbled so powerfully that echoed back in the sky. Dark dust whirled up fearfully, the battlefield seemed to be covered with thick smoke.
⟨10⟩ The wind caused by the supernatural power of heroes fighting on both sides, brought about destruction to the world. The surface of the earth was unsettled, swaying and turning, whilst the ocean was boiling. The sky seemed to be on the, verge of collapse, the peaks of mountains shook to and fro as if going to fall over. The ten directions were in uproar, and the groups of seers and deities were frightened to death.
⟨11⟩ The sound of the music-instruments added more confusion. The sounds of trumpets, drums and other instruments were mixed up, blended with the sound of clashing swords and battling people. Furthermore the horses were neighing angrily whilst the elephants were trumpetting proudly.
⟨12⟩ The flanks of the army of the king of Cedi were defeated and fled, their banners ceased to fly, looking like banners of the dead, falling on the ground blown by the wind. The units in the centre made a counterattack fiercely after regrouping themselves for a while, like kuluma fish gettiṅ fresh water, rushing forward to meet it.
⟨13⟩ Therefore the Yadu forces were halted in their pursuit and suffered numerous casualties and were forced to retreat. Confused they fled and fell on lines in the back, stepping on corpses, but their own friends, marching forward, forced them to turn back.
⟨14⟩ The battle was raging on as both sides were outstanding and courageous, each side was pushing forward and was pushed back, wounded soldiers fell everywhere. Many times the four divisions of the armed forces marvellously flared up like the water of the ocean [of milk] stirred with a mountain by the groups of [demons], deities and siddhas.
Canto 51
⟨1⟩While the battle went on fiercely, both sides pushing and chasing each other, the king of Cedi set his weapon ready; courage and anger raging in his heart. [Meditating on] courage on his side, he proudly gave the command.
⟨2⟩ Afterwards he held his bow in the middle tightly and tried the tension of the string. The parts of his left arm were already in a straight line with the target, and carefully he drew the string back to his ear.
⟨3⟩ It took some seconds and suddenly the string seemed so easy to draw, and together with the recitation of a mantra, he released an arrow each in the four directions. The sound of the bow was like that of a big tree collapsing, fearfully sounding like a thunderbolt growling in the dark.
⟨4⟩ All kinds of arrows, issued in great numbers like white ants, were flying around, heaping up like a roof flying in the sky. The arrows landed in a spray like falling leaves continuously and thickly like rain, yet each of them hit its target.
⟨5⟩ Other arrows were issuing fire, flaring up the ten directions, flaming dangerously falling like a shower of fire-balls. All the Vrəṣṇis and Andhakas dispersed, their soldiers looking like burning coal. Like ants they were killed in heaps, eradicated.
⟨6⟩ The Yadu forces were in great grief as they were seriously hurt and smashed. They saw a banner in the back falling over, and never rising back. What was left of wagons was only a wheel on one side, totally destroyed. Elephants were without upper structures and horses ran wildly without saddles.
⟨7⟩ The music-instruments were thronn and blown away and many of them were lost, parts of the trumpets and gongs were also lost, leaving sounds like hep and hes while carried away by the wind. The bək-bəkans were stepped on and yet afraid to cry "oh mother".
⟨8⟩ There was a fool giving advice to his fleeing companions: "Please stay put, you will not die if the time has not come. The time of dying is already decreed beforehand based on our karma in former births". Just as he had said these words, he was almost hit by a lance. He jumped up and ran like a rat.
⟨9⟩ As for the heroic kṣatriyas of the Vrəṣṇis and Andhakas, [they did not flee but] bravely coming together to plan a counter-attack and already they received the order to wait for the instructions of King Karṣaṇa. At last they started rolling like lions together, roaring and smashing everything trying to hold them back.
⟨10⟩ The kings were accompanying the brother of King Krəṣṇa, whose short lance, club, hammer and hook never failed. Also his iron plough, called Sambartta in turns was attacking the enemy from the hands of King Haladhara.
⟨11⟩ At this moment the attack of the Yadu forces looked boundless in fierceness. The army of the king of Cedi was repulsed, pushed back and it was fleeing. Confused they were thrown back without knowing in which direction to run. They just ran around and around in fear, like the water of the Ganggā river gustily falling against the side of the mountain.
⟨12⟩ The kings of the neighbouring countries [of Cedi] who fell in great numbers in battle will be described. They were heaped up together with their attendants lying in every direction, like in sleep. There were some who died lying on their back with their crowns still on [their heads], mixed with numerous officers.
⟨13⟩ Jarāsandha was commanding one of the wings, standing firmly in position, defending his lines without moving a bit, and no one was fleeing, attacking and receiving counterattacks of discs, and angrily stabbing and being stabbed. He was attacked with all kinds of lances and countered them with lances and arrows.
⟨14⟩ Both sides released flamiṅ veapons which flashed noisily in the sky. Fabulously ave-inspiriṅ they turned into thunderstorms and bolts. There were some that looked like dragons shoveriṅ dovn fire. From their open muzzle came the sounds ṅak-ṅak like fightiṅ geese.
⟨15⟩ Not to mention were the countless rocks from the peaks of mountains which came down incessantly; with a heavy thud they fell on the ground. Rrrrt ... discs were flashing one after the other. Kəpuk-pyak-pyak-pyak-pon were the sounds of clashing clubs.
⟨16⟩ Thus was the battle without equal to be thought of. The three worlds seemed to be destroyed, because of the war, which resembled the battle at the abode of the gods when attacked by Tārakāsura, and when the side of the deities under the leadership of God Kumāra won [the war].
⟨17⟩ The vultures were everywhere in the sky and in groups in the fields. A lot were dispersed by the battle-cries and when the cries stopped, the vultures came again in throngs. The forests in the region of the battle were filled with dogs which looked like swine as they were bathed in blood flowing like mud.
⟨18⟩ The kəpuh and capok trees in the middle of the battlefield were uprooted, and looked like bearing fruit in the form of human beings as intestines were windiṅ around [the branches] looking like calulils. Their branches were full of arrows sticking out like the spines of a porcupine, their barks were cut into small pieces by flying discs.
⟨19⟩ Four, five times the battle went either way fiercely, both sides had thousands and millions of fallen heroes. Continuously blood flowed like flood, red like the juice of red spinach. It looked like the meal of the God of Death, mixed up and messy.
⟨20⟩ Those fighting in water mixed with blood were beautifully drenched in it. They wanted to jump, but their legs were caught in intestines winding around. Their shields became darker and darker red like wax and the rubies resembled chicken-flees. The hair [of the shields] stuck to them and the white friṅes became red like katirah flowers.
⟨21⟩ Those fighting on elephants looked handsome when they died. So let us look at the elephants fighting against elephants. They went back and forth, both trunks windiṅ each other pinching and trying to get their opponent fall over. Their tusks were stabbing each other and they fell on their knees looking like picking things up [from the ground].
⟨22⟩ The officers on horseback were fighting strongly as tbey knew the capability of their horses. They bent their bodies so low, swung their swords and cut off the arms of their opponents. They were seen from the howdah of the elephants and were going to be struck by arrows without noticing it, but tbey jumped together on their horses to come closer.
⟨23⟩ Then an angry elephant caught a standing man, struck and pushed him away, then held him in its tusk and trunk. After the man was smashed, the elephant swung him round and round, until issuing a sizzling sound like that of a windmill blown by heavy wind.
⟨24⟩ The army of Cedi was on the loosing side, on all sectors of the battlefield. They were beaten, their casualties were ten times higher than the Yadu side. The cadavers of their elephants were piled up all over the field, like ḍavət dejectedly heaped up to dry in the heat [of the sun].
Canto 52
⟨1⟩ Then Prince Rukma, while fighting moved towards the position of King Krəṣṇa (Surendrānuja). He lead all the army of Kuṇḍina, from common soldiers up to officers and groups of kings heavily equipped with weapons, under the command of his lieutenants Śrutabāṇa, Dakṣiṇa and Aṅśumān.
⟨2⟩ Resembliṅ people doing statute labour, they released discs and weapons of all kinds, whilst from the flanks they moved together closing on King Krəṣṇa, who did not pay much attention. He was not troubled to be showered and stormed with all kinds of weapons, since not one of them could hit [him]. He looked like the sun with a ring around shining more beautifully and more brilliantly.
⟨3⟩ The son of King Bhīṣmaka had already an arrow on his bow and while drawing it, he stood on his battle chariot and moved closer and closer to be dead sure that he would not miss King Krəṣṇa. He became the more angrier when he saw that Princess Rukmiṇī was with King Krəṣṇa. He resembled Rāhu, eager to destroy the moon and the sun, when he saw them together.
⟨4⟩ He said: "Hey Krəṣṇa, you are extremely wicked, breaking [the code of honour of a] kṣatriya. You are an evil and bad king, who do not deserve to be called king. In the past you have been given good treatment by great people. Clearly they will get treason from an evil man like you, if there is still one who has trust in you.
⟨5⟩ "You do not fear the abuse of people and to be exposed in the world as a villain. You have unlimited pride to disdain people who treat you well. You do not know, what proper and improper is, as long as you can say that it suits you. Ah! [It is useless] to quarrel with you, evil, debased, wicked and low person. Well, you are far from excellence.
⟨6⟩ "O, Prince Rukma, talk no more, wait for a while, let me take my turn to speak. I do know about the sorrow I gave you, caused by the force I use to attain Rukmiṇī. The reason is, because it is good for a girl to marry a man whom she really wants to marry. Look therefore I took her by force, and I take full responsibility for all my action, I am not afraid of the consequences.
⟨7⟩ "If it is a marriage by peasants, it does not need to be discussed, because it is the marriage of common people. If it is a marriage between rich people, then wealth, i.e. jewels, gold and silver should be the dowry. A religious teacher should marry a brahmin girl. however for a man from the kṣatriya caste, the dowry is power and the will to fight courageously.
⟨8⟩ "My conduct is in accordance with this rule. Why should it be regarded as improper? If you want something very badly, it is better not to leave it, but to use force. Look at the lion, the king of animals. If he wants to eat game or deer, he hunts them. Where do you find a leader of a group who prefers to die than to get food?"
⟨9⟩ Thus were the words of Janārddana repulsing the [words of] anger of the prince, who brought up his weapon with a head of burning iron, shining brilliantly red. His red eyes seemed to issue fire and smoke, very amazing. Fanned by his breath, the beat of the fire inside his heart came out.
⟨10⟩ Soaring noisily were the caduśakti arrows released by Prince Rukma towards King Indrānuja (Krəṣṇa). They were highly powerful arrows, sixty-four in number in the form of sharp crest moons coming orderly one after the other. The fire of the arrow-heads flared up high in the sky resembling lightning. Well, well, there was no doubt that [King Krəṣṇa] would be hit, as proven in previous encounters.
⟨11⟩ The arrows flashed very swiftly and were almost hitting King Krəṣṇa. Thunder and storms boomed like the roar of the ocean, but to no avail. It was foiled by King Kreṣṇa withan arrow that appeared from the concentration of his mind (yoga). The arrows disappeared and came back as rain, and not long afterwards they went off altogether.
Canto 53
⟨1⟩ King Krəṣṇa was sad, as anger made his heart painful. First he was prepared to be agreeable, but now the prince came, harsh and rude. That was the reason why his mind turned into enmity.
⟨2⟩ The rules for a king in the scriptures said that there would be no sin in [even] killing a relative, even a brother or sister who had the same behaviour. If they were a manifestation of trouble, they should be eliminated by their own doings.
⟨3⟩ Thus was what churned in the mind of King Janārddana. Quickly he drew his bow and arrows were released [so swiftly] as never happened before, seventy in number, flashing by in a group, and all of them hit their targets which were smashed beyond anything.
⟨4⟩ The army of Prince Rukma turned into confusion as there were so many casualties. All their counter-attacks failed, they were tired and did not gain anything. Many of them were wounded, hit by arrows like deer. Suffering from pain, they lost their courage, and took the heel to save their lives.
⟨5⟩ Those on wagons left their vehicles, also those on horseback fled on foot. Look at those who fell flat on their faces from huge elephants, smashed to pieces like birds falling [on the ground].
⟨6⟩ The three ministers were useless and powerless. Dakṣiṇa and Śrutabāṇa were thrown back, fleeing away without noticing his attendants, and Aṅśumān turned pale, no lustre any longer.
⟨7⟩ however the prince stayed put in the battle-field. He did not join the exodus, but stood by, looking at his army fleeing away. His anger exploded and full of revenge he held his bow and placed an arrow on. He was beyond himself in firmness and courage, possessed by heroic pursuit.
⟨8⟩ Angrily he released countless arrows speedily, soaring through the air like pine forests hit by a thunderstorm. But to no avail. When they came to King Krəṣṇa, they were like white ants falling into the fire.
⟨9⟩ Thus the attack of the prince was useless. His mind was fierce, because of anger, but he just became tired and weary [from all his actions]. Four or five times his arrow did not achieve result, like the actions of a dwarf [were his], useless and inefficient.
⟨10⟩ Kiṅ Indrānuja fought in earnest now. Angrily he released powerful divine arrows after pronouncing the appropriate spell and mind-concentration, so that for sure they would be effective and hit their targets unavoidably.
⟨11⟩ The arrows [released from the bow] of King Krəṣṇa, without error hit the wagon of the prince, turning it into rubble. The upper-structure was smashed by an arrow and the charioteer was killed together with the horses.
⟨12⟩ The prince fell from his wagon, head down on the ground. His crown was crushed its stones tossed away and lost. Also his bow was broken hit by an arrow. He thought he was near death, there was no way of survival.
⟨13⟩ Princess Rukmiṇī, seeing her brother in such a condition, was alarmed. Crying loudly, she embraced the legs of King Krəṣṇa, without shame she cried and looked up, tears flowing down the thighs of the king.
⟨14⟩ Her black hair came loose, stuck in her wet face, increasing her loveliness. Her breath was racing, she wiped (her face) with her kain which became loose and came off altogether. She was shaken, yet able to talk:
Canto 54
⟨1⟩"Ah, mylord Krəṣṇa. You are the master of my life. The soul who protect my life is no other than mylord, who I hope still to be the guardian of my existence. All that you wish from me, I will keep in mind and make efforts to follow it.
⟨2⟩ "However, at this moment, I disagree with your intention, because you are too cruel, you do not have mercy with me, the miserable one. I know that I will not give you satisfaction, but if [your intention to kill my brother] is realized, I may not be angry and cry at the feet of Your Majesty, because he has been irresponsible and wicked.
⟨3⟩ "Because I came to you, looking for your protection, you find trouble, but your power is great and is expected to be able to shelter the relatives. However now, do nothing that makes me sad. I pray and beg for your mercy, like a branch of sandalwood has mercy on the snake winding around it, by giving it its shade.
⟨4⟩ "Prince Rukma loved me very much when I was with my father and mother, almost as he loved his own life. Furthermore he is really my brother and there is no one else. Now he will be killed by Your Majesty in front of my eyes. How is it possible, that I will not be sad, and very upset to see it. It is better that I do not see it [at all].
⟨5⟩ "Ah, my brother Rukma. What have you done now. What a misfortune you have found, as if it is not of this world. Om, my brother, accept your lot. What can I do to eliminate this misfortune? How can I venture to save your life, because you are proven to do wrong deeds.
⟨6⟩ "Now, I am prepared to save your life without fear of death, but in no way the sword of King Krəṣṇa will not fall on your sister. It is better that I become a substitute for you. That is my intention, because I have great respect for you and in this situation also great pity.
⟨7⟩ "You have done a lot of things in the past to make me happy when I was in grief In the past you have protected me, you are exactly the cause for my good life. But now I bring you to your fall and make you suffer. There is no way that King Krəṣṇa will save my life. Your fall will make me follow in your death.
⟨8⟩ "Because, if I stay alive, then I will always feel that I have done nothing to help you. For sure father and mother will not like this, if I ever return to them. All the relatives, why should they not blame me and beat me? Who will be the man who will have mercy on me and where is the place, where I can go [in peace]?
⟨9⟩ "If I want to go to a distant place in the mountains and stay in a temple at a quiet slope, I do not know how to travel through the jungle and cannot endure hunger and exhaustion. It is better that I die now, my brother, in front of your eyes. Let me be your slave in seven incarnations and not be separated from you."
Canto 55
⟨1⟩ The heart of the son of Basudeva (Kr̥ṣṇa) became merciful on hearing the lamentations of the princess. He laid down his below and took the princess on bis lap and suddenly embraced her lovingly. His great anger towards Prince Rukma abated, pushed aside by bis love towards his beloved like flaming offerings-fire being extiṅuished by honey poured [on it].
⟨2⟩ The son of Bhīṣmaka (Rukma) arose, hopeful [for his life] but utterly amazed, because he thought that he was dead and now he found life, though strongly shaken. However he was beaten. He felt very sad and depressed as he felt sorry for his past deeds. Dejectedly he thought about what best he should do now.
⟨3⟩ Because he said before, that he would not return to his country if Janārddana escaped and if Princess Rukmiṇī was not brought back. These were his words, witnessed by his father. Now he failed, but he did not want to take his words back, after clearly he could not bring them into reality. This was the reason he did not return to Kuṇḍina, but wanted to establish another kingdom.
⟨4⟩ The King Indrānuja entertained himself, after achieving a great victory. The armed forces of Cedi and Magadha were annihilated entirely by the Yadus. So wherever the king went, there was nothing to fear. Yet he headed for Dvāravatī with the beautiful princess who never left his side.
⟨5⟩ There in the wagon, they settled down to enjoy the art of kissing. They applied nail-scratchiṅ, petting etc to re-affirm their feelings of love. Only at the end they kept off the deflowering act, because they wanted to have a royal wedding ceremony when they arrived at the palace.
⟨6⟩ Then [the king] loved his little sister’(Rukmiṇī) very much, whose deeds always attracted affection. He paid plenty of interest in choosing her clothes imitating the ara tree in supplying the sprouts of young leaves. He was very good in tying back her hair-knot which came loose, like the shoots of the gaḍuṅ plant, like groopiṅ into a birdnest, he used to caress her body and to fondle her breasts.
⟨7⟩ On the other hand, Princess Rukmiṇī was distressed. She seemed to be disturbed by her feelings of great love towards her father, mother and brother. This thought troubled her heart a lot, so that she appeared to resent King Krəṣṇa who wanted to revive her passion. She moved away when he approached her, she did not like to sit together and refused to sit on his lap.
Canto 56
⟨1⟩ Let us leave them, amusing themselves on their journey. After a while they arrived in Dvāravatī. All the Yadus and Wrəṣṇis hastened to go home as soon as possible.
⟨2⟩ All the people of Dvāravatī were very proud. They moved like flood water, happy, excited and joyful, because the king had achieved victory and on top of that secured a beautiful wife.
⟨3⟩ Thw women whether they talked to each other in earnest or not, agreed that the king was extremely lucky indeed. So, they prayed, may they love each other forever and may Princess Rukmiṇī bear children soon.
⟨4⟩ The day had gone and night bad arrived. The Yadus and Wrəṣṇis became the more excited [than ever], because there were no reasons for doubt or fear. There were only reasons for happiness and enjoyment.
⟨5⟩ Also the king and the princess enjoyed the celebration of marriage. One in thought, one in body and one in love, not at all differing from the goddess Rati and god Kāma in appearance.
Canto 57
⟨1⟩ It is impossible to relate everything. So both of them retreated to the bridal chamber. They broke their fasting of love and passion was given free reign. Clearly they seemed to give away their intention to make asceticism.
⟨2⟩ The king was an expert in striviṅ for excellence, which he had been doiṅ since a long time in the past. In the bedroom he was absorbed in all activities, but like a blind, be often made mistakes.
Canto 58
⟨1⟩ Time passed. Their marriage was a success, but let us not talk about it. Her yearning towards her parents was superseded by love towards her husband. Also she could preoccupy herself with the beauty of the ornaments of the capital city, as everything was fabulous like the beauty of the palaces of the gods.
⟨2⟩ There was a royal palace beautifully built by a demi-god architect at an isolated spot. It was built for the quarters of the ladies and richly ornamented with carvings. There were many golden statues, newly delivered. The shoots of the katirah creepers on the eves were growing strongly reaching the rafters of the roof.
⟨3⟩ That was the place where the king and the princess lived in harmony, enjoying their love together and sharing their passion of consummation, satisfying the need of the senses in their worship of the god of love. All the instructions contained in the book Pradyumnagama were remembered and brought into practice.
⟨4⟩ In fact, why should they not be in love with each other, since they have the same good looks? They matched each other. All the emotional affairs of love that gave the marriage a sour taste never arose, both were very keen to perform everything suitable under the cover of blankets. Watching the girl sweating, the heart of the king seemed to melt.
⟨5⟩ Who would not be delighted to see them so blitheful in their marriage. They were both gorgeous and in full bloom like a cool wash with fragrant sandalwood [ointment]. They were attached to each other like drink-water with syrup. They were always together as if of one soul like the container with the sacred sugar.
⟨6⟩ It is impossible to relate all what they did to share their harmonious life together. Once they went to the garden for a walk together joyfully. They went everywhere, to quiet places, walking or playing hide and seek or looking for a pandanus flower to lead them towards nice occupations in the resthouse.
⟨7⟩ Also everything in the little forest was full of charm. From a hole in a hill, water flowed down and became a creek. On both sides stones and sand were marvellously arranged. Its sands were fragrant, the surabhi flowers gave it to them as a means to welcome [the king and the princess].
⟨7⟩ The flowing water of the river looked pure like a virgin, kuluma fishes were swimming at the side as quick as the mind. The slugs were leading each other, never misunderstanding each other, though they were cowered with red shells. They moved very slowly as if they were just stretching [their body].
⟨9⟩ There was a nice offerings-house with tall fountains and clear water, located beside a pond which was like a lake full of all kinds of flowers. The branches of the aśokas and punnāgas were rubbing and touching each other, the roots were stuck so closely resembling people embracing each other passionately.
⟨10⟩ The creeping pandanus on the sides of the lake looked beautiful, the leaf-scars on its trunk seemed to look as if half of its waist-hand was taken off. There were two flowers laying on each side of a rock, its beauty gave rise to yearning as they resembled the calf of legs of [a girl] sitting on the lap [of her lover].
⟨11⟩ So the garden was like a maru (a co-wife of the king) to the princess. The bees were always buzzing like [the maru] was crying and sobbing. A caterpillar was hanging on to the eve, unseen, because nobody was interested in it. The ants in the pond were pitiful, because they fell in the hole of crocodiles.
⟨12⟩ At the east-side there was a little pavillion with a couch, intentionally built for quietness and isolation. The handul flowers were thickly and widely spread all over the footpath. The tañjuṅ tree at the yard was imposing and nicely ringed with a wall, its flowers fell on the ground arousing passion in the hearts of those seeking [repose].
Canto 59
⟨1⟩ Let us not describe [any longer] the charm of the little forest when the king and the princess enjoyed themselves there, [because] it is impossible to portray. Let us rather return to King Krəṣṇa and the princess. Their marriage was like the union of their eager souls, like arddhanāriśvara (the union of Śiva and Pārvatī). The husband loved his wife very much, and the princess was extremely devoted and loving to her husband.
Canto 60
⟨1⟩ So it was established that the princess be known as Queen Rukmiṇī throughout the world. The children of the [former] princess were many, ten sons, first amoṅst them were as follows: Pradyumna, Cārudeśna, Cārudeha, Sucāru, Sudeśna. Then followed Susena who was born before Cārugupta.
⟨2⟩ The others were Cārudevaka, followed by Śaraṇya. Then followed the handsome Cāruvinda. In turn Bhadracāru was born. Princess Cāruvati was the youngest, happily staying with a nanny, who had been nursing her since childhood through to maturity.
⟨3⟩ There were other wives of King Krəṣṇa, ten thousand in number, all exceedingly beautiful in appearance and conduct. Kālindī and Mitravindā were the most important ones in the harem, followed by Satyā, Nagnājitā, Sunandā, Jāmbavatī, all not inferior in charm and refinement. Then Satrajitā, the favourite one, and the popular one was Satyabhāmā.
Canto 61
⟨1⟩ Then the goddess śrī, followed by another 16000 wives. Although they came from the common people, serving the king. The world was known to be prosperous, thriving and peaceful during the reign of King Krəṣṇa. Evil people were decreasing in number. The situation in the world was as well as in heaven.
Canto 62
⟨1⟩ Thus was the result of Mpu Triguṇa by composing a story called ’The blissful story of King Krəṣṇa and the Princess’, which was like a japa (prayer) or mantra (formula) for success. A king would always save and expand [his might and glory].
Canto 63
⟨1⟩ The most poverful King Erlaṅghya was known in the past as an excellent king, nobody else than Mpu Kaṇva was his saliṅsiṅan. At present king Varṣajaya, may he forgive the foolish one, has as his saliṅsiṅan the famous well-respcected and prominent Mpu Triguṇa.
This is the well-known story of Krəṣṇa, called Krəṣṇayana, finished written (or copied)
on the island of Bali, there in the comfortable and blissful garden, known to be the
most quiet and outstanding place. This is the dwelling-place of the priest Mpu Suranātha,
a priest from the Siddhānta sect. Herein confirmed is the ugly shape of the letters
and handwriting.
So, the purpose of writing [a scripture] and discussing the dharmma in meetings has
been the destruction of perplexity in the mind, because from the mind originate the
sins and they [can only] be destroyed by pure knowledge. ’Stilling the mind’ should
always be kept in mind and practised by the sattwic (good) people without negligence.
Let the essence of the most elevated knowledge (rasa surasa) in all the holy scriptures
be given the highest attention.
The feeling is like the moon rising up after the sun has set. Control the senses,
search with care the great sins in your heart and burn them altogether...
1466. On the night of the full moon of the 4th season before sunrise is the best time
to get rid of thc bewilderment in your heart.
* * *
Bibliography
Edited by Soewito Santoso (1986). Acquistion of digital data through OCR by Arlo Griffiths (2018). Manual cleaning and structuring by Eko Bastiawan (2023–2025). Transformation to TEI format by Axelle Janiak (2025). Further editing by Arlo Griffiths.
Notes
- ^1. ndā tan māntyakna ṅ madhu sinahir (then do not wait to carry away the honey). Zoetmulder on p.2O3, v. 1., explains bandi sahir as a certain medicinal potion, deriving it from a quote from B.K. 59.4: usadha nya jahya tulisanya tuṅgəṅ inumīka bandi sahir. I think sahir has become sahit in Javanese, explained by G & R. I.739 as uithozen; uitscheppen (to boil out; to scoop out). So from the above, I think to carry away the honey has more sense than to drink the honey or to scoop away the honey, as here the sense is figurative.
- ^2. rāgāpakrama yeka gavayən (you should take the advantage of the love of both parties). Z.I.110 explains apakrama as going away; evil doing, whilst J. renders it with wat buiten de regel is (which is beyond regulation). The gandharva mode of marriage is based on mutual agreement between the bride and groom, but it does not always receive the approval of other parties. Hence perhaps classified as something beyond the rules (apakrama). Rukma abuses Krəṣṇa about his behaviour, but not of the gandharvavivāha. Krəṣṇa himself does not regard his marriage as a gandharvavivahā, but a marriage through power or combat (valātkāra) which is regarded as the highest mode of marriage for a kṣatriya. See Krəṣṇāyana 52.7 which reads yan bvat kṣatriyajanma vīryya panukunya śura maṅgāpraṅa (however for a man from the kṣatriya-caste, the dowry is power and the will to fight courageously). This attitude is in fact in accordance with what Devabrata says in the Ādiparva (ed. Juynboll, p.98) which reads: Ai bhūmipāla, kita sahananiṅ ratu milu riṅ svayambara! ... Ikaṅ vivāha ulihniṅ valātkāra, yatikā lvih risakvehniṅ vivāha yan iṅ prabhu. lvih pva ya gavayakna ṅhulun maṅke ikaṅ valātkāra, mataṅ yan alapən i ṅhulun ikaṅ kanyā tigaṅ siki. Asiṅ krodha ya ta lāvana mami mapraṅa! yatnā ta kita kabeh! (Eey all of you kings, taking part in this svayambara! For a king, a marriage which is the result of valātkāra (use of force) is the best of all kinds of marriage. Because it is so, I will apply that marriage by force, and therefore I take these three girls. Whoever disapproves (or is angry), he can meet me in battle. Be careful!)
- ^3. magiba-gibah avidva-vidvana. Z. 1.523 is doubtful in his rendering of the word gibah as ’a kind of shawl or wrap’, perhaps influenced by J which has kleed? I think, it does not fit in our context. Therefore I regard the word gibah as a possible variety of gubah (to compose garlands) and translate the phrase accordingly.
- ^4. I render salah tvan here as ‘to forget an important matter’, based on the view that salah tvan means ’to misjudge something, to calculate wrongly, to see something wrongly etc’. See Z. II.2028.
- ^5. asilurup i həniṅiṅ ve ndi tātan katona? (Diving in clear water; why should he not be detected?) The Javanese equivalent for the phrase asilurup i həniṅiṅ ve is slulup iṅ banyu bəniṅ.
- ^6. smara samaya śr̥ṅgararacana (love, union and loveplay). Z. II.1 799 reads smarasamaya and renders it with intercourse in love or the right time for love? He translates śr̥ṅgara into ’1. love, sexual passion or desire or enjoyment; dress suitable for amorous purposes, elegant dress; 2. lovely; pretty; seductive’ (II.1816). On the other hand I regard śr̥ṅgararacana as a compound and render it with ornament (racana) of sexual passion (śr̥ṅgara), which in combination with smara and samaya (love and union) cannot be anything else than love-play.
- ^7. kadi baləman mərāṅ mamaṅani (like burning coal consuming hay). According to Z. I.197 baləman is smouldering fire to keep mosquitoes away. The equivalent of the phrase above in Bahasa Indonesia is seperti api dalam sekam (like fire in chaff). The meaning is that it is explosive.
- ^8. asmu sumə̄ṅ saṅ Ivir prabhāni śaśī (the one looking like the moon was shining brightly). The literal translation should be ’like shining was the one looking like the rays of the moon’.
- ^9. kunir lintəṅan. The meaning of linteṅan is not known to me, and it is not listed in any of the dictionaries I use. I think it is a kind of turmeric. G & R. II.86 has lintiṅan (rolled s.t.) which in my view is not fitting in this case.
- ^10. təkap i paṅgyatiṅ curiṅ (because someone was coming). The literal translation should be ’because of the ringing of footbells, or because footbells were heard’. Foot-bells are still worn by Madurese and some East Javanese women and girls and in dances from these regions, the dancers are still exploiting the footbells as very effective means to keep the attention of the audience. In wayang figures these footbells are still frequently found.
- ^11. Z. reads hana līlāsobag hanan acatu len taṅ nita parih, and renders catu with 1. share, part, portion. 2. It seems to be a kind of game, played by women... It is not clear what game is meant. (I.312); nita with game, playing for a stake (I.1199) and parih with probably falling of the dice, decision in a contest, the person who casts the dice or give the decision (II.1298). G & R. II.219 has parah which means taker, lovah, sigar, paṅkat, meten (to measure, decease, share, divide, grade). I think acatu and nita parih are two kind of games, very popular amongst the woman-folk in the palace. Acatu derived from a- (prefix) and catu is so close to catur (chess-game) which it seems already existed in ancient times. In the wayang stories however, thc chess-game in Indian stories becomes a dice-game, i.e. in the story of Yudhiṣṭhira playing chess is transformed into playing dice (main dhadhu) in the vayaṅ story. I understand nita parih as a game, based on arithmetic. Indeed in Java, there is such a game called ḍakon. The game is played on a block of wood with two rows of holes, usually 5 on each side, and a bigger hole on each end. The bigger holes are called lumbung (rice-bam). The other holes are filled with stones (5 or any number). The player takes the stones from one hole on her side and distributes them to the other holes including her own lumbung, with the exception of her opponent’s. Every time she casts the last stone in a hole with stones, she can continue to play, but if the last stone falls in an empty hole on the opponent’s side, it is dead. The opponent then gets her turn to play. However if the last stone falls in an empty hole on the player’s side, opposite her opponent’s hole with stones, it is called mbedil (shooting). She can take all the stones of her opponent in that particular hole to be deposited in her lumbung. The act of shooting can be dramatised by a thunderous "bang". Just then the opponent gets her turn to play. The game finishes with no stones left on one side. The player with the most stones wins the game.